1 OVERVIEW
Since the Egyptians and Mesopotamians first successful efforts to control the flow of
water thousands of years ago, a rich history of hydraulics has evolved. Sec. 1.2 contains a
brief description of some ancient hydraulic structures that are found around the world.
During the 20th century, many new developments have occurred in both theoretical and
applied hydraulics. A number of handbooks and textbooks on hydraulics have been pub
lished, as indicated in Fig. 1.1. From the viewpoint of hydraulic design, however, only
manuals, reports, monographs, and the like have been published, mostly by government
agencies. Unfortunately, many aspects of hydraulic design have never been published as
a compendium. This Hydraulic Design Handbook is the first effort devoted to producing
a comprehensive handbook for hydraulic design. The book covers many aspects of
hydraulic design, with stepbystep procedures outlined and illustrated by sample design
problems.
1.2 ANCIENT HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
1.2.1 A Time Perspective
Although humans are newcomers to earth, their achievements have been enormous. It was
only during the Holocene epoch (10,000 years ago) that agriculture developed (keep in
mind that the earth and the solar system originated 4,600 million years ago). Humans have
spent most of their history as hunters and foodgatherers. Only in the past 9,000 to 10,000
years have humans discovered how to raise crops and tame animals. Such changes prob
ably occurred first in the hills to the north of presentday Iraq and Syria. The remains of
the prehistoric irrigation works in Mesopotamia and Egypt still exist. Table 1.1 presents a
chronology of knowledge about water.
Figure 1.2 illustrates the chronology and locations of various civilizations ranging
from India to Western Europe. This figure, from O. Neugebaurs book titled The Exact
Sciences in Antiquity, illustrates the Hellenistic period the era of ancient science,
during which a form of science developed that spread later from Europe to India.
This ancient science was dominant until the creation of modern science dominant in
Isaac Newtons time.
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Larry W. Mays
Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Arizona State University
Tempe, Arizona
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
Source: HYDRAULIC DESIGN HANDBOOK
1.2 Chapter One
FIGURE 1.1 A selected list of books on hydraulics published between 1900 to 1980.
Abbotts Computational Hydraulics (1980)
Fischer et al., Mixing in Inland and
Coastal Waters (1979)
Grafs Hydraulics of Sediment Transport
(1971)
Streeter and Wylies Hydraulic Transients
(1967)
U.S. Geological Surveys Roughness
Characteristics of Natural Channels (1967)
Hendersons OpenChannel Flow (1966)
Daily and Harlemans Fluid Dynamics
(1966)
Linsley and Franzinis Elements of
Hydraulic Engineering (1964)
Leliavskys River and Canal Hydraulics
(1965)
Morris and Wiggerts Applied Hydraulics
in Engineering (1963)
USBR Design of Small Dams (1960)
1960
1950
Chows OpenChannel Hydraulics (1959)
U.S. Bureau of Reclamations Hydraulic
Design of Stilling Basin and Energy
Dissipators (1958)
Stokers Water Waves (1957)
Parmakiams Waterhammer Analysis
(1955)
Leliavskys An Introduction to Fluvial
Hydraulics (1955)
Addisons Treastise on Applied
Hydraulics (1954) Kings Handbook of Hydraulics (1954)
U.S. Bureau of Reclamations Hydraulic
Laboratory Practice (1953)
Richs Hydraulic Transients (1951)
Rouses Engineering Hydraulics (1950)
Freeze and Cherrys Groundwater (1979)
1970
1980
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Introduction 1.3
FIGURE 1.1 (Continued)
Allens Scale Models in Hydraulic
Engineering (1947)
Woodward and Poseys Hydraulics of
Steady Flow in Open Channels (1941)
ASCEs Hydraulic Models (1942)
Davis and Sorersens Handbook of
Applied Hydraulics (1942)
Rouses Fluid Mechanics for Hydraulic
Engineers (1938)
Daughertys Hydraulics (1937)
Muskats The Flow of Homogeneous
Fluids Through Porous Media (1937)
Bakhmeteffs The Mechanics of Turbulent
Flow (1936)
1930
Bakhmeteffs Hydraulics of Open
Channels (1932)
Schoder and Dawsons Hydraulics (1927)
Le Contes Hydraulics (1926)
Hoyt and Grovers River Discharge
(1916)
Hoskinss A TextBook on Hydraulics
(1911)
1910
1900
Merrimans Treatise on Hydraulics (1904)
1940
1920
1950
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
1.2.2 Irrigation Systems
1.2.2.1 Egypt and Mesopotamia. In ancient Egypt, the construction of canals was a major
endeavor of the Pharaohs beginning in Scorpios time. Among the first duties of provincial
governors was the digging and repair of canals, which were used to flood large tracts of land
while the Nile was flowing high. The land was checkerboarded with small basins defined by
a system of dikes. Problems associated with the uncertainty of the Niles flows were recog
nized. During high flows, the dikes were washed away and villages were flooded, drowning
thousands of people. During low flows, the land was dry and no crops could grow. In areas
where fields were too high to receive water directly from the canals, water was drawn from
the canals or from the Nile by a swape or shaduf (Fig. 1.3), which consisted of a bucket on
the end of a cord hung from the long end of a pivoted boom that was counterweighted at the
short end (de Camp, 1963). Canals continued to be built in Egypt throughout the centuries.
The Sumerians in southern Mesopotamia built city walls and temples and dug canals
that were the worlds first engineering works. It also is of interest that these people, fought
over water rights from the beginning of recorded history. Irrigation was vital to
Mesopotamia, Greek for the land between the (Tigris and Euphrates) rivers. An ancient
Babylonian curse was, May your canal be filled with sand (de Camp, 1963), and even
their ancient laws dealt with canals and water rights. The following quotation from
approximately the sixth century B.C., illustrates such a law (de Camp, 1963):
The gentleman who opened his wall for irrigation purposes, but did not make
his dyke strong and hence caused a flood and inundated a field adjoining his,
shall give grain to the owner of the field on the basis of those adjoining.
Because the Tigris and Euphrates carried several times more silt per unit volume of water
than the Nile did, flooding problems were more serious in Mesopotamia than in Egypt. As
a result the rivers in Mesopotamia rose faster and changed course more often.
1.4 Chapter One
TABLE 1.1 Chronology of Knowledge About Water
Prehistorical period Springs
3rd 2nd millennium B.C. Cisterns
3rd millennium B.C. Dams
3 millennium B.C. Wells
Probably very early
F
P
(1 i)
n
F
P
, i%, n
(1.2)
This factor defines the number of dollars that accumulate after n years for each dollar
initially invested at an interest rate of i percent. The singlepayment present worth factor
(P/F, i%, n) is simply the reciprocal of the singlepayment compound amount factor.
Table 1.2 summarizes the various discount factors.
Uniform annual series factors are used for equivalence between present (P) and annu
al (A) monetary amounts or between future (F) and annual (A) monetary amounts.
Consider the amount of money A that must be invested annually (at the end of each year)
to accumulate F at the end of n years. Because the last value of A in the nth year is with
drawn immediately on deposit, it accumulates no interest. The future value F is
F A (1 i)A (1 i)
2
A (1 i)
n1
A (1.3)
1.26 Chapter One
TABLE 1.2 Summary of Discounting Factors
Type of Discount Factor Symbol Given* Find Factor
Singlepayment factors:
Compoundamount factor
F
P
, i%, n
P F (1 i)
n
Presentworth factor
P
F
, i%, n
F P
(1
1
i)
n
Uniform annual
series factors:
Sinkingfund factor
A
F
, i%, n
F A
(1 i
i
)
n
1
Capitalrecovery factor
A
P
, i%, n
P A
(1
i(
1
i)
n
i
)
n
1
Series compoundamount
A
F
, i%, n
A F
(1 i
i
)
n
1
factor
Series presentworth factor
P
A
, i%, n
A P
(1
i
(1
i
)
n
i
)
n
1
G
P
,i%,n
G P
presentworth factor
*The discount factors represent the amount of dollars for the given amounts of $1 for for P, F, A and G.
Source: Mays and Tung, 1992.
(1 i)
n 1
(1 ni i)
i
2
(1 i)
n
A A A A A
A A A A A
A A A A A
A A A A A
G2
G
3
G
(
n

1
)
G
P G = $1
P A = $1
P F = $1
P = $1
F = $1
A = $1 F
P = $1 F
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Multiply Eq. (1.3) by (1 i); then subtract Eq. (1.3) from the result to obtain the uni
form annual series sinkingfund factor:
A
F
(1 i
i
)
n
1
A
F
, i%, n
(1.4)
The sinkingfund factor is the number of dollars A that must be invested at the end of
each of n years at i percent interest to accumulate $1. The series compound amount fac
tor (F/A) is simply the reciprocal of the sinkingfund factor (Table 1.3), which is the num
ber of accumulated dollars if $1 is invested at the end of each year. The capitalrecovery
factor can be determined by simply multiplying the sinking fund factor (A/F) by the sin
glepayment compoundamount factor (Table 1.2):
A
P
, i%, n
A
F
F
P
(1.5)
This factor is the number of dollars that can be withdrawn at the end of each of n years
if $1 is invested initially. The reciprocal of the capitalrecovery factor is the series present
worth factor (P/A), which is the number of dollars initially invested to withdraw $1 at the
end of each year.
A uniform gradient series factor is the number of dollars initially invested to withdraw
$1 at the end of the first year, $2 at the end of the second year, $3 at the end of the third
year, and so on.
1.6.2 BenefitCost Analysis
Water projects extend over time, incur costs throughout the duration of the project, and
yield benefits. Typically, the costs are large during the initial startup period of construc
tion, followed by operation and maintenance costs only. Benefits typically build up to a
maximum over time, as depicted in Fig. 1.22. The present values of benefits (PVB) and
costs (PVC) are as follows:
PVB b
0
(1
b
1
i)
(1
b
2
i)
2
(1
b
n
i)
n
(1.6)
and
PVC c
0
(1
c
1
i)
(1
c
2
i)
2
(1
c
n
i)
n
(1.7)
Introduction 1.27
Benefits (B)
and
Costs (C)
B
C
Time
FIGURE 1.22 Illustration of how benefits (B) and costs (C) build up over time. (Mays and
Tung, 1992)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
The present value of net benefits is
PVNB PVB PVC (b
0
c
0
)
(b
(1
1
c
i)
1
)
(
(
b
1
2
i
c
)
2
2
)
(
(
b
1
n
i
c
)
n
n
)
(1.8)
To carry out benefitcost analyses, rules for economic optimization of the project
design and procedures for ranking projects are needed. The most important point in plan
ning a project is to consider the broadest range of alternatives. The range of alternatives
selected is typically restricted by the responsibility of the water resource agency, the plan
ners, or both. The nature of the problem to be solved also may condition the range of alter
natives. Preliminary investigation of alternatives can help to rule out projects because of
their technical unfeasibility or costs.
Consider the selection of an optimal, singlepurpose project design, such as the con
struction of a floodcontrol system or a water supply project. The optimum size can be
determined by selecting the alternative so that the marginal or incremental current value
of costs, PVC, is equal to the marginal or incremental current value of the benefits,
PVB, (PVB PVC.)
The marginal or incremental value of benefits and costs are for a given increase in the
size of a project:
PVB
(1
b
1
i)
(1
b
2
i)
2
(1
b
n
i)
n
(1.9)
and
PVC
(1
c
1
i)
(1
c
2
i)
2
(1
c
n
i)
n
(1.10)
When selecting a set of projects, one rule for optimal selection is to maximize the cur
rent value of net benefits. Another ranking criterion is to use the benefitcost ratio (B/C),
PVB/PVC:
C
B
P
P
V
V
C
B
(1.11)
This method has the option of subtracting recurrent costs from the annual benefits or
including all costs in the present value of cost. Each option will result in a different B/C,
ratio, with higher B/C ratios when netting out annual costs, if the ratio is greater than one.
The B/C ratio is often used to screen unfeasible alternatives with B/C ratios less than 1
from further consideration.
Selection of the optimum alternative is based on the incremental benefitcost ratios,
B/C, whereas the B/C ratio is used for ranking alternatives. The incremental benefit
cost ratio is
C
B
(1.12)
where PVB(A
j
) is the present value of benefits for alternative A
j
. Figure 1.23 is a flowchart
illustrating the benefitcost method.
1.6.3 Estimated Life Spans of Hydraulic Structures
The Internal Revenue Service bulletin gives estimated average lives for many thousands
of different types of industrial assets. The lives (in years) given for certain elements of
hydraulic projects are listed in Table 1.3. Although such estimates of average lives may be
helpful, they are not necessarily the most appropriate figures to use in any given instance.
PVB
A
j
PVB
A
k
PVC
A
j
PVC
A
k
B
C
> 1
Yes No
FIGURE 1.23 Flowchart for a benefitcost analysis. (Mays and Tung, 1992)
TABLE 1.3 Lives (in years) for Elements of Hydraulic Projects
Barges 12 Penstocks 50
Booms, log 15 Pipes:
Canals and ditches 75 Cast iron
Coagulating basins 50 24 in. 50
Construction equipment 5 46 in. 65
Dams: 810 in. 75
Crib 25 12 in. and over 100
Earthen, concrete, or masonry 150 Concrete 2030
Loose rock 60 PVC 40
Steel 40 Steel
Filters 50 Under 4 in. 30
Flumes: Over 4 in. 40
Concrete or masonry 75 Wood stave
Steel 50 14 in. and larger 33
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
1.7 ROLE OF OPTIMIZATION IN HYDRAULIC DESIGN
An optimization problem in water resources can be formulated in a general framework in
terms of the decision variables (x), with an objective function to optimize
f(x) (1.13)
subject to constraints
g(x) 0 (1.14)
and bound constraints on the decision variables
x
x x
(1.15)
where x is a vector of n decision variables (x
1
, x
2
, , x
n
), g(x) is a vector of m equations
called constraints, and x
and x
represent the lower and upper bounds, respectively, on the
decision variables.
Every optimization problem has two essential parts: the objective function and the set
of constraints. The objective function describes the performance criteria of the system.
Constraints describe the system or process that is being designed or analyzed and can be
in two forms: equality constraints and inequality constraints. A feasible solution of the
optimization problem is a set of values of the decision variables that simultaneously sat
isfies the constraints. The feasible region is the region of feasible solutions defined by the
constraints. An optimal solution is a set of values of the decision variables that satisfies
the constraints and provides an optimal value of the objective function.
Depending on the nature of the objective function and the constraints, an optimization
problem can be classified as (1) linear vs. nonlinear, (2) deterministic vs. probabilistic, (3)
static vs. dynamic, (4) continuous vs. discrete, or (5) lumped parameter vs. distributed
parameter.
Linear programming problems consist of a linear objective function, and all constraints
are linear, whereas nonlinear programming problems are represented by nonlinear equa
tions: that is, part or all of the constraints or the objective functions or both are nonlinear.
Deterministic problems consist of coefficients and parameters that can be assigned
fixed values, whereas probabilistic problems consist of uncertain parameters that are
regarded as random variables.
1.30 Chapter One
TABLE 1.3 (Continues)
Wood 25 312 in. 20
Fossilfuel power plants 28 Pumps 1825
Generators: Reservoirs 75
Above 3000 kva 28 Standpipes 50
10003000 kva 25 Tanks:
50 hp1000 kva 1725 Concrete 50
Below 50 hp 1417 Steel 40
Hydrants 50 Wood 20
Marine construction equipment 12 Tunnels 100
Meters, water 30 Turbines, hydraulic 35
Nuclear power plants 20 Wells 4050
*Alternatingcurrent generators are rated in kilovoltamperes (kva).
Source: Linsley et al., 1992.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Static problems do not explicitly consider the variable time aspect, whereas dynamic
problems do consider the variable time. Static problems are referred to as mathematical
programming problems, and dynamic problems are often referred to as optimal control
problems, which involve difference or differential equations.
Continuous problems have variables that can take on continuous values, whereas with
discrete problems, the variables must take on discrete values. Typically, discrete problems
are posed as integer programming problems in which the variables must be integer values.
Lumped problems consider the parameters and variables to be homogeneous through
out the system, whereas distributed problems must account for detailed variations in the
behavior of the system from one location to another.
The method of optimization used depends up the type of objective function, the type
of constraints, and the number of decision variables. Optimization is not covered in this
handbook, but it is discussed in detail in Mays and Tung (1992).
1.8 ROLE OF RISK ANALYSIS IN HYDRAULIC DESIGN
1.8.1 Existence of Uncertainties
Uncertainties and the consequent related risks in hydraulic design are unavoidable.
Hydraulic structures are always subject to a probability of failure in achieving their
intended purposes. For example, a flood control project may not protect an area from
extreme floods. A water supply project may not deliver the amount of water demanded.
This failure may be caused by failure of the delivery system or may be the result of the
lack of supply. A water distribution system may not deliver water that meets quality stan
dards although the source of the water does. The rationale for selecting the design and
operation parameters and the design and operation standards are questioned continually.
Procedures for the engineering design and operation of water resources do not involve any
required assessment and quantification of uncertainties and the resultant evaluation of a
risk.
Risk is defined as the probability of failure, and failure is defined as an event that caus
es a system to fail to meet the desired objectives. Reliability is defined as the complement
of risk: i.e., the probability of nonfailure. Failures can be grouped into either structural
failures or performance failures. Water distribution systems are a good example. A struc
tural failure, such as broken pipe or a failed pump, can result in unmet demand. In addi
tion, an operational aspect of a water distribution system, such as the inability to meet
demands at required pressure heads, is a failure despite the lack of a structural failure in
any component in the system. Uncertainty can be defined as the occurrence of events that
are beyond ones control. The uncertainty of a hydraulic structure is an indeterministic
characteristic and is beyond rigid controls. In the design and operation of these systems,
decisions must be made under various kinds of uncertainty.
The sources of uncertainties are multifold. First, the ideas of natural uncertainties,
model structure uncertainties, model parameter uncertainties, data uncertainties, and
operational uncertainties will be discussed. Natural uncertainties are associated with
the random temporal and spatial fluctuations that are inherent in natural processes.
Model structural uncertainties reflect the inability of a simulation model or design pro
cedure to represent the systems true physical behavior or process precisely. Model
parameter uncertainties reflect variability in the determination of the parameters to be
used in the model or design. Data uncertainties include inaccuracies and errors in mea
surements, inadequacy of the data gauging network, and errors in data handling and
Introduction 1.31
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
transcription. Operational uncertainties are associated with human factors, such as con
struction, manufacture, deterioration, and maintenance, that are not accounted for in the
modeling or design procedure.
Uncertainties fall into four major categories: hydrologic uncertainty, hydraulic uncer
tainty, structural uncertainty, and economic uncertainty. Each category has various com
ponent uncertainties. Hydrologic uncertainty can be classified into three types: inherent,
parameter, and model uncertainties. Various hydrologic events, such as streamflow or
rainfall, are considered to be stochastic processes because of their observable natural,
(inherent) randomness. Because perfect hydrologic information about these processes is
lacking, informational uncertainties about the processes exist. These uncertainties are
referred to as parameter uncertainties and model uncertainties. In many cases, model
uncertainties result from the lack of adequate data and knowledge necessary to select the
appropriate probability model or from the use of an oversimplified model, such as the
rational method for the design of a storm sewer.
Hydraulic uncertainty concerns the design of hydraulic structures and the analysis
of their performance. It arises mainly from three basic sources: the model, the con
struction and materials, and the operational conditions of flow. Model uncertainty
results from the use of a simplified or an idealized hydraulic model to describe flow
conditions, which in turn contributes to uncertainty when determining the design capac
ity of hydraulic structures. Because simplified relationships, such as Mannings equa
tion, are typically used to model complex flow processes that cannot be described ade
quately, resulting in model errors.
Structural uncertainty refers to failure caused by structural weakness. Physical failures
of hydraulic structures can be caused by saturation and instability of soil, failures caused
by erosion or hydraulic soil, wave action, hydraulic overloading, structural collapse, mate
rial failure, and so forth. An example is the structural failure of a levee system either in
the levee or in the adjacent soil; the failure could be caused by saturation and instability
of soil. A flood wave can cause increased saturation of the levee through slumping. Levees
also can fail because of hydraulic soil failures and wave action.
Economic uncertainty can arise from uncertainties regarding construction costs,
damage costs, projected revenue, operation and maintenance costs, inflation, project
life, and other intangible cost and benefit items. Construction, damage, and operation
or maintenance costs are all subject to uncertainties because of fluctuations in the rate
at which construction materials, labor costs, transportation costs, and economic loss
es, increase and the rate at which costs increase in different geographic regions. Many
other economic and social uncertainties are related to inconvenience losses: for exam
ple, the failure of a highway crossing caused by flooding, which results in traffic
related losses.
The objective when analyzing uncertainties is to incorporate the uncertainties system
atically into the evaluation of loading and resistance. The most commonly used method is
the firstorder analysis of uncertainties. This method is used to determine the statistics of
the random variables loading and resistance, which are typically defined through the use
of deterministic models but have uncertain parameter inputs. Chapter 7 provides details of
the firstorder analysis of uncertainties.
1.8.2 RiskReliability Evaluation
1.8.2.1 Load resistance The load for a system can be defined as an external stress to the
system, and the resistance can be defined as the capacity of the system to overcome
the external load. Although the terms load and resistance have been used in structural
1.32 Chapter One
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
engineering, they definitely have a place in the types of risk analysis that must be per
formed for engineering projects involving water resources.
If we use the variable R for resistance and the variable L for load, we can define a fail
ure as the event when the load exceeds the resistance and the consequent risk is the prob
ability that the loading will exceed the resistance, P(L R). A simple example of this type
of failure would be a dam that fails because of overtopping. The risk would be the proba
bility that the elevation of the water surface in a reservoir exceeds the elevation of the top
of the dam. In this case, the resistance is the elevation of the top of the dam, and the load
ing is the maximum elevation of the water surface of a flood wave entering the reservoir.
Because many uncertain variables define both the resistance and loading, both are
regarded as random variables. A simple example would be to use the rational equation
Q CiA to define the design discharge (loading) for a storm sewer. The loading L Q
is a function of three uncertain variables: the runoff coefficient C, the rainfall intensity i,
and the drainage area A. Because the three variables cannot be determined with complete
certainty, they are considered to be random variables. If the resistance is defined using
Mannings equation, then the resistance is a function of Mannings roughness factor, the
pipe diameter, and the slope (friction slope). The two main contributors to uncertainty in
this equation would be the friction slope and the roughness factor i.e., random variables.
Thus, the resistance is also is a random variable because it is a function of the other two
random variables.
It is interesting to note that in the example of the storm sewer, both the loading and the
resistance are defined by deterministic equations: the rational equation and Mannings
equation. Both equations are considered to have uncertain design parameters that result in
uncertain resistance and loading. Consequently, they are considered to be random vari
ables. In the storm sewer example, as in many types of hydraulic structures, the loading
uncertainty is actually the hydrologic uncertainty and the resistance uncertainty is the
hydraulic uncertainty.
1.8.2.2 Composite risk The discussion about the hydrologic and hydraulic uncertainties
being the resistance and loading uncertainties leads to the idea of a composite risk. The
probability of failure defined previously as the risk, P(L R), is actually a composite risk.
If only the hydrologic uncertainty, in particular the inherent hydrologic uncertainty, were
considered, then this would not be a composite risk. In the conventional design processes
of water resources engineering projects, only the inherent hydrologic uncertainties have
been considered. Essentially, a large return period is selected and is artificially considered
as the safety factor without any regard to accounting systematically for the various uncer
tainties that actually exist.
1.8.2.3 Safety factor The safety factor is defined as the ratio of the resistance to load
ing, R/L. Because the safety factor SF R/L is the ratio of two random variables, it also
is a random variable. The risk can be written as P(SF 1) and the reliability can be writ
ten as P(SF 1). In the example of the storm sewer, both the resistance and the loading
are considered to be random variables because both are functions of random variables.
Consequently, the safety factor for storm sewer design would also be a random variable.
1.8.2.4 Risk assessment Risk assessment requires several phases or steps, which can
vary for different types of water resources engineering projects: (1) identify the risk of
hazard, (2) assess load and resistance, (3) perform an analysis of the uncertainties, (4)
quantify the composite risk, and (5) develop the composite risksafety factor relationships.
1.8.2.5 A model for riskbased design The riskbased design of hydraulic structures
potentially promises to be the most significant application of uncertainty and risk analy
Introduction 1.33
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
sis. The riskbased design of hydraulic structures integrates the procedures of economics,
uncertainty analysis, and risk analysis in design practice. Such procedures can consider
the tradeoffs among risk, economics, and other performance measures in the design of
hydraulic structures. When riskbased design is embedded in an optimization framework,
the combined procedure is called optimal riskbased design. This approach to design is
the ultimate model for the design, analysis, and operation of hydraulic structures and
water resource projects that hydraulics engineers need to strive for in the future. Chapter
7 provides detailed discussions on riskreliability evaluation.
REFERENCES
Abbott, M.B., Computational Hydraulics, Pitman, London, 1980.
Adams, R.M., Heartland of Cities, Surveys of Ancient Settlement and Land Use on the Central
Floodplain of the Euphrates, University of Chicago Press.
Addison, H.A., A Treatise on Applied Hydraulics, Chapman and Hall, London, UK, 1954.
Akurgal, E., Ancient Civilizations and Ruins of Turkey, 8th ed., Net Turistik Yaylinlar A.S.,
Istanbul, 1993.
Allen, J., Scale Models in Hydraulic Engineering, Longman, Green, London, UK, 1947.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), Model Drainage
Manual, AASHTO, Washington, D.C., 1991
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), Hydraulic Models, ASCE Manual 25, ASCE, New
York, 1942.
Bakhmeteff, B.A., Hydraulics of Open Channels, McGrawHill, New York, 1932
Bakhmeteff, B.A., The Mechanics of Turbulent Flow, University Press, Princeton, NJ., 1936.
Binnie, G.M., Early Victorian Water Engineers, London: Thomas Telford Ltd., 1981.
Biswas, A.K., History of Hydrology, NorthHolland Publishing Amsterdam, 1970.
Butzer, K.W., Early Hydraulic Civilization in Egypt, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1976.
Chow, V T., OpenChannel Hydraulics, McGrawHill, New York, 1959.
Crouch, D.P., Water Management in Ancient Greek Cities, Oxford University Press, New York,
1993.
Crown, P.L. and W.J. Judge, eds., Chaco and Hohokam Prehistoric Regional Systems in the
American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Sante Fe, NM, 1991.
Daily, J.W. and D.R.F. Harleman, Fluid Dynamics, AddisonWesley Reading, MA, 1966.
Dart, A., Prehistoric Irrigation in Arizona: A Context for Canals and Related Cultural Resources,
Technical Report 897, Center for Desert Archaeology, Tucson, AZ, 1989.
Daugherty, R.L., Hydraulics, McGrawHill New York, 1937.
Davies, N., The Tomb of NeferHotep at Thebes, Vol. 1, Publication 9, Metropolitan Museum of Art
Egyption Expedition, New York, 1933.
Davis, C.V., and K.E. Sorensen, Handbook of Applied Hydraulics, McGrawHill, New York, 1942.
de Camp, L.S. , The Ancient Engineers, Dorset Press, New York, 1963.
Doolittle, W.E., Canal Irrigation in Prehistoric Mexico, University of Texas Press, Austin, 1990.
Evans, H.B., Water Distribution in Ancient Rome, University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 1994.
Fischer, H.B., E.J. List, C.Y. Koh, J. Imberger, and N.H. Brocks, Mixing in Inland and Coastal
Waters, Academic Press, New York, 1979.
FitzSimons, N., Engineering Classics of James Kip Finch, Cedar Press, Kensington, MD, 1978.
Freeze, R.A. and J.A. Cherry, Groundwater, PrenticeHall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1979.
Garbrecht, G., Wasserversorgung im Antiken Rom, (Water Supply in Ancient Rome), R. Oldenburg
Verlag Mnchen, Vienna, 1982.
1.34 Chapter One
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Garbrecht, G., SaddelKafara: The Worlds Oldest Large Dam, International Water and Power
Dam Construction, July 1985.
Garraty, J.A. and P. Gay, The Columbia History of the World, Harper & Row, New York, 1972.
Graf, W., Hydraulics of Sediment Transport, McGrawHill, New York, 1971.
Henderson, F.M., OpenChannel Flow, McGrawHill, New York, 1976.
Hoskins, L.M., A TextBook on Hydraulics, Henry Holt, New York, 1911.
Hoyt, J.C. and N.C. Grover, River Discharge, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1916.
King, H.W., Handbook of Hydraulics, McGrawHill, New York, 1954
King, H.W. and C.O. Wisler, Hydraulics, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., N.Y., 1922.
Kolupaila, S., Early History of Hydrometry in the United States, Journal of Hydraulic Div, ASCE,
86: 152, 1960.
Le Conte, J.N., Hydraulics, McGrawHill, New York, 1926.
Leliavsky, S., An Introduction to Fluvial Hydraulics, Constable, London, UK, 1955.
Leliavsky, S., River and Canal Hydraulics, Chapman and Hall, London, UK, 1965.
Levi, E., The Science of Water: The Foundation of Modern Hydraulics, ASCE Press, New York
1995.
Linsley, R.K., and J.B. Franzini, Elements of Hydraulic Engineering, McGrawHill, New York,
1964
Masse, W.B., The Quest for Subsistence Sufficiency and Civilization in the Sonovan Desert, in
Chaco and Hohokam Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, P.L. Crown and
W.J. Judge, editors, pp. 195223 School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, NM, 1991.
Mays, L.W., Introduction, in Water Resources Handbook edited by L.W. Mays, ed., pp. 1.31.35,
McGrawHill, New York, 1996.
Mays, L.W. and Y.K. Tung, Hydrosystems Engineering and Management, McGrawHill, N.Y., N.Y.,
1992.
Merriman, M., Treatise on Hydraulics, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1904.
Morris, H.M., and J.M. Wiggert, Applied Hydraulics in Engineering, 1st ed, Ronald Press, New
York, 1963
Muskat, M., The Flow of Homogeneous Fluids Through Porous Media, McGrawHill, New York, 1937.
Needham, J., Science and Civilization in China, Vol. I, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
England, UK, 1954.
Neugebauer, O., The Exact Sciences in Antiquity, 2nd ed, Barne & Noble, New York, 1993.
Ozis, U., Ancient Water Works in Anatolia, Water Resources Development, Buttermorth & Co.
Publishers Ltd. 3(1): pp. 5562 1987.
Ozis, U., and N. Harmancioglu, Some Ancient Water Works in Anatolia, in Proceedings of the
International Seminar on Kaust Hydrogeology, IAHR, Anatalya, Turkey, pp. 380385 1979.
Parmakiams, J., Waterhammer Analysis, PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1955.
Payne, R. The Canal Builders, Macmillan New York, 1959.
Reynolds, J., Windmills and Waterwheels, Praeger, New York, 1970.
Rich, G.R., Hydraulic Transients, McGrawHill, New York., 1951.
Robbins, F.W., The Story of Water Supply, Oxford University, London, UK, 1946.
Rouse, H., Fluid Mechanics for Hydraulic Engineers, McGrawHill, New York, 1938.
Rouse, H., ed., Engineering Hydraulics, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950
Rouse, H., Hydraulics in the United States, 17761976, Iowa Institute of Hydraulic Research, Iowa
City, 1976.
Rouse, H., and S. Ince, History of Hydraulics, Dover, New York, 1963.
Sarton, G., A History of Science, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 195259.
Schoder, E.W., and F.M. Dawson, Hydraulics, McGrawHill, New York, 1927.
Smith, N., A History of Dams, Peter Davies, London, UK, 1971.
Introduction 1.35
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Stoker, J.J., Water Waves, Interscience, New York, 1957.
Streeter, V.L. and E.B. Wylie, Hydraulic Transients, McGrawHill, New York, 1967.
Turney, O.S., Map of Prehistoric Irrigation Canals, Map. No. 002004, Archaeological Site Records
Office, Arizona State Museum, University of Arizona, Tuscon, 1922.
Upton, N., An Illustrated History of Civil Engineering, Crane Russak, New York, 1975.
U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Design of Small Dams, U.S. Government Printing Office, Denver,
1960, 1973, 1987.
U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Hydraulic Design of Stilling Basin and Energy Dissipaters, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1958, 1963, 1974, and 1978.
U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Hydraulic Laboratory Practice, Monograph 18, Denver, 1953.
U.S. Geological Survey, Roughness Characteristics of Natural Channels, Geological Survey Water
Supply Paper No. 1849, Arlington, VA, 1967.
Van Deman, E.B., The Building of Roman Aqueducts, Carnegie Institute of Washington, 1934.
Vivian, R.G., Conservation and Diversion: WaterControl Systems in the Anasazi Southwest, in
Irrigation Impact on Society, Anthropological papers of the University of Arizona, No. 25, T.
Downing and M. Gibson, eds., pp. 95112, University of Arizona, Tucson, 1974.
Vivian, R.G., The Chacoan Prehistory of the San Juan Basin, Academic Press, San Diego, CA,
1990.
Wittfogel, K.A., The Hydraulic Civilization: Mans Role in Changing the Earth, University of
Chicago Press, Chicago, 1956.
Woodburg, R.B. and J.A. Neely, Water Control Systems of the Tehuacan Valley, in The
Prehistory of the Tehuacan Valley: Vol. 4, Chronology and Irrigation, R.S. MacNeish and F.
Johnson, eds., pp. 81153, University of Texas Press, Austin, 1972.
Woodward, S.M., and C.J. Posey, Hydraulics of Steady Flow in Open Channels, John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 1941.
1.36 Chapter One
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Introduction 1.37
A.1 POLICIES BY CATEGORY
A.1.1 Environment
National Environmental Policy Act: 42 U.S.C. 43214347 (P.L. 91190 and 9481).
Reference  23 CFR 770772, 40 CFR 15001508, CEQ Regulations, Executive Order
11514 as amended by Executive Order 11991 on NEPA responsibilities. The purpose is to
consider environmental factors through a systematic interdisciplinary approach before
committing to a course of action.
Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act: 23 U.S.C. 138, 49 U.S.C. 303 (P.L.
10017, 97449, and 86670), 23 CFR 771.135. The purpose is to preserve publicly
owned public parklands, waterfowl and wildlife refuges, and all historic areas.
Economic, Social, and Environmental Effects: 23 U.S.C. 109(h) (P.I. 91605), 23
U.S.C. 128, 23 CFR 771. The purpose is to assure that possible adverse, economic,
social, and environmental effects of proposed highway projects and their locations are
fully considered and that final decisions on highway projects are made in the best over
all public interest.
Public Hearings: 23 U.S.C. 128, 23 CFR 771.111. The purpose is to ensure adequate
opportunity for public hearings on the social, economic, and environmental effects of
alternative project locations and major design features as well as the consistency of the
project with local planning goals and objectives.
Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987: Section 123(f)
Historic Bridges 23 U.S.C. 144(o) (P.L. 10017). The purpose is to complete an invento
ry of onandoff system bridges to determine their historic significance and to encourage
the rehabilitation, reuse, and preservation of historic bridges.
A.1.2 Health
Safe Drinking Water Act: 42 U.S.C. 300f300;f6 (P.L. 93523 and 99339), FHPM
6733, 23 CFR 650, Subpart E, 40 CFR 141, 149. The purpose is to ensure public
health and welfare through safe drinking water.
Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
of 1976: 42 U.S.C. 6901, et seq., see especially 42 U.S.C. 69616964 (P.L. 89272,
91512, and 94580), 23 CFR 751, 40 CFR 256300. The purpose is to provide for the
recovery, recycling, and environmentally safe disposal of solid wastes.
APPENDIX 1. A
INTRODUCTION
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
1.38 Chapter One
A.1.3 Historic and Archeological Preservation
Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, as amended: 16 U.S.C. 470f (P.L.
89665, 91243, 9354, 94422, 94458, 96199, 96244, and 96515), Executive Order
11593, 23 CFR 771, 36 CFR 60, 36 CFR 63, 36 CFR 800. The purpose is to protect, reha
bilitate, restore, and reuse districts, sites, buildings, structures, and other objects signifi
cant in American architecture, archeology, engineering, and culture.
Section 110 of the National Historic Preservation Act, as amended: 16 U.S.C. 470h2
(P.L. 96515), 36 CFR 65, 36 CFR 78. The purpose is to protect national historic land
marks and record historic properties before demolition.
Archeological and Historic Preservation Act: 16 U.S.C. 469469c (P.L. 93291) (Moss
Bennett Act), 36 CFR 66 (draft). The purpose is to preserve significant historical and
archeological data from loss or destruction.
Act for the Preservation of American Antiquities: 16 U.S.C. 431433 (P.L. 59209), 36
CFR 251.5064, 43 CFR 3. Archeological Resources Protection Act: 16 U.S.C. 470aa11
(P.L. 9695), 18 CFR 1312, 32 CFR 229, 36 CFR 296, 43 CFR 7. The purpose is to pre
serve and protect paleontologic resources, historic monuments, memorials, and antiquities
from loss or destruction.
American Indian Religious Freedom Act: 42 U.S.C. 1996 (P.L. 95341). The purpose is
to protect places of religious importance to American Indians, Eskimos, and Native
Hawaiians.
A.1.4 Land and Water Usage
Wilderness Act 16 U.S.C. 11311136. 36 CFR 251, 293, 43 CFR 19, 8560, 50 CFR 35.
The purpose is to preserve and protect wilderness areas in their natural condition for use
and enjoyment by present and future generations.
Wild and Scenic Rivers Act: 16 U.S.C. 12711287, 36 CFR 251, 261, 43 CFR 8350. The
purpose is to preserve and protect wild and scenic rivers and immediate environments for
the benefit of present and future generations.
Land and Water Conservation Fund Act (Section 6(f)): 16 U.S.C. 46014 to 111 (P.L.
88578). The purpose is to preserve, develop, and assure the quality and quantity of out
door recreation resources for present and future generations.
Executive Order 11990, Protection of Wetlands, DOT Order 5660. 1A, 23 CFR 777. The
purpose is to avoid direct or indirect support of new construction in wetlands whenever a
practicable alternative is available.
Emergency Wetlands Resources Act of 1986: 16 U.S.C. 3901 note (P.L. 99645). The pur
pose is to promote the conservation of wetlands in the U.S. to maintain the public bene
fits they provide.
National Trails Systems Act: 16 U.S.C. 12411249, 36 CFR 251, 43 CFR 8350. The pur
pose is to provide for outdoor recreational needs and encourage outdoor recreation.
Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899: 33 U.S.C. 401, et seq., as amended and supplemented,
23 CFR part 650, Subpart H, 33 CFR 114115. The purpose is to protect navigable waters
in the U.S.
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (1972), as amended by the Clean Water Act (1977 &
1987): 33 U.S.C. 12511376 (P.L. 92500, 95217, 1004), DOT Order 5660.1A, FHWA
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
Notices N5000.3 and N5000.4, FHPM 6733, 23 CFR 650, Subpart B, E, 771, 33 CFR
209, 40 CFR 120, 122125, 128131, 133, 125136, 148, 230231. The purpose is to
restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of the nation's waters
through prevention, reduction, and elimination of pollution.
Executive Order 11988, Floodplain Management, as amended by Executive Order 12148,
DOT Order 5650.2, FHPM 6732, 23 CFR 650, Subpart A, 771. The purpose is to avoid
the long and shortterm adverse impacts associated with the occupancy and modification
of floodplains and to restore and preserve the natural and beneficial values served by
floodplains.
National Flood Insurance Act: (P.L. 90448), Flood Disaster Protection Act: (P.L. 93234)
42 U.S.C. 40014128, DOT Order 5650.2, FHPM 6732, 23 CFR 650, Subpart A, 771,
44 CFR 5977. The purpose is to identify floodprone areas and provide insurance and to
require the purchase of insurance for buildings in special floodhazard areas.
Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, as amended: 33 U.S.C.
14011445 (P.L. 92532, 93254, 96572), 33 CFR 320, 330, 40 CFR 220225,
227228, 230231. The purpose is to regulate the dumping of materials into U.S.
ocean waters.
Water Bank Act: 16 U.S.C. (P.L. 91559, 96182), 7 CFR 752. The purpose is to preserve,
restore, and improve wetlands of the U.S.
Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972: 16 U.S.C.1 14511464 (P.L. 92583, 94370,
96464), 15 CFR 923, 926, 930931, 23 CFR 771. The purpose is to preserve, protect,
develop, and (when possible) restore and enhance the resources of the coastal zone.
Coastal Barrier Resource Act, as amended: 16 U.S.C. 35013510, 42 U.S.C. 4028 (P.L.
97348), Great Lakes Coastal Barrier Act of 1988 (P.L. 100707), 13 CFR 116 Subparts
D, E, 44 CFR 71, 205 Subpart N. The purpose is to minimize the loss of human life,
wasteful expenditures of federal revenues, and the damage to fish, wildlife, and other nat
ural resources.
Farmland Protection Policy Act of 1981: 7 U.S.C. 42014209 (P.L. 9798, 99198), 7
CFR 658. The purpose is to minimize impacts on farmland and maximize compatibility
with state and local farmland programs and policies.
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), as amended: 42 U.S.C. 690,
et seq. (P.L. 94580, 98616), 40 CFR 260271. The purpose is to protect human health
and the environment; prohibit open dumping; manage solid wastes; and regulate the treat
ment, storage transportation, and disposal of hazardous waste.
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA), as amended: 42 U.S.C. 96019657 (P.L. 96510), 40 CFR 300, 43 CFR 11.
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) (P.L. 99499). The
purpose is to provide for liability, compensation, cleanup, and emergency response when
hazardous substances have been released into the environment and to provide for the
cleanup of inactive hazardous waste disposal sites.
Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended: 16 U.S.C. 15311543 (P.L. 93205,
94359, 95632, 96159, 97304), 7 CFR 355, 50 CFR 17, 23, 2529, 81, 217, 222,
225227, 402, 424, 450453. The purpose is to conserve species of fish, wildlife, and
plants facing extinction.
Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act: 16 U.S.C. 661666c (P.L. 85624, 8972, 95616.
The purpose is to conserve, maintain, and manage wildlife resources.
Introduction 1.39
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
INTRODUCTION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
The need to provide water to satisfy basic physical and domestic needs; use of mar
itime and fluvial routes for transportation and travel, crop irrigation, flood protec
tion, development of stream power; all have forced humanity to face water from the
beginning of time. It has not been an easy rapport. City dwellers who day after day
see water flowing from faucets, docile to their needs, have no idea of its idiosyn
crasy. They cannot imagine how much patience and cleverness are needed to han
dle our great friendenemy; how much insight must be gained in understanding its
arrogant nature in order to tame and subjugate it; how water must be enticed to
agree to our will, respecting its own at the same time. That is why a hydraulician
must first be something like a water psychologist, thoroughly knowledgeable of its
nature. (Enzo Levi, The Science of Water: The Foundations of Modern Hydraulics,
ASCE, 1995, p. xiii.)
Understanding the hydraulics of pipeline systems is essential to the rational design,
analysis, implementation, and operation of many water resource projects. This chapter
considers the physical and computational bases of hydraulic calculations in pressurized
pipelines, whether the pipelines are applied to hydroelectric, water supply, or wastewater
systems. The term pressurized pipeline means a pipe system in which a free water surface
is almost never found within the conduit itself. Making this definition more precise is dif
ficult because even in a pressurized pipe system, free surfaces are present within reser
voirs and tanks and sometimes for short intervals of time during transient (i.e.,
unsteady) eventscan occur within the pipeline itself. However, in a pressurized pipeline
system, in contrast to the openchannel systems discussed in Chapter 3, the pressures
within the conveyance system are usually well above atmospheric.
Of central importance to a pressurized pipeline system is its hydraulic capacity: that is,
its ability to pass a design flow. A related issue is the problem of flow control: how design
flows are established, modified, or adjusted. To deal adequately with these
two topics, this chapter considers headloss calculations in some detail and introduces the
topics of pumping, flow in networks, and unsteady flows. Many of these subjects are treat
ed in greater detail in later chapters, or in reference such as Chaudhry and Yevjevich (1981).
Rather than simply providing the key equations and long tabulations of standard
values, this chapter seeks to provide a context and a basis for hydraulic design. In addi
tion to the relations discussed, such issues as why certain relations rather than others are
used, what various equations assume, and what can go wrong if a relation is used incor
CHAPTER 2
HYDRAULICS OF
PRESSURIZED FLOW
Bryan W. Karney
Department of Civil Engineering
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ontario,
Canada
2.1
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
Source: HYDRAULIC DESIGN HANDBOOK
rectly also are considered. Although derivations are not provided, some emphasis is placed
on understanding both the strengths and weaknesses of various approaches. Given the
virtually infinite combinations and arrangements of pipe systems, such information is
essential for the pipeline professional.
2.2 IMPORTANCE OF PIPELINE SYSTEMS
Over the past several decades, pressurized pipeline systems have become remarkably
competitive as a means of transporting many materials, including water and wastewater.
In fact, pipelines can now be found throughout the world transporting fluids through every
conceivable environment and over every possible terrain.
There are numerous reasons for this increased use. Advances in construction
techniques and manufacturing processes have reduced the cost of pipelines relative to
other alternatives. In addition, increases in both population and population density have
tended to favor the economies of scale that are often associated with pipeline systems. The
need for greater conservation of resources and, in particular, the need to limit losses
caused by evaporation and seepage have often made pipelines attractive relative to open
channel conveyance systems. Moreover, an improved understanding of fluid behavior has
increased the reliability and enhanced the performance of pipeline systems. For all these
reasons, it is now common for long pipelines of large capacity to be built, many of which
carry fluid under high pressure. Some of these systems are relatively simple, composed
only of seriesconnected pipes; in others systems, the pipes are joined to form complex
networks having thousands of branched and interconnected lines.
Pipelines often form vital links in the process chain, and high penalties may be asso
ciated with both the direct costs of failure (pipeline repair, cost of lost fluid, damages
associated with rupture, and so forth) and the interruption of service. This is especially
evident in industrial applications, such as paper mills, mines, and power plants. Yet, even
in municipal systems, a pipe failure can cause considerable property damage. In addition,
the failure may lead indirectly to other kinds of problems. For example, a mainline break
could flood a roadway and cause a traffic accident or might make it difficult to fight a
major fire.
Although pipelines appear to promise an economical and continuous supply of fluid,
they pose critical problems of design, analysis, maintenance, and operation. A successful
design requires the cooperation of hydraulic, structural, construction, survey, geotechni
cal, and mechanical engineers. In addition, designers and planners often must consider the
social, environmental, and legal implications of pipeline development. This chapter focus
es on the hydraulic considerations, but one should remember that these considerations are
not the only, nor necessarily the most critical, issues facing the pipeline engineer. To be
successful, a pipeline must be economically and environmentally viable as well as tech
nically sound. Yet, because technical competence is a necessary requirement for any suc
cessful pipeline project, this aspect is the primary focus.
2.3 NUMERICAL MODELS: BASIS FOR PIPELINE ANALYSIS
The designer of a hydraulic system faces many questions. How big should each pipe be to
carry the required flow? How strong must a segment of pipe be to avoid breaking? Are
reservoirs, pumps, or other devices required? If so, how big should they be and where
should they be situated?
2.2 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
There are at least two general ways of resolving this kind of issue. The first way is to
build the pipe system on the basis of our best guess design and learn about the systems
performance as we go along. Then, if the original system as built is inadequate, suc
cessive adjustments can be made to it until a satisfactory solution is found. Historically, a
number of large pipe systems have been built in more or less this way. For example, the
Romans built many impressive water supply systems with little formal knowledge of fluid
mechanics. Even today, many small pipeline systems are still constructed with little or no
analysis. The emphasis in this kind of approach should be to design a system that is both
flexible and robust.
However, there is a second approach. Rather than constructing and experimenting with
the real system, a replacement or model of the system is developed first. This model can
take many forms: from a scaleddown version of the original to a set of mathematical
equations. In fact, currently the most common approach is to construct an abstract numer
ical representation of the original that is encoded in a computer. Once this model is
operational, experiments are conducted on it to predict the behavior of the real or pro
posed system. If the design is inadequate in any predictable way, the parameters of the
model are changed and the system is retested until design conditions are satisfied. Only
once the modeller is reasonably satisfied would the construction of the complete system
be undertaken.
In fact, most modern pipelines systems are modeled quite extensively before they are
built. One reason for this is perhaps surprising experiments performed on a model are
sometimes better than those done on the prototype. However, we must be careful here,
because better is a relative word. On the plus side, modeling the behavior of a pipeline
system has a number of intrinsic advantages:
Cost. Constructing and experimenting on the model is often much less expensive than
testing the prototype.
Time. The response rate of the model pipe system may be more rapid and convenient
than the prototype. For example, it may take only a fraction of a second for a
computer program to predict the response of a pipe system after decades of projected
growth in the demand for water.
Safety. Experiments on a real system may be dangerous or risky whereas testing the
model generally involves little or no risk.
Ease of modification: Improvements, adjustments, or modifications in design or
operating rules can be incorporated more easily in a model, usually by simply editing
an input file.
Aid to communication. Models can facilitate communication between individuals and
groups, thereby identifying points of agreement, disagreement, misunderstanding, or
issues requiring clarification.Even simple sketches, such as Fig. 2.1, can aid discussion.
These advantages are often seen as so overwhelming that the fact that alternative
approaches are available is sometimes forgotten. In particular, we must always remember
that the model is not reality. In fact, what makes the model useful is precisely its simplic
ityit is not as complex or expensive as the original. Stated more forcibly, the model is
useful because it is wrong. Clearly, the model must be sufficiently accurate for its intend
ed purpose or its predictions will be useless. However, the fact that predictions are imper
fect should be no surprise.
As a general rule, systems that are large, expensive, complex, and important justify
more complex and expensive models. Similarly, as the sophistication of the pipeline sys
tem increases, so do the benefits and advantages of the modeling approach because this
Hydraulics of Pressurized Flow 2.3
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
strategy allows us to consider the consequences of certain possibilities (decisions, actions,
inactions, events, and so on before they occur and to control conditions in ways that may
be impossible in practice (e.g., weather characteristics, interest rates, future demands,
control system failures). Models often help to improve our understanding of cause
and effect and to isolate particular features of interest or concern and are our primary tool
of prediction.
To be more specific, two kinds of computer models are frequently constructed for
pipeline systems planning models and operational model:
Planning models. These models are used to assess performance, quantity or econom
ic impacts of proposed pipe systems, changes in operating procedures, role of devices,
control valves, storage tanks, and so forth. The emphasis is often on selection, sizing, or
modification of devices.
Operational models. These models are used to forecast behavior, adjust pressures or
flows, modify fluid levels, train operators, and so on over relatively short periods (hours,
days, months). The goal is to aid operational decisions.
The basis of both kinds of models is discussed in this chapter. However, before you
believe the numbers or graphs produced by a computer program, or before you work
through the remainder of this chapter, bear in mind that every model is in some sense a
fake it is a replacement, a standin, a surrogate, or a deputy for something else. Models
are always more or less wrong. Yet it is their simultaneous possession of the characteris
tics of both simplicity and accuracy that makes them powerful.
2.4 MODELING APPROACH
If we accept that we are going to construct computer models to predict the performance
of pipeline systems, then how should this be done? What aspects of the prototype can and
should be emphasized in the model? What is the basis of the approximations, and what
principles constrain the approach? These topics are discussed in this section.
Perhaps surprisingly, if we wish to model the behavior of any physical system, a
remarkably small number of fundamental relations are available (or required). In essence,
we seek to answer three simple questions: where?, what? and how? The following sections
provide elaboration.
2.4 Chapter Two
FIGURE 2.1 Energy relations in a simple pipe system.
H
EGL
1
EGL
2
Valve
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
The first question is resolved most easily. Because flow in a pipe system can almost
always be assumed to be onedimensional, the question of where is resolved by assuming
a direction of flow in each link of pipe. This assumed direction gives a unique orientation
to the specification of distance, discharge, and velocity. Positive values of these variables
indicate flow in the assumed direction, whereas negative values indicate reverse flows.
The issues of what and how require more careful development.
2.4.1 Properties of Matter (What?)
The question of What? directs our attention to the matter within the control system. In
the case of a hydraulic system, this is the material that makes up the pipe walls, or fills the
interior of a pipe or reservoir, or that flows through a pump. Eventually a modeller must
account for all these issues, but we start with the matter that flows, typically consisting
mostly of water with various degrees of impurities.
In fact, water is so much a part of our lives that we seldom question its role. Yet water
possesses a unique combination of chemical, physical, and thermal properties that makes
it ideally suited for many purposes. In addition, although important regional shortages
may exist, water is found in large quantities on the surface of the earth. For both these rea
sons, water plays a central role in both human activity and natural processes.
One surprising feature of the water molecule is its simplicity, formed as it as from two
diatomic gases, hydrogen (H
2
) and oxygen (O
2
). Yet the range and variety of waters
properties are remarkable (Table 2.1 provides a partial list). Some property values in the
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.5
TABLE 2.1 Selected Properties of Liquid Water
Physical Properties
1. High density
liq
< 1 000 kg/m
3
2. Density maximum at 4Ci.e., above freezing!
3. High viscosity (but a Newtonian fluid) 10
3
N s/m
2
4. High surface tension 73 N/m
5. High bulk modulus (usually assumed incompressible)K 2.07 GPa
Thermal Properties
1. Specific Heathighest except for NH
3
c 4.187 kJ/(kgC)
2. High heat of vaporizationc
v
2.45 MJ/kg
3. High heat of fusionc
f
0.36 MJ/kg
4. Expands on freezingin almost all other compounds,
solid
>
liq
5. High boiling pointc.f., H
2
(20 K), O
2
(90 K) and H
2
O (373 K)
6 Good conductor of heat relative to other liquids and nonmetal solids.
Chemical and Other Properties
1. Slightly ionizedwater is a good solvent for electrolytes and nonelectrolytes
2. Transparent to visible light; opaque to near infrared
3. High dielectric constantresponds to microwaves and electromagnetic fields
Note: The values are approximate. All the properties listed are functions of temperature, pressure, water purity, and
other factors that should be known if more exact values are to be assigned. For example, surface tension is greatly
influenced by the presence of soap films, and the boiling point depends on water purity and confining pressure. The
values are generally indicative of conditions near 10C and one atmosphere of pressure.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
table especially density and viscosity valuesare used regularly by pipeline engineers.
Other properties, such as compressibility and thermal values, are used indirectly, primar
ily to justify modeling assumptions, such as the flow being isothermal and incompress
ible. Many properties of water depend on intermolecular forces that create powerful
attractions (cohesion) between water molecules. That is, although a water molecule is
electrically neutral, the two hydrogen atoms are positioned to create a tetrahedral charge
distribution on the water molecule, allowing water molecules to be held strongly together
with the aid of electrostatic attractions. These strong internal forcestechnically called
hydrogen bondsarise directly from the nonsymmetrical distribution of charge.
The chemical behavior of water also is unusual. Water molecules are slightly ionized,
making water an excellent solvent for both electrolytes and nonelectrolytes. In fact, water
is nearly a universal solvent, able to wear away mountains, transport solutes, and support
the biochemistry of life. But the same properties that create so many benefits also create
problems, many of which must be faced by the pipeline engineer. Toxic chemicals, disin
fection byproducts, aggressive and corrosive compounds, and many other substances can
be carried by water in a pipeline, possibly causing damage to the pipe and placing con
sumers at risk.
Other challenges also arise. Waters almost unique property of expanding on freezing
can easily burst pipes. As a result, the pipeline engineer either may have to bury a line or
may need to supply expensive heattracing systems on lines exposed to freezing weather,
particularly if there is a risk that standing water may sometimes occur. Waters high vis
cosity is a direct cause of large friction losses and high energy costs whereas its vapor
properties can create cavitation problems in pumps, valves, and pipes. Furthermore, the
combination of its high density and small compressibility creates potentially dramatic
transient conditions. We return to these important issues after considering how pipeline
flows respond to various physical constraints and influences in the next section.
2.4.2 Laws of Conservation (How?)
Although the implications of the characteristics of water are enormous, no mere list of its
properties will describe a physical problem completely. Whether we are concerned with
water quality in a reservoir or with transient conditions in a pipe, natural phenomena also
obey a set of physical laws that contributes to the character and nature of a systems
response. If engineers are to make quantitative predictions, they must first understand the
physical problem and the mathematical laws that model its behavior.
Basic physical laws must be understood and be applied to a wide variety of applica
tions and in a great many different environments: from flow through a pump to transient
conditions in a channel or pipeline. The derivations of these equations are not provided,
however, because they are widely available and take considerable time and effort to do
properly. Instead, the laws are presented, summarized, and discussed in the pipeline con
text. More precisely, a quantitative description of fluid behavior requires the application
of three essential relations: (1) a kinematic relation obtained from the law of mass con
servation in a control volume, (2) equations of motion provided by both Newtons second
law and the energy equation, and (3) an equation of state adapted from compressibility
considerations, leading to a wavespeed relation in transient flow and justifying the
assumption of an incompressible fluid in most steady flow applications.
A few key facts about mass conservation and Newtons second law are reviewed
briefly in the next section. Consideration of the energy equation is deferred until steady
flow is discussed in more detail, whereas further details about the equation of state are
introduced along with considerations of unsteady flow.
2.6 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
2.4.3 Conservation of Mass
One of a pipeline engineers most basic, but also most powerful, tools is introduced. in this
section. The central concept is that of conservation of mass a and its key expression is the
continuity or mass conservation equation.
One remarkable fact about changes in a physical system is that not everything changes.
In fact, most physical laws are conservation laws: They are generalized statements about
regularities that occur in the midst of change. As Ford (1973) said:
A conservation law is a statement of constancy in naturein particular, constancy
during change. If for an isolated system a quantity can be defined that remains
precisely constant, regardless of what changes may take place within the system,
the quantity is said to be absolutely conserved.
A number of physical quantities have been found that are conserved in the sense of
Fords quotation. Examples include energy (if mass is accounted for), momentum, charge,
and angular momentum. One especially important generalization of the law of mass con
servation includes both nuclear and chemical reactions (Hatsopoulos and Keenan, 1965).
2.4.3.1 Law of Conservation of Chemical Species Molecular species are conserved in
the absence of chemical reactions and atomic species are conserved in the absence of
nuclear reactions. In essence, the statement is nothing more a principle of accounting,
stating that number of atoms or molecules that existed before a given change is equal to
the number that exists after the change. More powerfully, the principle can be transformed
into a statement of revenue and expenditure of some commodity over a definite period of
time. Because both hydraulics and hydrology are concerned with tracking the distribution
and movement of the earths water, which is nothing more than a particular molecular
species, it is not surprising that formalized statements of this law are used frequently.
These formalized statements are often called water budgets, typically if they apply to an
area of land, or continuity relations, if they apply in a welldefined region of flow (the
region is welldefined; the flow need not be).
The principle of a budget or continuity equation is applied every time we balance a
checkbook. The account balance at the end of any period is equal to the initial balance plus
all the deposits minus all the withdrawals. In equation form, this can be written as follows:
(balance)
f
(balance)
i
deposits
withdrawals
Before an analogous procedure can be applied to water, the system under considera
tion must be clearly defined. If we return to the checkingaccount analogy, this require
ment simply says that the deposits and withdrawals included in the equation apply to one
account or to a welldefined set of accounts. In hydraulics and hydrology, the equivalent
requirement is to define a control volumea region that is fixed in space, completely sur
rounded by a control surface, through which matter can pass freely. Only when the
region has been precisely defined can the inputs (deposits) and outputs (withdrawals) be
identified unambiguously.
If changes or adjustments in the water balance (S) are the concern, the budget con
cept can be expressed as
S S
f
S
i
(balance)
f
(balance)
i
V
i
V
o
(2.1)
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.7
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
where V
i
represents the sum of all the water entering an area, and V
o
indicates the total vol
ume of water leaving the same region. More commonly, however, a budget relation such
as Eq. 2.1 is written as a rate equation. Dividing the balance equation by t and
taking the limit as t goes to zero produces
S
d
d
S
t
I O (2.2)
where the derivative term S is the time rate of change in storage, S is the water stored in
the control volume, I is the rate of which water enters the system (inflow), and O is the
rate of outflow. This equation can be applied in any consistent volumetric units (e.g., m
3
/s,
ft
3
/s, L/s, ML/day, etc.)
When the concept of conservation of mass is applied to a system with flow, such as a
pipeline, it requires that the net amount of fluid flowing into the pipe must be accounted
for as fluid storage within the pipe. Any mass imbalance (or, in other words, net mass
exchange) will result in large pressure changes in the conduit because of compressibility
effects.
2.4.3.2 Steady Flow Assuming, in addition, that the flow is steady, Eq. 2.2 can be
reduced further to inflow = outflow or I = O. Since the inflow and outflow may occur at
several points, this is sometimes rewritten as
inflow
V
i
A
i
outflow
V
i
A
i
(2.3)
Equation (2.3) states that the rate of flow into a control volume is equal to the rate of
outflow. This result is intuitively satisfying since no accumulation of mass or volume
should occur in any control volume under steady conditions. If the control volume were
taken to be the junction of a number of pipes, this law would take the form of Kirchhoffs
current lawthe sum of the mass flow in all pipes entering the junction equals the sum of
the mass flow of the fluid leaving the junction. For example, in Fig. 2.2, continuity for the
control volume of the junction states that
Q
1
Q
2
Q
3
Q
4
(2.4)
2.4.4 Newtons Second Law
When mass rates of flow are concerned, the focus is on a single component of chemical
species. However, when we introduce a physical law, such as Newtons law of motion, we
obtain something even more profound: a relationship between the apparently unrelated
quantities of force and acceleration.
More specifically, Newtons second law relates the changes in motion of a fluid or
solid to the forces that cause the change. Thus, the statement that the resultant of all exter
nal forces, including body forces, acting on a system is equal to the rate of change of
momentum of this system with respect to time. Mathematically, this is expressed as
F
ext
= (2.5)
where t is the time and F
ext
represents the external forces acting on a body of mass m
moving with velocity . If the mass of the body is constant, Eq. (2.5) becomes
d(mv)
dt
2.8 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
F
ext
= m
d
d
v
t
ma (2.6)
where a is the acceleration of the system (the time rate of change of velocity).
In closed conduits, the primary forces of concern are the result of hydrostatic pressure,
fluid weight, and friction. These forces act at each section of the pipe to produce the net
acceleration. If these forces and the fluid motion are modeled mathematically, the result
is a dynamic relation describing the transient response of the pipeline.
For a control volume, if flow properties at a given position are unchanging with time,
the steady form of the moment equation can be written as
F
ext
=
0
cs
v(v n) dA (2.7)
where the force term is the net external force acting on the control volume and the right
hand term gives the net flux of momentum through the control surface. The integral is
taken over the entire surface of the control volume, and the integrand is the incremental
amount of momentum leaving the control volume.
The control surface usually can be oriented to be perpendicular to the flow, and one
can assume that the flow is incompressible and uniform. With this assumption, the
momentum equation can be simplified further as follows:
F
ext
= (Av)
out
(Av)
in
Q(v
out
v
in
) (2.8)
where Q is the volumetric rate of flow.
Example: Forces at an Elbow. One direct application of the momentum relation is
shown in Fig. 2.3, which indicates the flows and forces at elbow. The elbow is assumed to
be mounted in a horizontal plane so that the weight is balanced by vertical forces (not
shown).
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.9
Q
1
Q
2
Q
3
Q
4
CV
FIGURE 2.2 Continuity at a pipe junction Q
1
+ Q
2
= Q
3
+ Q
4
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
The reaction forces shown in the diagram are required for equilibrium if the elbow is
to remain stationary. Specifically, the force F
x
must resist both the pressure force and must
account for the momentumflux term. That is, taking x as positive to the right, direct appli
cation of the momentum equation gives
(PA)
1
F
x
Q
1
(2.9)
Thus,
F
x
(PA)
1
Q
1
(2.10)
In a similar manner, but taking y as positive upward, direct application of the momen
tum equation gives
(PA)
2
F
y
Q(
2
) (2.11)
(here the outflow gives a positive sign, but the velocity is in the negative direction). Thus,
F
y
(PA)
2
+ Q
2
(2.12)
In both cases, the reaction forces are increased above what they would be in the sta
tic case because the associated momentum must either be established or be eliminated
in the direction shown. Application of this kind of analysis is routine in designing thrust
blocks, which are a kind of anchor used at elbows or bends to restrain the movement of
pipelines.
2.5 SYSTEM CAPACITY: PROBLEMS IN TIME
AND SPACE
A water transmission or supply pipeline is not just an enclosed tube it is an entire sys
tem that transports water, either by using gravity or with the aid of pumping, from its
source to the general vicinity of the demand. It typically consists of pipes or channels with
their associated control works, pumps, valves, and other components. A transmission sys
2.10 Chapter Two
(PA)
1
F
x
F
y
y
x
CV
(PA)
2
V
1
V
2
FIGURE 2.3 Force and momentum fluxes at an elbow.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
tem is usually composed of a singleseries line, as opposed to a distribution system that
often consists of a complex network of interconnected pipes.
As we have mentioned, there are many practical questions facing the designer of such
a system. Do the pipes, reservoirs and pumps have a great enough hydraulic capacity? Can
the flow be controlled to achieve the desired hydraulic conditions? Can the system be
operated economically? Are the pipes and connections strong enough to withstand both
unsteady and steady pressures?
Interestingly, different classes of models are used to answer them, depending on the
nature of the flow and the approximations that are justified. More specifically, issues of
hydraulic capacity are usually answered by projecting demands (water requirements) and
analyzing the system under steady flow conditions. Here, one uses the best available esti
mates of future demands to size and select the primary pipes in the system. It is the
hydraulic capacity of the system, largely determined by the effective diameter of the
pipeline, that links the supply to the demand.
Questions about the operation and sizing of pumps and reservoirs are answered by
considering the gradual variation of demand over relatively short periods, such as over an
average day or a maximum day. In such cases, the acceleration of the fluid is often negli
gible and analysts use a quasisteady approach: that is, they calculate forces and energy
balances on the basis of steady flow, but the unsteady form is used for the continuity equa
tion so that flows can be accumulated and stored.
Finally, the issue of required strength, such as the pressure rating of pipes and fittings,
is answered by considering transient conditions. Thus, the strength of a pipeline is deter
mined at least in part by the pressures generated by a rapid transition between flow states.
In this stage, shortterm and rapid motions must be taken into account, because large
forces and dangerous pressures can sometimes be generated. Here, forces are balanced
with accelerations, mass flow rates with pressure changes. These transient conditions are
discussed in more detail in section 2.8 and in chapter 10.
A large number of different flow conditions are encountered in pipeline systems. To
facilitate analysis, these conditions are often classified according to several criteria. Flow
classification can be based on channel geometry, material properties, dynamic consider
ations (both kinematic and kinetic), or some other characteristic feature of the flow. For
example, on the basis of fluid type and channel geometry, the flow can be classified as
openchannel, pressure, or gas flow. Probably the most important distinctions are based
on the dynamics of flow (i.e., hydraulics). In this way, flow is classified as steady or
unsteady, turbulent or laminar, uniform or nonuniform, compressible or incompressible,
or single phase or multiphase. All these distinctions are vitally important to the analyst:
collectively, they determine which physical laws and material properties are dominant in
any application.
Steady flow: A flow is said to be steady if conditions at a point do not change with
time. Otherwise a flow is unsteady or transient. By this definition, all turbulent flows, and
hence most flows of engineering importance, are technically unsteady. For this reason, a
more restrictive definition is usually applied: A flow is considered steady if the temporal
mean velocity does not change over brief periods. Although the assumption is not for
mally required, pipeline flows are usually considered to be steady; thus, transient condi
tions represent an abnormal, or nonequilibrium, transition from one steadystate flow to
another. Unless otherwise stated, the initial conditions in transient problems are usually
assumed to be steady.
Steady or equilibrium conditions in a pipe system imply a balance between the physi
cal laws. Equilibrium is typified by steady uniform flow in both open channels and closed
conduits. In these applications, the rate of fluid inflow to each segment equals the rate of
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.11
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
outflow, the external forces acting on the flow are balanced by the changes in momentum,
and the external work is compensated for by losses of mechanical energy. As a result, the
fluid generally moves down an energy gradient, often visualized as flow in the direction
of decreasing hydraulic gradeline elevations (e.g., Fig. 2.1).
Quasisteady flow. When the flow becomes unsteady, the resulting model that must
be used depends on how fast the changes occur. When the rate of change is particular
ly slow, typically over a period of hours or days, the rate of the fluids acceleration is
negligible. However, fluid will accumulate or be depleted at reservoirs, and rates of
demand for water may slowly adjust. This allows the use of a quasisteady or extend
edduration simulation model.
Compressible and Incompressible. If the density of the fluid is constantboth in
time and throughout the flow fielda flow is said to be incompressible. Thus, is not a
function of position or time in an incompressible flow. If changes in density are permitted
or reguined the flow is compressible.
Surge. When the rate of change in flow is moderate, typically occurring over a period
of minutes, a surge model is often used. In North America, the term surge indicates an
analysis of unsteady flow conditions in pipelines when the following assumptions are
made: the fluid is incompressible (thus, its density is constant) and the pipe walls are rigid
and do not deform. These two assumptions imply that fluid velocities are not a function
of position along a pipe of constant crosssection and the flow is uniform. In other words,
no additional fluid is stored in a length of pipe as the pressure changes; because velocities
are uniform, the rate at which fluid enters a pipe is always equal to the rate of discharge.
However, the acceleration of the fluid and its accumulation and depletion from reservoirs
are accounted for in a surge model.
Waterhammer. When rapid unsteady flow occurs in a closed conduit system, the tran
sient condition is sometimes marked by a pinging or hammering noise, appropriately
called waterhammer. However, it is common to refer to all rapidly changing flow condi
tions by this term, even if no audible shock waves are produced. In waterhammer models,
it is usually assumed that the fluid is slightly compressible, and the pipe walls deform with
changes in the internal pressure. Waterhammer waves propagate with a finite speed equal
to the velocity of sound in the pipeline.
The speed at which a disturbance is assumed to propagate is the primary distinction
between a surge and a waterhammer model. Because the wavespeed parameter a is relat
ed to fluid storage, the wavespeed is infinite in surge or quasisteady models. Thus, in
effect, disturbances are assumed to propagate instantly throughout the pipeline system. Of
course they do no such thing, because the wavespeed is a finite physical property of a pipe
system, much like its diameter, wall thickness, or pipeline material. The implication of
using the surge or quasisteady approximation is that the unsteady behavior of the pipe
system is controlled or limited by the rate at which the hydraulic boundary conditions
(e.g., pumps, valves, reservoirs) at the ends of the pipe respond to the flow and that the
time required for the pipeline itself to react is negligible by comparison.
Although unsteady or transient analysis is invariably more involved than is steadystate
modeling, neglecting these effects in a pipeline can be troublesome for one of two
reasons: the pipeline may not perform as expected, possibly causing large remedial
expenses, or the line may be overdesigned with respect to transient conditions, possibly
causing unnecessarily large capital costs. Thus, it is essential for engineers to have a clear
physical grasp of transient behavior and an ability to use the computers power to maxi
mum advantage.
One interesting point is that as long as one is prepared to assume the flow is com
pressible, the importance of compressibility does not need to be known a priory. In fact,
2.12 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
all the incompressible, quasisteady, and steady equations are special cases of the full tran
sient equations. Thus, if the importance of compressibility or acceleration effects is
unknown, the simulation can correctly assume compressible flow behavior and allow the
analysis to verify or contradict this assumption.
Redistribution of water, whatever model or physical devices are used, requires control
of the fluid and its forces, and control requires an understanding not only of physical law
but also of material properties and their implications. Thus, an attempt to be more specif
ic and quantitative about these matters will be made as this chapter progresses.
In steady flow, the fluid generally moves in the direction of decreasing hydraulic
gradeline elevations. Specific devices, such as valves and transitions, cause local pressure
drops and dissipate mechanical energy; operating pumps do work on the fluid and increase
downstream pressures while friction creates head losses more or less uniformly along the
pipe length. Be warned, howeverin transient applications, this orderly situation rarely
exists. Instead, large and sudden variations of both discharge and pressure can occur and
propagate in the system, greatly complicating analysis.
2.6 STEADY FLOW
The design of steady flow in pipeline systems has two primary objectives. First, the
hydraulic objective is to secure the desired pressure and flow rate at specific locations in
the system. Second the economic objective is to meet the hydraulic requirements with the
minimum expense.
When a fluid flows in a closed conduit or open channel, it often experiences a com
plex interchange of various forms of mechanical energy. In particular, the work that is
associated with moving the fluid through pressure differences is releted to changes in both
gravitational potential energy and kinetic energy. In addition, the flow may lose mechan
ical energy as a result of friction, a loss that is usually accounted for by extremely small
increases in the temperature of the flowing fluid (that is, the mechanical energy is con
verted to thermal form).
More specifically, these energy exchanges are often accounted for by using an
extended version of Bernoullis famous relationship. If energy losses resulting from fric
tion are negligible, the Bernoulli equation takes the following form:
1
z
1
2
z
2
(2.13)
where p
1
and p
2
are the pressures at the end points, is the specific weight of the fluid, v
1
and v
2
are the average velocities at the end points, and z
1
and z
2
are the elevations of the
end points with respect to an arbitrary vertical datum. Because of their direct graphical
representation, various combinations of terms in this relationship are given special labels,
historically called heads because of their association with vertical distances. Thus,
Head Definition Associated with
Pressure head p/ Flow work
Elevation head z Gravitational potential energy
Velocity head v
2
/2g Kinetic energy
Piezometric head p/ z Pressure elevation head
Total head p/ z v
2
/2g Pressure elevation velocity head
v
2
2
2g
v
2
1
2g
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.13
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
A plot of piezometric head along a pipeline forms a line called the hydraulic grade line
(HGL). Similarly, a plot of the total head with distance along a pipeline is called the ener
gy grade line (EGL). In the vast majority of municipally related work, velocity heads are
negligible and the EGL and HGL essentially become equivalent.
If losses occur, the situation becomes a little more complex. The head loss h
f
is defined
to be equal to the difference in total head from the beginning of the pipe to the end over a
total distance L. Thus, h
f
is equal to the product of the slope of the EGL and the pipe length:
h
f
L S
f
. When the flow is uniform, the slope of the EGL is parallel to that of the HGL,
the difference in piezometric head between the end points of the pipe. Inclusion of a head
loss term into the energy equation gives a useful relationship for describing 1D pipe flow
z
1
z
2
h
f
(2.14)
In this relation, the flow is assumed to be from Point 1 to Point 2 and h
f
is assumed to be
positive. Using capital H to represent the total head, the equation can be rewritten as
H
1
H
2
h
f
In essence, a head loss reduces to the total head that would have occurred in the sys
tem if the loss were not present (Fig. 2.1). Since the velocity head term is often small, the
total head in the above relation is often approximated with the piezometric head.
Understanding head loss is important for designing pipe systems so that they can
accommodate the design discharge. Moreover, head losses have a direct effect on both the
pumping capacity and the power consumption of pumps. Consequently, an understanding
of head losses is important for the design of economically viable pipe systems.
The occurrence of head loss is explained by considering what happens at the pipe wall,
the domain of boundary layer theory. The fundamental assertion of the theory is that when
a moving fluid passes over a solid surface, the fluid immediately in contact with the sur
face attains the velocity of the surface (zero from the perspective of the surface). This no
slip condition gives rise to a velocity gradient in which fluid further from the surface has
a larger (nonzero) velocity relative to the velocity at the surface, thus establishing a shear
stress on the fluid. Fluid that is further removed from the solid surface, but is adjacent to
slower moving fluid closer to the surface, is itself decelerated because of the fluids own
internal cohesion, or viscosity. The shear stress across the pipe section is zero at the cen
ter of the pipe, where the average velocity is greatest, and it increases linearly to a maxi
mum at the pipe wall. The distribution of the shear stress gives rise to a parabolic distrib
ution of velocity when the flow is laminar.
More frequently, the flow in a conduit is turbulent. Because turbulence introduces a
complex, random component into the flow, a precise quantitative description of turbulent
flow is impossible. Irregularities in the pipe wall lead to the formation of eddy currents
that transfer momentum between faster and slower moving fluid, thus dissipating mechan
ical energy. These random motions of fluid increase as the mean velocity increases. Thus,
in addition to the shear stress that exists for laminar flow, an apparent shear stress exists
because of the exchange of material during turbulent flow.
The flow regimewhether laminar, turbulent, or transitionalis generally classified by
referring to the dimensionless Reynolds number (Re). In pipelines, Re is given as
Re
VD
(2.15)
where V is the mean velocity of the fluid, D is the pipe diameter, is the fluid density, and
v
2
2
2g
v
2
1
2g
2.14 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
is the dynamic viscosity. Although the exact values taken to limit the range of Re vary with
author and application, the different flow regimes are often taken as follows: (1) laminar
flow: Re 2000, (2) transitional flow: 2000 Re 4000, and (3) turbulent flow: Re > 4000.
These flow regime have a direct influence on the head loss experienced in a pipeline system.
2.6.1 Turbulent Flow
Consider an experiment in which a sensitive probe is used to measure flow velocity in a
pipeline carrying a flowing fluid. The probe will certainly record the mean or net compo
nent of velocity in the axial direction of flow. In addition, if the flow in the pipeline is tur
bulent, the probe will record many small and abrupt variations in velocity in all three spa
tial directions. As a result of the turbulent motion, the details of the flow pattern will
change randomly and constantly with time. Even in the simplest possible systeman uni
form pipe carrying water from a constantelevation upstream reservoir to a downstream
valvethe detailed structure of the velocity field will be unsteady and exceedingly com
plex. Moreover, the unsteady values of instantaneous velocity will exist even if all exter
nal conditions at both the reservoir and valve are not changing with time. Despite this, the
mean values of velocity and pressure will be fixed as long as the external conditions do
not change. It is in this sense that turbulent flows can be considered to be steady.
The vast majority of flows in engineering are turbulent. Thus, unavoidably, engineers
must cope with both the desirable and the undesirable characteristics of turbulence. On the
positive side, turbulent flows produce an efficient transfer of mass, momentum, and ener
gy within the fluid. In fact, the expression to stir up the pot is an image of turbulence;
it implies a vigorous mixing that breaks up largescale order and structure in a fluid. But
the rapid mixing also may create problems for the pipeline engineer. This down side can
include detrimental rates of energy loss, high rates of corrosion, rapid scouring and ero
sion, and excessive noise and vibration as well as other effects.
How does the effective mixing arise within a turbulent fluid? Physically, mixing results
from the random and chaotic fluctuations in velocity that exchange fluid between differ
ent regions in a flow. The sudden, smallscale changes in the instantaneous velocity tend
to cause fast moving packets of fluid to change places with those of lower velocity and
vice verse. In this way, the flow field is constantly bent, folded, and superimposed on
itself. As a result, largescale order and structure within the flow is quickly broken down
and torn apart. But the fluid exchange transports not only momentum but other properties
associated with the flow as well. In essence, the rapid and continual interchange of fluid
within a turbulent flow creates both the blessing and the curse of efficient mixing.
The inherent complexity of turbulent flows introduces many challenges. On one hand,
if the velocity variations are ignored by using average or mean values of fluid properties,
a degree of uncertainty inevitably arises. Details of the flow process and its variability will
be avoided intentionally, thereby requiring empirical predictions of mean flow character
istics (e.g., headloss coefficients and friction factors). Yet, if the details of the velocity
field are analyzed, a hopelessly complex set of equations is produced that must be solved
using a small time step. Such models can rarely be solved even on the fastest computers.
From the engineering view point, the only practical prescription is to accept the empiri
cism necessitated by flow turbulence while being fully aware of its difficultiesthe aver
aging process conceals much of what might be important. Ignoring the details of the
fluids motion can, at times, introduce significant error even to the mean flow calculations.
When conditions within a flow change instantaneously both at a point and in the mean,
the flow becomes unsteady in the full sense of the word. For example, the downstream
valve in a simple pipeline connected to a reservoir might be closed rapidly, creating shock
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.15
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
waves that travel up and down the conduit. The unsteadiness in the mean values of the
flow properties introduces additional difficulties into a problem that was already complex.
Various procedures of averaging, collecting, and analyzing data that were well justified for
a steady turbulent flow are often questionable in unsteady applications. The entire situa
tion is dynamic: Rapid fluctuations in the average pressure, velocity, and other properties
may break or damage the pipe or other equipment. Even in routine applications, special
care is required to control, predict, and operate systems in which unsteady flows com
monly occur.
The question is one of perspective. The microscopic perspective of turbulence in flows
is bewildering in its complexity; thus, only because the macroscopic behavior is relative
ly predictable can turbulent flows be analyzed. Turbulence both creates the need for
approximate empirical laws and determines the uncertainty associated with using them.
The great irregularity associated with turbulent flows tends to be smoothed over both by
the empirical equations and by a great many texts.
2.6.2 Head Loss Caused by Friction
A basic relation used in hydraulic design of a pipeline system is the one describing the
dependence of discharge Q (say in m
3
/s) on head loss h
f
(m) caused by friction between
the flow of fluid and the pipe wall. This section discusses two of the most commonly used
headloss relations: the DarcyWeisbach and HazenWilliams equations.
The DarcyWeisbach equation is used to describe the head loss resulting from flow in
pipes in a wide variety of applications. It has the advantage of incorporating a dimen
sionless friction factor that describes the effects of material roughness on the surface of
the inside pipe wall and the flow regime on retarding the flow. The DarcyWeisbach equa
tion can be written as
h
f
,
DW
f
D
L
2
V
g
2
0.0826
Q
D
2
5
Lf (2.16)
where h
f
,
DW
= head loss caused by friction (m), f = dimensionless friction factor, L =
pipe length (m), D = pipe diameter (m), V = Q/A = mean flow velocity (m/s), Q = dis
charge (m
3
/s), A = crosssectional area of the pipe (m
2
), and g = acceleration caused by
gravity (m/s
2
).
For noncircular pressure conduits, Dis replaced by 4R, where R is the hydraulic radius.
The hydraulic radius is defined as the crosssectional area divided by the wetted perime
ter or, R = A/P.
Note that the head loss is directly proportional to the length of the conduit and the fric
tion factor. Obviously, the rougher a pipe is and the longer the fluid must travel, the greater
the energy loss. The equation also relates the pipe diameter inversely to the head loss. As
the pipe diameter increases, the effects of shear stress at the pipe walls are felt by less of
the fluid, indicating that wider pipes may be advantageous if excavation and construction
costs are not prohibitive. Note in particular that the dependence of the discharge Q on the
pipe diameter D is highly nonlinear; this fact has great significance to pipeline designs
because head losses can be reduce dramatically by using a largediameter pipe, whereas
an inappropriately small pipe can restrict flow significantly, rather like a partially closed
valve.
For laminar flow, the friction factor is linearly dependent on the Re with the simple
relationship f = 64/Re. For turbulent flow, the friction factor is a function of both the Re
and the pipes relative roughness. The relative roughness is the ratio of equivalent uniform
sand grain size and the pipe diameter (e/D), as based on the work of Nikuradse (1933), who
2.16 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
experimentally measured the resistance to flow posed by various pipes with uniform sand
grains glued onto the inside walls. Although the commercial pipes have some degree of spa
tial variance in the characteristics of their roughness, they may have the same resistance char
acteristics as do pipes with a uniform distribution of sand grains of size e. Thus, if the veloc
ity of the fluid is known, and hence Re, and the relative roughness is known, the friction fac
tor f can be determined by using the Moody diagram or the ColebrookWhite equation.
Jeppson (1976) presented a summary of friction loss equations that can be used instead
of the Moody diagram to calculate the friction factor for the DarcyWeisbach equation.
These equations are applicable for Re greater than 4000 and are categorized according to
the type of turbulent flow: (1) turbulent smooth, (2) transition between turbulent smooth
and wholly rough, and (3) turbulent rough.
For turbulent smooth flow, the friction factor is a function of Re:
1
f
2log (Ref ) (2.17)
For the transition between turbulent smooth and wholly rough flow, the friction factor
is a function of both Re and the relative roughness e/D. This friction factor relation is often
summarized in the Colebrook White equation:
1
f
2log
e
3
/
.
D
7
+
R
2
e
.
51
f
,
(2.18)
When the flow is wholly turbulent (large Re and e/D), the DarcyWeisbach friction fac
tor becomes independent of Re and is a function only of the relative roughness:
1
f
1.14 2log (e/D) (2.19)
In general, Eq. (2.16) is valid for all turbulent flow regimens in a pipe,, where as Eq.
(2.22) is merely an approximation that is valid for the hydraulic rough flow. In a smooth
pipe flow, the viscous sublayer completely submerges the effect of e on the flow. In this
case, the friction factor f is a function of Re and is independent of the relative roughness
e/D. In roughpipe flow, the viscous sublayer is so thin that flow is dominated by the
roughness of the pipe wall and f is a function only of e/D and is independent of Re. In the
transition, f is a function of both e/D and Re.
The implicit nature of f in Eq. (2.18) is inconvenient in design practice. However, this
difficulty can be easily overcome with the help of the Moody diagram or with one of many
available explicit approximations. The Moody diagram plots Re on the abscissa, the resis
tance coefficient on one ordinate and f on the other, with e/D acting as a parameter for a
family of curves. If e/D is known, then one can follow the relative roughness isocurve
across the graph until it intercepts the correct Re. At the corresponding point on the
opposite ordinate, the appropriate friction factor is found; e/D for various commercial
pipe materials and diameters is provided by several manufacturers and is determined
experimentally.
A more popular current alternative to graphical procedures is to use an explicit
mathematical form of the frictionfactor relation to approximate the implicit Colebrook
white equation. Bhave (1991) included a nice summary of this topic. The popular net
workanalysis program EPANET and several other codes use the equation of Swanee and
Jain (1976), which has the form
(2.20)
f 0.25
log
3.7
e
D
R
5.
e
7
0
4
.9
,
1
1
]
2
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.17
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
To circumvent considerations of roughness estimates and Reynolds number depen
dencies, more direct relations are often used. Probably the most widely used of these
empirical headloss relation is the HazenWilliams equation, which can be written as
Q C
u
CD
2.63
S
0.54
(2.21)
where C
u
unit coefficient (C
u
0.314 for English units, 0.278 for metric units), Q
discharge in pipes, gallons/s or m
3
/s, L length of pipe, ft or m, d internal diameter of
pipe, inches or mm, C HazenWilliams roughness coefficient, and S = the slope of the
energy line and equals h
f
/L.
The HazenWilliams coefficient C is assumed constant and independent of the dis
charge (i.e., R e). Its values range from 140 for smooth straight pipe to 90 or 80 for old,
unlined, tuberculated pipe. Values near 100 are typical for average conditions. Values of
the unit coefficient for various combinations of units are summarized in Table 2.2.
In Standard International (SI) units, the HazenWilliams relation can be rewritten for
head loss as
h
f ,HW
10.654
Q
C
0.
1
54
D
1
4.87
L (2.22)
where h
f,HW
is the HazenWilliams head loss. In fact, the HazenWilliams equation is not
the only empirical loss relation in common use. Another loss relation, the Manning equa
tion, has found its major application in open channel flow computations. As with the other
expressions, it incorporates a parameter to describe the roughness of the conduit known
as Mannings n.
Among the most important and surprisingly difficult hydraulic parameter is the diam
eter of the pipe. As has been mentioned, the exponent of diameter in headloss equations
is large, thus indicating high sensitivity to its numerical value. For this reason, engineers
2.18 Chapter Two
EGL
H
1
H
2
H
3
(a)
(b)
Q
1
Q
1
Q
1
EGL
H
1
H
2
Q
2
FIGURE 2.4 Flow in series and parallel pipes.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
and analysts must be careful to obtain actual pipe diameters often from manufacturers; the
use of nominal diameters is not recommended. Yet another complication may arise, how
ever. The diameter of a pipe often changes with time, typically as a result of chemical
depositions on the pipe wall. For old pipes, this reduction in diameter is accounted for
indirectly by using an increased value of pipe resistance. Although this approach may be
reasonable under some circumstances, it may be a problem under others, especially for
unsteady conditions. When ever possible, accurate diameters are recommended for all
hydraulic calculations. However, some combinations of pipes (e.g., pipes in series or par
allel; Fig. 2.4) can actualy be represented by a single equivalent diamenter of pipe.
2.6.3 Comparison of Loss Relations
It is generally claimed that the DarcyWeisbach equation is superior because it is the oret
ically based, where as both the Manning equation and the HazenWilliams expression use
empirically determined resistance coefficients. Although it is true that the functional rela
tionship of the DarcyWeisbach formula reflects logical associations implied by the
dimensions of the various terms, determination of the equivalent uniform sandgrain size
is essentially experimental. Consequently, the relative roughness parameter used in the
Moody diagram or the ColebrookWhite equations is not theoretically determined. In this
section, the DarcyWeisbach and HazenWilliams equations are compared briefly using a
simple pipe as an example.
In the hydraulic rough range, the increase in h
f
can be explained easily when the ratio
of Eq. (2.16) to Eq. (2.22) is investigated. For hydraulically rough flow, Eq. (2.18) can be
simplified by neglecting the second term 2.51 (Ref) of the logarithmic argument. This
ratio then takes the form of
128.94
1.14 2 log
D
e
,
2
C
D
1
0
.8
.1
5
3
2
Q
0
1
.148
(2.23)
which shows that in most hydraulic rough cases, for the same discharge Q, a larger head
loss h
f
is predicted using Eq. (2.16) than when using Eq. (2.22). Alternatively, for the same
head loss, Eq. (2.22) returns a smaller discharge than does Eq. (2.16).
When comparing headloss relations for the more general case, a great fuss is often
made over unimportant issues. For example, it is common to plot various equations on the
Moody diagram and comment on their differences. However, such a comparison is of sec
ondary importance. From a hydraulic perspective, the point is this: Different equations
should still produce similar similar head discharge behavior. That is, the physical relation
between head loss and flow for a physical segment of pipe should be predicted well by
h
f
,
HW
h
f
,
DW
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.19
TABLE 2.2 Unit Coefficient C
u
for the HazenWilliams Equation
Units of Discharge Q Units of Diameter D Unit Coeficient C
u
MGD ft 0.279
ft
3
/s ft 0.432
GPM in 0.285
GPD in 405
m
3
/s m 0.278
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
2.20 Chapter Two
any practical loss relation. Said even more simply, the issue is how well the h
f
versus Q
curves compare.
To compare the values of h
f
determined from Eq. (2.16) and those from Eq. (2.22),
consider a pipe for which the parameters D, L and C are specified. Using the Hazen
Williams relation, it is then possible to calculate h
f
for a given Q. Then, the Darcy
Weisbach f can be obtained, and with the Colebrook formula Eq. (2.18), the equivalent
value of roughness e can be found. Finally, the variation of head with discharge can be
plotted for a range of flows.
This analysis is performed for two galvanized iron pipes with e 0.15 mm. One pipe
has a diameter of 0.1 m and a length of 100 m; and the dimensions of the other pipe are
D 1.0 m and L = 1000 m, respectively. The HazenWilliams C for galvanized iron pipe
is approximately 130. Different C values for these two pipes to demonstrate the shift and
change of the range within which h
f
is small. The results of the calculated h
f
Q relation
and the difference h
f
of the head loss of the two methods for the same discharge are
shown in Figs. 2.5 and 2.6.
If h
f
,
DW
denotes the head loss determined by using Eq. (2.16) and h
f
,
HW
that using Eq.
(2.22), h
f
(m) can be
h
f
h
f
,
DW
h
f
,
DW
(2.24)
where by the DarcyWeisbach head loss h
f
,
DW
is used as a reference for comparison.
Figures 2.5 and 2.6 show the existence of three ranges: two ranges, within which h
f
,
DW
h
f,DW
, and the third one for which h
f ,DW
h
f ,DW
. The first range of h
f ,DW
h
f ,DW
is at a
lower head loss and is small. It seems that the difference the result of h
f
in this case is
the result of the fact that the HazenWilliams formula is not valid for the hydraulic smooth
and the smoothtotransitional region. Fortunately, this region is seldom important for
design purposes. At high head losses, the HazenWilliams formula tends to produce a dis
charge that is smaller than the one produced by the DarcyWeisbach equation.
For a considerable part of the curveprimarily the range within which h
f ,DW
h
f ,DW
h
f
is small compared with the absolute head loss. It can be shown that the range of
small h
f
changes is shifted when different values of HazenWilliamss C are used for the
calculation. Therefore, selecting the proper value of C, which represents an appropriate
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035
0
5
10
15
20
25
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035
Q (cms)
L = 100 m
D = 0.1 m
e = 0.15 mm
C = 122.806
Q (cms)
(
m
)
HazenWilliams
DarcyWeisbach
FIGURE 2.5 Comparison of HazenWilliams and DarcyWeisbach loss relations (smaller diameter).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.21
point on the headdischarge curve, is essential. If such a C value is used, h
f
is small, and
whether the HazenWilliams formula or the DarcyWeisbach equation is used for the
design will be of little importance.
This example shows both the strengths and the weaknesses of using Eq. (2.22) as an
approximation to Eq. (2.16). Despite its difficulties, the HazenWilliams formula is often
justified because of its conservative results and its simplicity of use. However, choosing a
proper value of either the HazenWilliams C or the relative roughness e/D is often diffi
cult. In the literature, a range of C values is given for new pipes made of various materi
als. Selecting an appropriate C value for an old pipe is even more difficult. However, if an
approximate value of C or e is used, the difference between the headloss equations is like
ly to be inconsequential.
Head loss also is a function of time. As pipes age, they are subject to corrosion, espe
cially if they are made of ferrous materials and develop rust on the inside walls, which
increases their relative roughness. Chemical agents, solid particles, or both in the fluid can
gradually degrade the smoothness of the pipe wall. Scaling on the inside of pipes can
occur if the water is hard. In some instances, biological factors have led to timedependent
head loss. Clams and zebra mussels may grow in some intake pipes and may in some cases
drastically reduce discharge capacities.
2.6.4 Local Losses
Head loss also occurs for reasons other than wall friction. In fact, local losses occur when
ever changes occur in the velocity of the flow: for example, changes in the direction of the
conduit, such as at a bend, or changes in the crosssectional area, such as an aperture,
valve or gauge. The basic arrangement of flow and pressure is illustrated for a venturi con
traction in Fig. 2.7.
The mechanism of head loss in the venturi is typical of many applications involving
local losses. As the diagram indicates, there is a section of flow contraction into which the
flow accelerates, followed by a section of expansion, into which the flow decelerates.
This aspect of the venturi, or a reduced opening at a valve, is nicely described by the con
tinuity equation. However, what happens to the pressure is more interesting and more
important.
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 2 4 6 8 10
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 2 4 6 8 10
Q (cms)
L = 1000 m
D = 1.0 m
e = 0.15 mm
C = 124.923
Q (cms)
(
m
)
HazenWilliams
DarcyWeisbach
FIGURE 2.6 Comparison of HazenWilliams and DarcyWeisbach loss relations (larger diameter).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
2.22 Chapter Two
As the flow accelerates, the pressure decreases according to the Bernoulli relation.
Everything goes smoothly in this case because the pressure drop and the flow are in the
same direction. However, in the expansion section, the pressure increases in the
downstream direction. To see why this is significant, consider the fluid distributed over the
cross section. In the center of the pipe, the fluid velocity is high; the fluid simply slow
down as it moves into the region of greater pressure. But what about the fluid along the
wall? Because it has no velocity to draw on, it tends to respond to the increase in pressure
in the downstream direction by flowing upstream, counter to the normal direction of flow.
That is, the flow tends to separate, which can be prevented only if the faster moving fluid
can pull it along using viscosity. If the expansion is too abrupt, this process is not suf
ficient, and the flow will separate, creating a region of recirculating flow within the main
channel. Such a region causes high shear stresses, irregular motion, and large energy loss
es. Thus, from the view point of local losses, nothing about changes in pressure is sym
metricaladverse pressure gradients or regions of recirculating flow are crucially impor
tant with regards to local losses.
Local head losses are often expressed in terms of the velocity head as
h
l
k
2
v
g
2
(2.25)
where k is a constant derived empirically from testing the head loss of the valve, gauge,
and so on, and is generally provided by the manufacturer of the device. Typical forms for
this relation are provided in Table 2.3 (Robertson and Crowe, 1993).
2.6.5 Tractive Force
Fluid resistance also implies a flux in momentum and generates a tractive force, which
raises a number of issues of special significance to the twophase (liquidsolid) flows
found in applications of transport of slurry and formation of sludge. In these situations,
Q
1
1 2
EGL
HGL
V
2
2g
h
f
EGL
HGL
FIGURE 2.7 Pressure relations in a ventur contraction.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
the tractive force has an important influence on design velocities: The velocity cannot be
too small or the tractive force will be insufficient to carry suspended sediment and depo
sition will occur. Similarly, if design velocities are too large, the greater tractive force will
increase rates of erosion and corrosion in the channel or pipeline, thus raising maintenance
and operational costs. Thus, the general significance of tractive force relates to designing
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.23
TABLE 2.3 Local Loss Coefficients at Transitions
Additional
Description Sketch Data K Source
r/d K
e
(1)
Pipe entrance 0.0 0.50
0.1 0.12
h
L
K
e
V
2
/2g 0.2 0.03
Contraction K
c
K
c
D
2
/D
1
0 5 60 0 5 180 (1)
0.0 0.08 0.50
0.20 0.08 0.49
0.40 0.07 0.42
0.60 0.06 0.32
0.80 0.05 0.18
h
L
K
e
V
2
2
/2g 0.90 0.04 0.10
Expansion K
E
K
E
D
1
/D
2
0 5 10 0 5 180 (1)
0.0 1.00
0.20 0.13 0.92
0.40 0.11 0.72
0.60 0.06 0.42
h
L
K
E
V
2
1
/2g 0.80 0.03 0.16
Without K
b
1.1 (26)
90 miter vanes
bend
With K
b
0.2 (26)
vanes
90 miter r/d (3)
bend
1 K
b
0.35 and
2 0.19 (13)
4 0.16
6 0.21
8 0.28
10 0.32
Globe valvewide open K
v
10.0 (26)
Threaded Angle valvewide open K
v
5.0
pipe Gate valvewide open K
v
0.2
fittings Gatevalvehalf open K
v
5.6
Return bend K
b
2.2
Tee K
t
1.8
90 elbow K
b
0.9
45 elbow K
b
0.4
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
selfcleansing channel and pressureflow systems and to stable channel design in erodible
channels. Moreover, high tractive forces are capable of causing water quality problems in
distribution system piping through the mechanism of biofilm sloughing or suspension of
corrosion byproducts.
2.6.6 Conveyance System Calculations: Steady Uniform Flow
A key practical concern in the detailed calculation of pressure flow and the estimation of
pressure losses. Because the practice of engineering requires competent execution in a
huge number of contexts, the engineer will encounter many different applications in prac
tice. compare, for example Fig. 2.4 to 2.8 In fact, the number of applied topics is so large
that comprehensive treatment is impossible. Therefore, this chapter emphasizes a system
atic presentation of the principles and procedures of problemsolving to encourage the
engineers ability to generalize. To illustrate the principles of hydraulic analysis, this sec
tion includes an example that demonstrates both the application of the energy equation
and the use of the most common headoss equations. A secondary objective is to justify
two common assumptions about pipeline flow: namely, that flow is, to a good approxi
mation, incompressible and isothermal.
Problem. A straight pipe is 2500 m long 27 inches in diameter and discharges water
at 10C into the atmosphere at the rate of 1.80 m3/s. The lower end of the pipe is at an ele
vation of 100 m, where a pressure gauge reads 3.0 MPa. The pipe is on a 4% slope.
1. Determine the pressure head, elevation head, total head, and piezometric level at
both ends of this pipeline.
2. Determine the associated DarcyWeisbach friction factor f and HazenWilliams C
for this pipeline and flow.
3. Use the known pressure change to estimate the change in density between the
upstream and downstream ends of the conduit. Also estimate the associated change
2.24 Chapter Two
FIGURE 2.8 Flow in a simple pipe network.
A
B
190.0 m
C
1
2
3
D
196.7 m
162.6 m
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
in velocity between the two ends of the pipe, assuming a constant internal diame
ter of 27 in throughout. What do you conclude from this calculation?
4. Estimate the change in temperature associated with this head loss and flow, assum
ing that all the friction losses in the pipe are converted to an increase in the tem
perature of the water. What do you conclude from this calculation?
Solution. The initial assumption in this problem is that both the density of the water
and its temperature are constant. We confirm at the end of the problem that these are excel
lent assumptions (a procedure similar to the predictorcorrector approaches often used for
numerical methods). We begin with a few preliminary calculations that are common to
several parts of the problem.
Geometry. If flow is visualized as moving from left to right, then the pipeline is at a
100 m elevation at its left end and terminates at an elevation of 100 0.04 (2500) 200
m at its right edge, thus gaining 100 m of elevation head along its length. The hydraulic
grade linerepresenting the distance above the pipe of the pressure head term P/is
high above the pipe at the left edge and falls linearly to meet the pipe at its right edge
because the pressure here is atmospheric.
Properties. At 10C, the density of water 999.7 kg/m
3
, its bulk modulus K /
P/ 2.26 GPa, and its specific heat C 4187 J/(kg C). The weight density is
g 9.81 kN/m
3
.
Based on an internal diameter of 27 in, or 0.686 m, the crosssectional area of the
pipe is
A
D
2
(0.686)
2
0.370 m
2
Based on a discharge Q 1.80 m
3
/s, the average velocity is
V
Q
A
1
0
.
.
8
3
0
70
m
m
3
/s
2
4.87 m/s
Such a velocity value is higher than is typically allowed in most municipal work.
1. The velocity head is given by
h
v
2
v
g
2
1.21 m
Thus, the following table can be completed:
Variable Expression Upstream Downstream
Pressure (MPa) P 3.0 0.0
Pressure head (m) P / 305.9 0.0
Elevation head (m) z 100.0 200.0
Piezometric head (m) P / z 405.9 200.0
Total head (m) P / z v
2
/2g 407.1 201.2
2. The head loss caused by friction is equal to the net decrease in total head over the
length of the line. That is, h
f
407.1 201.2 205.9 m. Note that because this
pipe is of uniform diameter, this value also could have been obtained from the
piezometric head terms.
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.25
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
From the DarcyWeisbach equation, we can obtain the following expression for the
dimensionless f:
f
(2
(2
0
5
5
0
.9
0
)
)
(
(
0
1
.
.
6
2
8
1
6
)
)
0.047
Alternatively, from the HazenWilliams equation that Q 0.278 C D
2.63
(h
f
/L)
0.54
, we obtain the following for the dimensional C:
C = 67.2
These values would indicate a pipe in poor condition, probably in much need of
repair or replacement.
3. In most problems involving steady flow, we assume that the compressibility of the
water is negligible. This assumption is easily verified since the density change asso
ciated with the pressure change is easily computed.
In the current problem, the pressure change is 3.0 MPa and the bulk modulus is
2200 MPa. Thus, by definition of the bulk modulus K,
K
P
22
3
00
0.0014
Clearly, even in this problem, with its unusually extreme pressure changes, the rel
ative change in density is less than 0.2 percent. The density at the higher pressure
(upstream) end of the pipe is
1
2
999.7 (1 0.0014) 1001.1 kg/m
3
.
Using the mass continuity equation, we have
(AV)
1
(AV)
2
In this case, we assume that the pipe is completely rigid and that the change in
pressure results in a change in density only (in most applications, these terms are
likely to be almost equally important). In addition, we assume that the velocity
weve already calculated applies at the downstream end (i.e., at Location 2). Thus,
the continuity equation requires
V
1
V
2
2
1
4.87
1
9
0
9
0
9
1
.7
.1
4.86 m/s
Obviously, even in this case, the velocity and density changes are both negligible
and the assumption of incompressible flow is an extremely good one.
4. Assuming that the flow is incompressible, the energy dissipated, P
d
, can be com
puted using work done in moving the fluid through a change in piezometric flow
(in fact, the head loss is nothing more than the energy dissipating per unit rate of
weight of fluid transferred). Thus,
P
d
Qh
f
Strictly speaking, this energy is not lost but is transferred to less available forms: typ
ically, heat. Since energy is associated with the increase in temperature of the fluid, we
1.8
0.278(0.686)
2.63
(205.9/2500)
0.54
Q
0.278 D
2.63
(h
f
/L)
0.54
h
f
D
L
2
v
g
2
g
c
h
f
0.48C.
We conclude that the assumption of isothermal flow also is an excellent one.
2.6.7 Pumps: Adding Energy to the Flow
Although water is the most abundant substance found on the surface of the earth, its nat
ural distribution seldom satisfies an engineers partisan requirements. As a result, pump
ing both water and wastewater is often necessary to achieve the desired distribution of
flow. In essence, a pump controls the flow by working on the flowing fluid, primarily by
discharging water to a higher head at its discharge flange than is found at the pump inlet.
The increased head is subsequently dissipated as frictional losses within the conduit or is
delivered further downstream. This section provides a brief introduction to how pumps
interact with pipe systems. Further details are found in Chap. 10.
How exactly is the role of a pump quantified? The key definition is the total dynamic
head (TDH) of the pump. This term describes the difference between the total energy on the
discharge side compared with that on the suction side. In effect, the TDH H
P
is the difference
between the absolute total head at the discharge and suction nozzle of the pump: that is,
H
P
h
p
2
V
g
2
,
d
h
p
2
V
g
2
,
s
(2.26)
where h
p
hydraulic grade line elevation (i.e., pressurepluselevation head with respect
to a fixed datum), and subscripts d and s refer to delivery and suction flanges, respective
ly. Typically, the concern is how the TDH head varies with the discharge Q; for a pump,
this HQ relation is called the characteristic curve.
What the TDH definition accomplishes can be appreciated better if we consider a typ
ical pump system, such as the one shown in Fig. 2.9. In this relation, the Bernoulli equa
tion relates what happens between Points 1 and 2 and between Points 3 and 4, but techni
cally it cannot be applied between 2 and 3 because energy is added to the flow. However,
the TDH definition spans this gap.
To see this more clearly, the energy relation is written between Points 1 and 2 as
H
S
H
PS
h
fs
(2.27)
where H
s
is the head of the suction reservoir, H
PS
is the total head at the suction flange of
the pump, and h
fs
is the friction loss in the suction line. Similarly, the energy relation is
written between Points 3 and 4 as
H
PD
H
D
h
fd
(2.28)
where H
d
is the head of the discharge reservoir, HPD is the head at the discharge flange of
the pump, and h
fd
is the friction loss in the discharge line. If Eq. (2.27) is then added to
Eq. (2.28), the result can be rearranged as
H
pd
H
ps
H
d
H
s
h
fd
h
fs
(2.29)
(9.91m/s
2
)(205.9 m)
4187 J/(kg C)
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.27
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
which can be rewritten using Eq. (2.26) as
H
p
H
st
h
f
(2.30)
where H
st
is the total static lift and h
f
is the total friction loss. The total work done by the
pump is equal to the energy required to lift the water from the lower reservoir to the high
er reservoir plus the energy required to overcome friction losses in both the suction and
discharge pipes.
2.6.8 Sample Application Including Pumps
Problem. Two identical pumps are connected in parallel and are used to force water into
the transmission/distribution pipeline system shown in Fig. 2.10. The elevations of the
demand locations and the lengths of C 120 pipe also are indicated. Local losses are neg
ligible in this system and can be ignored. The demands are as follows: D
1
1.2 m
3
/s,
D
2
1.6 m
3
/s, and D
3
= 2.2 m
3
/s. The headdischarge curve for a single pump is approx
imated by the equation
H 90 6Q
1.70
1. What is the minimum diameter of commercially available pipe required for the 4.2
km length if a pressure head is to be maintained at a minimum of 40 m everywhere
in the system? What is the total dynamic head of the pump and the total water
horsepower supplied for this flow situation?
2. For the system designed in the previous questions the demand can shift as follows
under certain emergency situations: D
1
0.8 m
3
/s, D
2
1.2 m
3
/s, and D
3
4.2
m
3
/s. For this new demand distribution, can the system maintain a residual pressure
head of 20 m in the system?
2.28 Chapter Two
H
S
H
D
H
ST
H
P
H
PD
H
PS
Pump
1
2
4
HGL
3
HGL
FIGURE 2.9 Definition sketch for pump system relations.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
Solution. Total flow is Q
t
D
1
D
2
D
3
1.2 1.6 2.2 5.0 m
3
/s and, each
pump will carry half of this flow: i.e., Q
pump
Q
t
/2 2.5 m
3
/s. The total dynamic head
of the pump H
pump
is
H
pump
90 6(2.5)
1.7
61.51 m
which allows the total water power to be computed as
Power 2 (Q
pump
H
pump
) Q
t
H
pump
Thus, numerically,
Power
5.0
m
s
3
,
(61.51
m
)
9810
m
N
3
,
3017 kW
which is a huge value. The diameter d
1
of the pipe that is 4.2 km long, the head loss h
i
caused by friction for each pipe can be determined using the HazenWilliams formula
since the flow can be assumed to be in the hydraulic rough range. Because d
1
is unknown,
h
2
, h
3
, and h
1
are calculated first. The site where the lowest pressure head occurs can
be shown to be at Node 2 (i.e., the highest node in the system) as follows:
h
3
L
3
0.
1
54
800
0.
1
54
3.80 m
Because the head loss h
3
is less than the gain in elevation of 10 m, downstream pres
sures increase; thus, Node 2 (at D
2
) will be critical in the sense of having the lowest pres
sure. Thus, if the pressure head at that node is greater than 40 m, a minimum pressure head
of 40 m will certainly be maintained throughout the pipeline.
Continuing with the calculations,
h
2
L
2
0.27
Q
8C
2
d
2.63
0.
1
54
1000
0.
1
54
2.30 m
3.8
0.278(120)(1.524
2.63
)
2.2
0.278(120)(1.067
2.63
)
Q
3
0.278Cd
2.63
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.29
FIGURE 2.10 Example pipe and pump system.
Pump
240 m
245 m
255 m
250 m
D
1
D
2
D
3
4
2
0
0
m
1
0
0
0
m
8
0
0
m
6
0
''
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
Now, the pressure head at Node 2 is
h
p2
z
R
H
pump
h
1
h
2
z
2
40 m
which implies that
h
1
(z
R
z
2
) H
pump
h
2
40 (240 255) 61.51 2.30 40 4.21 m
where z is the elevation and the subscripts R and 2 denote reservoir and Node 2, respec
tively. Thus, the minimum diameter d
1
is
d
1
0.278
Q
CS
0.54
2.
1
63
2.
1
63
= 2.006 m
Finally, the minimum diameter (d
1
2.134 m) of the commercially available pipe is
therefore 84 in.
Under emergency conditions (e.g., with a fire flow), the total flow is Q
t
D
1
D
2
D
3
0.8 1.2 4.2 6.2 (m
3
/s). Note that with an increase in flow, the head lost result
ing from friction increases while the head supplied by the pump decreases. Both these
facts tend to make it difficult to meet pressure requirements while supplying large flows.
More specifically,
H
pump
90 6(3.1)
1.7
48.90 m
and
h
3
800
0.
1
54
12.6 m
Because this loss now exceeds the elevation change, Node 3 (at D
3
) now becomes critical
in the system; minimum pressures now occur at the downstream end of the system. Other
losses are
h
2
1000
0.
1
54
4.4 m
and
h
1
4200
0.
1
54
4.6 m
Thus, the pressure head at Node 3 is
h
p3
(z
R
z
3
) H
pump
h
1
h
2
h
3
5 48.9 12.6 4.4 4.6 22.3 m
Clearly, a residual pressure head of 20 m is still available in the system under emer
gency situations, and the pressure requirement is still met, though with little to spare!
2.6.9 NetworksLinking Demand and Supply
In water supply and distribution applications, the pipes, pumps, and valves that make up
the system are frequently connected into complex arrangements or networks. This topo
logical complexity provides many advantages to the designer (e.g., flexibility, reliability,
water quality), but it presents the analyst with a number of challenges. The essential prob
lems associated with linked calculations in networks are discussed in Chap. 9.
6.2
0.278(120)(2.134)
2.63
5.4
0.278(120)(1.524)
2.63
4.2
0.278(120)(1.067)
2.63
5.0
0.278(120)
4
4
2
.2
0
1
0
,
0.54
2.30 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
2.7 QUASISTEADY FLOW: SYSTEM OPERATION
The hydraulics of pressurized flow is modified and adjusted according to the presence,
location, size, and operation of storage reservoirs and pumping stations in the system. This
section discusses the criteria for and the approach to these components, introducing the
equations and methods that will be developed in later chapters.
A common application of quasisteady flow arises in reservoir engineering. In this
case, the key step is to relate the rate of outflow O to the amount of water in the reservoir
(i.e., its total volume or its depth). Although the inflow is usually a known function of
time, Eq. (2.2) must be treated as a general firstorder differential equation. However, the
solution usually can be approximated efficiently by standard numerical techniques, such
as the RungeKutta or Adamstype methods. This application is especially important when
setting operating policy for spillways, dams, turbines, and reservoirs. One simple case is
illustrated by the example below.
Usually, reservoir routing problems are solved numerically, a fact necessitated by the
arbitrary form of the input function to the storage system and the sometimes complex
nature of the storageoutflow relation. However, there are occasions when the application
is sufficiently simple to allow analytical solutions.
Problem. A large waterfilled reservoir has a constant free surface elevation of 100
m relative to a common datum. This reservoir is connected by a pipe (L 50 m, D 6
cm, and f constant 0.02, h
f
= fLV
2
/2gD) to the bottom of a nearby vertical cylindrical
tank that is 3 m in diameter. Both the reservoir and the tank are open to the atmosphere,
and gravitydriven flow between them is established by opening a valve in the connecting
pipeline.
Neglecting all minor losses, determine the time T (in hours) required to raise the ele
vation of the water in the cylindrical tank from 75 m to 80 m.
Solution. If we neglect minor losses and the velocity head term, the energy equa
tion can be written between the supply reservoir and the finite area tank. Letting the
level of the upstream reservoir be h
r
, the variable level of the downstream reservoir
above datum being h and the friction losses being h
f
, the energy equation takes on the
following simple form:
h
r
h h
f
This energy relation is called quasisteady because it does not directly account for any
transient terms (i.e., terms that explicitly depend on time).
A more useful expression is obtained if we use the DarcyWeisbach equation to relate
energy losses to the discharge Q VA:
h
f
f
D
L
2
v
g
2
f
D
L
2
Q
gA
2
2
g
8f
2
L
D
5
Q
2
What is significant about this expression, however, is that all the terms involved in the
last fraction are known and can be treated as a single constant. Thus, we can solve for Q
and rewrite it as Q Ch
r
h , where C
2
g
2
D
5
/8fL
Thus far, we have a single equation involving two unknowns: the head h in the receiv
ing tank and the discharge Q between them. A second relation is required and is given by
the continuity equation. Because the flow can be treated as incompressible, the discharge
in the tank (i.e., the tanks area A
t
times its velocity of dh/dt) must equal the discharge in
the pipe Q. in symbols,
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.31
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
A
t
d
d
h
t
Q
Thus, using the energy equation, we have,
d
d
h
t
A
C
t
h
r
h
Separating variables and integrating gives
h
2
h
1
t
0
A
C
t
dt
and performing the integration and using appropriate limits gives
2
h
r
h
1
h
r
h
2
A
C
t
t
Finally, solving for t gives the final required expression for quasisteady flow con
necting a finitearea tank to a constant head reservoir:
t =
2
C
A
t
h
r
h
1
h
r
h
2
g
2
8
(0
.
1
06)
5
0.5
or C
2
(
8
.
1
0
)
5
m
5/2
/s 3.068(10)
3
m
5/2
/s
If h
r
100 m, h
1
75 m, h
2
80 m, than we have
t =
(2 5 m 2 0 m ) 2432.6 s
Converting to minutes, this gives a time of about 40.5 minutes (0.676 hr).
In problems involving a slow change of the controlling variables, it is often simple to
check the calculations. In the current case, a good approximation can be obtained by using
the average driving head of 22.5 m (associated with an average tank depth of 77.5 m). This
average head, in turn, determines the associated average velocity in the pipeline. Using
this equivalent steady velocity allows one to estimate how much time is required to fill
the tank by the required 5 m. The interested reader is urged to try this and to verify that
this approximate time is actually relatively accurate in the current problem, being within
6 s of the exact calculation.
2.8 UNSTEADY FLOW: INTRODUCTION
OF FLUID TRANSIENTS
Hydraulic conditions in water distribution systems are in an almost continual state of
change. Industrial and domestic users often alter their flow requirements while supply
conditions undergo adjustment as water levels in reservoirs and storage tanks change or
as pumps are turned off and on. Given this dynamic condition, it is perhaps surprising that
steady state considerations have so dominated water and wastewater engineering. The fol
lowing sections provide an introduction to unsteady flow in pipe systemsa topic that is
neglected too often in pipeline work. The purpose is not too create a fluid transients expert
but to set the stage for Chap. 12, which considers these matters in greater detail.
2
4
(3 m)
2
3.068(10)
3
m
5/2
/s
dh
h
r
h
2.32 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
2.8.1 Importance of Water Hammer
Pressure pipe systems are subjected to a wide range of physical loads and operational
requirements. For example, underground piping systems must withstand mechanical
forces caused by fluid pressure, differential settlement, and concentrated loads. The pipe
must tolerate a certain amount of abuse during construction, such as welding stresses and
shock loads. In addition, the pipe must resist corrosion and various kinds of chemical
attack. The internal pressure requirement is of special importance, not only because it
directly influences the required wall thickness (and hence cost) of large pipes, but also
because pipe manufacturers often characterize the mechanical strength of a pipeline by its
pressure rating.
The total force acting within a conduit is obtained by summing the steady state and
waterhammer (transient) pressures in the line. Transient pressures are most important
when the rate of flow is changed rapidly, such as by closing a valve or stopping a pump.
Such disturbances, whether caused intentionally or by accident, create traveling pressure
and velocity waves that may be of large magnitude. These transient pressures are super
imposed on steadystate values to produce the total pressure load on a pipe.
Most people have some experience with waterhammer effects. A common example is
the banging or hammering noise sometimes heard when a water faucet is closed quickly.
In fact, the mechanism in this simple example typifies all pipeline transients. The kinetic
energy carried by the fluid is rapidly converted into strain energy in the pipe walls and
fluid. The result is a pulse wave of abnormal pressure that travels along the pipe. The ham
mering sound indicates that a portion of the original kinetic energy is converted into
acoustic form. This and other energytransformation losses (such as fluid friction) cause
the pressure wave to decay gradually until normal (steady) pressures and velocities are
once again restored.
It turns out that waterhammer phenomena are the direct means of achieving all
changes in fluid velocity, gradual or sudden. The difference is that slow adjustments in
velocity or pressures produce such small disturbances that the flow appears to change
smoothly from one value to another. Yet, even in these cases of near equilibrium, it is
traveling pressure waves that satisfy the conservation equations. To illustrate why this
must be so, consider the steady continuity equation for the entire pipe. This law requires
that the rate at which fluid leaves one end of a conduit must be equal to the rate at which
it enters the other end. The coordination between what happens at the two ends of the
pipeline is not achieved by chance or conspiracy. It is brought about by the same
physical laws and material properties that cause disturbances to propagate in the tran
sient case.
If waterhammer waves were always small, the study of transient conditions would be
of little interest to the pipeline engineer. This is not the case. Waterhammer waves are
capable of breaking pipes and damaging equipment and have caused some spectacular
pipeline failures. Rational design, especially of large pipelines, requires reliable transient
analysis. There are several reasons why transient conditions are of special concern for
large conduits. Not only is the cost of large pipes greater, but the required wall thickness
is more sensitive to the pipes pressure rating as well. Thus, poor designwhether it
results in pipeline failure or the hidden costs of overdesigncan be extremely expensive
for large pipes.
Despite their intrinsic importance, transient considerations are frequently relegated
to a secondary role when pipeline systems are designed or constructed. That is, only
after the pipelines profile, diameter, and design discharge have been chosen is any
thought given to transient conditions. This practice is troublesome. First, the pipeline
may not perform as expected, possibly causing large remedial expenses. Second, the
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.33
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
line may be overdesigned and thus unnecessarily expensive. This tendency to design for
steady state conditions alone has been particularly common in the water supply indus
try. In addition, there has been a widely held misconception that complex arrangements
of pipelines reflect or dampen waterhammer waves. Although wave reflections in pipe
networks do occur, attenuation depends on many factors and cannot be guaranteed.
Networks are not intrinsically better behaved than simple pipelines are, and some com
plex systems may respond even more severely to transient conditions (Karney and
McInnis, 1990).
The remainder of this chapter introduces, in a gentle and nonmathematical way, sev
eral important concepts relating to transient conditions. Although rigorous derivations and
details are avoided, the discussion is physical and accurate. The goal is to answer two key
questions: How do transients arise and propagate in a pipeline? and under what circum
stances are transient conditions most severe?
Transient conditions in pressure pipelines are modeled using either a lumped or
distributed approach. In distributed systems, the fluid is assumed to be compressible,
and the transient phenomena occur in the form of traveling waves propagating with a
finite speed a. Such transients often occur in water supply pipes, power plant conduits,
and industrial process lines. In a lumped system, by contrast, the flow is considered to
be incompressible and the pipe walls are considered to be inelastic. Thus, the fluid
behaves as a rigid body in that changes in pressure or velocity at one point in the flow
system are assumed to change the flow elsewhere instantaneously. The lumped system
approximation can be obtained either directly or in the limit as the wavespeed a
becomes unbounded in the distributed model. The slow oscillating water level in a surge
tank attached to a short conduit typifies a system in which the effects of compressibili
ty are negligible.
Although the problem of predicting transient conditions in a pipeline system is of con
siderable practical importance, many challenges face the wouldbe analyst. The govern
ing partial differential equations describing the flow are nonlinear, the behavior of even
commonly found hydraulic devices is complex, and data on the performance of systems
are invariably difficult or expensive to obtain. The oftensurprising character of pulse
wave propagation in a pipeline only makes matters worse. Even the basic question of
deciding whether conditions warrant transient analysis is often difficult to answer. For all
these reasons, it is essential to have a clear physical grasp of transient behavior.
2.8.2 Cause of Transients
In general, any change in mean flow conditions in a pipeline system initiates a sequence
of transient waves. In practice, we are generally concerned with changes or actions that
affect hydraulic devices or boundary conditions attached to the conduit. The majority of
these devices are used to provide power to the system or to control the flow in some way.
The following list illustrates how some transient conditions can originate, although not all
of the them are discussed further here:
1. Changes in valve settings (accidental or planned; manual or automatic)
2. Starting or stopping of either supply or booster pumps
3. Changes in the demand conditions, including starting or arresting a fire flow
4. Changes in reservoir level (e.g., waves on a water surface or the slow accumula
tion of depth with time)
5. Unstable device characteristics, including unstable pump characteristics, valve
instabilities, the hunting of a turbine, and so on
2.34 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
6. Changes in transmission conditions, such as when a pipe breaks or buckles
7. Changes in thermal conditions (e.g., if the fluid freezes or if changes in proper
ties are caused by temperature fluctuations)
8. Air release, accumulation, entrainment, or expulsion causing dramatic distur
bances (e.g., a sudden release of air from a relief valve at a high point in the pro
file triggered by a passing vehicle); pressure changes in air chambers; rapid
expulsion of air during filling operations
9. Transitions from open channel to pressure flow, such as during filling operations
in pressure conduits or during storm events in sewers.
10. Additional transient events initiated by changes in turbine power loads in hydro
electric projects, drafttube instabilities caused by vortexing, the action of recip
rocating pumps, and the vibration of impellers or guide vanes in pumps, fans, or
turbines
2.8.3 Physical Nature of Transient Flow
In pipeline work, many approximations and simplifications are required to understand the
response of a pipe system following an initialization of a transient event. In essence, this
is because the flow is both unsteady in the mean as well as turbulent. Many of these
assumptions have been confirmed experimentally to the extent that the resulting models
have provided adequate approximations of real flow behavior. Yet, it is wise to be skepti
cal about any assumption and be cautious about mathematical models. As we have
stressed, any model only approximates reality to a greater or lesser extent. Still, even in
cases where models perform poorly, they may be the best way of pinpointing sources of
uncertainty and quantifying what is not understood.
An air of mystery often surrounds the development, role, and significance of transient
phenomena in closed conduits. Indeed, the complexity of the governing differential equa
tions and the dynamic nature of a systems response can be intimidating to the novice.
However, a considerable understanding of transient behavior can be obtained with only
the barest knowledge about the properties of fluid and a few simple laws of conservation.
When water flows or is contained in a closed conduit so that no free surface is pre
sentfor example, in a typical water supply linethe properties of the flowing fluid have
some direct implications to the role and significance of transient conditions. For a water
pipeline, two properties are especially significant: waters high density and its large bulk
modulus (i.e., water is heavy and difficult to compress). Surprisingly, these two facts
largely explain why transient conditions in a pipeline can be so dramatic (see also, Karney
and McInnis, 1990):
2.8.3.1 Implication 1. Water has a high density. Because water has a high density
( 1000 kg/m
3
) and because pipelines tend to be long, typical lines carry huge amounts
of mass, momentum, and kinetic energy. To illustrate, assume that a pipeline with area
A 1.0 m
2
and length L 1000 m is carrying fluid with a velocity v 2.0 m/s. The kinet
ic energy contained in this pipe is then
KE
1
2
mv
2
1
2
LAv
2
2,000,000 J
Now this is a relatively ordinary situation: the discharge is moderate and the pipe is not
long. Yet the pipe still contains energy equivalent to, say, 10,000 fast balls or to a pickup
truck falling from a 30story office tower. Clearly, large work interactions are required to
change the flow velocity in a pipeline from one value to another.
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.35
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
In addition to kinetic energy, a pipeline for liquid typically transports large amounts of
mass and momentum as well. For example, the above pipeline contains 2(10
6
) kg m/s of
momentum. Such large values of momentum imply that correspondingly large forces are
required to change flow conditions (Further details con be found in Karney. 1190).
2.8.3.2 Implication 2. Water is only slightly compressible. Because water is only
slightly compressible, large head changes occur if even small amounts of fluid are forced
into a pipeline. To explain the influence of compressibility in a simple way, consider Fig.
2.11, which depicts a piston at one end of a uniform pipe. If this piston is moved slowly,
the volume containing the water will be altered and the confining pressure will change
gradually as a result. Just how much the pressure will change depends on how the pipe
itself responds to the increasing pressure. For example, the bulk modulus of water is
defined as
K
P
/
Pressure
head
(m)
200
100
0.5 1.0
Piston movement (m)
x
FIGURE 2.11 Relation between piston motion (mass imbalance) and head change in a closed conduit
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
a
(2.32)
where a is the wavespeed, is the ratio of the specific heats for the fluid, K is the bulk
modulus of the fluid, and is the fluid density. If a fluid is contained in a rigid conduit,
all changes in density will occur in the fluid and this relation still applies. The following
comments relate to Eq. (2.32):
1. As fluid becomes more rigid, K increases and, hence, a increases. If the medium is
assumed to be incompressible, the wavespeed becomes infinite and disturbances
are transmitted instantaneously from one location to another. This is not, strictly
speaking, possible, but at times it is a useful approximation when the speed of prop
agation is much greater than the speed at which boundary conditions respond.
2. For liquids that undergo little expansion on heating, is nearly 1. For example,
water at 10C has a specific heat ratio () of 1.001.
3. Certain changes in fluid conditions can have a drastic effect on celerity (or
wavespeed) values. For example, small quantities of air in water (e.g., 1 part in
10,000 by volume) greatly reduce K, because gases are so much more compress
ible than liquids are at normal temperatures. However, density values () are affect
ed only slightly by the presence of a small quantity of gas. Thus, wavespeed values
for gasliquid mixtures are often much lower than the wavespeed of either compo
nent taken alone.
Example: Elastic Pipe
The sonic velocity (a) of a wave traveling through an elastic pipe represents a
convenient method of describing a number of physical properties relating to the fluid,
the pipe material, and the method of pipe anchoring. A more general expression for the
wavespeed is
a
(2.33)
where K is the bulk modulus of the fluid,
w
is the density of the fluid, E is the elas
tic modulus of the pipe material, and D and e are the pipes, diameter and wall thick
ness, respectively. The constant c
1
accounts for the type of support provided for the
pipeline. Typically, three cases are recognized, with c
1
defined for each as follows (
is the Poisons ratio for the pipe material):
Case a. The pipeline is anchored only at the upstream end:
c
1
1
(2.34)
Case b. The pipeline is anchored against longitudinal movement.
c
1
1
2
(2.35)
Case c. The pipeline has expansion joints throughout.
K/
w
1 c
1
KD/Ee
2.38 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
c
1
1 (2.36)
Note that for pipes that are extremely rigid, thickwalled, or both, c
1
KD/Ee 0 and
Eq. 2.33 can be simplified to a K /
w
that which recovers the expression for the
acoustic wavespeed in an infinite fluid (assuming 1).
For the majority of transient applications, the wavespeed can be regarded as constant.
Even in cases where some uncertainty exists regarding the wavespeed, the solutions of the
governing equations, with respect to peak pressures, are relatively insensitive to changes
in this parameter. It is not unusual to vary the wave celerity deliberately by as much as
15 percent to maintain a constant time step for solution by standard numerical techniques
(Wylie and Streeter, 1993). (Again, further details are found in Chap. 12.)
Wavespeeds are sensitive to a wide range of environmental and material conditions.
For example, special linings or confinement conditions (e.g., tunnels); variations in mate
rial properties with time, temperature, or composition; and the magnitude and sign of the
pressure wave can all influence the wavespeed in a pipeline. (For additional details, see
Wylie and Streeter, 1993.Chaudhry, 1987; or Hodgson, 1983).
2.8.5 Increment of HeadChange Relation
Three physical relationsNewtons second law, conservation of mass and the wavespeed
relationcan be combined to produce the governing equations for transient flow in a
pipeline. The general result is a set of differential equations for which no analytical solu
tion exists. It is these relations that are solved numerically in a numerical waterhammer
program.
In some applications, a simplified equation is sometimes used to obtain a first approx
imation of the transient response of a pipe system. This simple relation is derived with the
assumption that head losses caused by friction are negligible and that no interaction takes
place between pressure waves and boundary conditions found at the end of pipe lengths.
The resulting head rise equation is called the Joukowsky relation:
H
g
a
V (2.37)
where H is the head rise, H is the change in velocity in the pipe, a is the wavespeed,
and g is the acceleration caused by gravity. The negative sign in this equation is applica
ble for a disturbance propagating upstream and the positive sign is for one moving down
stream. Because typical values of a/g are large, often 100 s or more, this relation predicts
large values of head rise. For example, a head rise of 100 m occurs in a pipeline if a/g
100 s and if an initial velocity of 1 m/s is suddenly arrested at the downstream end.
Unfortunately, the Joukowsky relation is misleading in a number of respects. If the
equation is studied, it seems to imply that the following relations are true:
1. The greater the initial velocity (hence, the larger the maximum possible V), the
greater the transient pressure response.
2. The greater the wavespeed a, the more dramatic the head change.
3. Anything that might lower the static heads in the system (such as low reservoir lev
els or large head losses caused by friction) will tend to lower the total head (static
plus dynamic) a pipe system is subject to.
Although these implications are true when suitable restrictions on their application are
enforced, all of them can be false or misleading in more complicated hydraulic systems.
Hydraulics of pressurized flow 2.39
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
It is important to be skeptical about simple rules for identifying worst case scenarios in
transient applications. Karney and McInnis (1990) provide further elaboration of this
point. However, before considering even a part of this complexity, one must clarify the
most basic ideas in simple systems.
2.8.6 Transient Conditions in Valves
Many special devices have been developed to control and manage flows in pipeline
systems. This is not surprising because the inability to control the passage of water in
a pipeline can have many consequences, ranging from the minor inconvenience of
restrictive operating rules to the major economic loss associated with pipeline failure
or rupture. The severity of the problem clearly depends on the timing and magnitude of
the failure.
In essence, control valves function by introducing a specified and predictable rela
tionship between discharge and pressure drop in a line. When the setting of a valve (or,
for that matter, the speed of a pump) is altered, either automatically or by manual action,
it is the headdischarge relationship that is controlled to give the desired flow character
istics. The result of the change may be to increase or reduce the pressure or discharge,
maintain a preset pressure or flow, or respond to an emergency or unusual condition in
the system.
It is a valve control function that creates most difficulties encountered by pipeline
designers and system operators. Valves control the rate of flow by restricting the passage
of the flow, thereby inducing the fluid to accelerate to a high velocity as it passes through
the valve even under steady conditions. The large velocities combine with the noslip con
dition at the solid boundaries to create steep velocity gradients and associated high shear
stresses in the fluid; in turn, these shear stresses, promote the rapid conversion of mechan
ical energy into heat through the action of turbulence of the fluid in the valve. The net
result is a large pressure drop across the valve for a given discharge through it; it is this
hQ relationship for a given opening that makes flow control possible. However, the
same high velocities also are responsible for the cavitation, noise, energy loss, wear, and
maintenance problems often associated with valves even under steady conditions.
This section presents an overview of control valve hydraulics and considers the basic
roles that control valves play in a pipeline. Valves are often classified by both their func
tion and their construction. Valves can be used for on/off control or for pressure or flow
control, and the physical detail of the valves construction varies significantly depending
on the application. The kind of valves used can range from traditional gate and globe
valves to highly sophisticated slowclosing air valves and surgeanticipating valves. The
actuator that generates the valves motion also varies from valve to valve, depending on
whether automatic or manual flow control is desired. Many kinds of valves can be used in
a single pipeline, creating challenging interactions for the transient analyst to sort out. The
most basic of these interactions is discussed in more detail in the following section.
2.8.6.1 Gate discharge equation. Among the most important causes of transient condi
tions in many pipelines is the closure of regulating and flow control valves. The details of
how these valves are modeled can be influential in determining the maximum pressure
experienced on the lines. For this reason, and because some knowledge of valve behavior
is required to interpret the output from a simulation program, it is worthwhile to briefly
review valve theory.
Consider a simple experiment in which a reservoir, such as the one shown in Fig. 2.12,
has a valve directly attached to it. If we initially assume the valve is fully open, the dis
charge through the valve Q
0
can be predicted with the usual orifice equation:
2.40 Chapter Two
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF PRESSURIZED FLOW
Q
0
(C
d
A
v
)
0
2gH
0
(2.38)
where C
d
is the discharge coefficient, A
v
is the orifice area, g is the acceleration caused by
gravity, H
0
is the head difference across the valve, and the subscript 0 indicates that the
valve is fully open. If the valve could completely convert the head difference across it into
velocity, the discharge coefficient C
d
would be equal to 1. Since full conversion is not pos
sible, C
d
values are inevitably less than 1, with values between 0.7 and 0.9 being common
for a fully open valve. The product of the orifice area A
v
and the discharge coefficient C
d
is often called the effective area of the valve. The effective area, as determined by details
of a valves internal construction, controls the discharge through the valve.
Equation (2.38) is valid for a wide range of heads and discharges: For example, the
solid curve in the plot above depicts this relation for a fully open valve. Yet, clearly the
equation must be altered if the setting (position) of the valve is altered because both the
discharge coefficient and the orifice valve area would change. Describing a complete set
of a valves characteristics would appear to require a large set of tabulated C
d
A
v
values.
Fortunately, a more efficient description is possible.
Suppose we take a valve at another position and model its discharge in a way that is
analogous to the one shown in Eq. (2.38). That is:
Q (C
d
A
v
) 2 gH (2.39)
where both C
d
and A
v
will, in general, have changed from their previous values. If Eq.
(2.39) is divided by Eq. (2.38), the result can be written as
Q E
s
H (2.40)
In Eq. (2.40), E
s
is a new valve constant representing the ratio of the fully open dis
charge to the root of the fully open head difference:
E
s
In essence, E
s
scales the head losses across a fully open valve for its size, construc
tion, and geometry. In addition, represents the nondimensional effective gate opening:
(C
C
d
d
A
A
v
v
)
0
Using values to represent gate openings is convenient, because the effective range is
from 0.0 (valve fully closed) to 1.0 (valve fully open).
The precise way the value changes as a valve is closed varies from valve to valve.
The details of this closure curve determine the headdischarge relationship of the valve
and thus often have a marked influence on transient conditions in a pipeline.
2.8.6.2 Alternate valve representation. In the literature relating to valves, and as was
introduced earlier in this chapter, it is common to model local losses as a multiplier of the
velocity head:
H
2
v
g
2
(2.41)
where v is the average velocity in the pipeline upstream of the valve and is the alterna
tive valve constant. This apparently trivial change has a detrimental effect on numerical
Q
0
H
0
V
gD
(3.1)
where V average velocity of flow, g gravitational acceleration, and D hydraulic
depth. When Fr 1, the flow is in a critical state with the inertial and gravitational forces
in equilibrium; when Fr 1, the flow is in a subcritical state and the gravitational forces
are dominant; and when Fr 1, the flow is in a supercritical state and the inertial forces
are dominant. From a practical perspective, sub and supercritical flow can be differen
tiated simply by throwing a rock or other object into the flow. If ripples from the rock
CHAPTER 3
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN
CHANNEL FLOW
Richard H. French
Desert Research Institute,
University and Community College System of Nevada
Reno, Nevada
3.1
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
Source: HYDRAULIC DESIGN HANDBOOK
T
A
B
L
E
3
.
1
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
S
e
c
t
i
o
n
G
e
o
m
e
t
r
i
c
P
r
o
p
e
r
t
i
e
s
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
D
e
f
i
n
i
t
i
o
n
A
r
e
a
W
e
t
t
e
d
P
e
r
i
m
e
t
e
r
H
y
d
r
a
u
l
i
c
R
a
d
i
u
s
T
o
p
W
i
d
t
h
H
y
d
r
a
u
l
i
c
D
e
p
t
h
A
P
R
T
D
(
1
)
(
2
)
(
3
)
(
4
)
(
5
)
(
6
)
R
e
c
t
a
n
g
l
e
b
y
b
2
y
b
b
y
2
y
b
y
T
r
a
p
e
z
o
i
d
w
i
t
h
e
q
u
a
l
s
i
d
e
(
b
z
y
)
y
b
2
y
2
b
(
b
2
y
z
1
y
)
y
z
2
z
y
(
b b
2 z
yz
)y
y
s
l
o
p
e
s
T
r
a
p
e
z
o
i
d
w
i
t
h
u
n
e
q
u
a
l
b
y
0
.
5
y
2
(
z
1
z
2
)
b
y
(
1
22
)
z
1 2
y
(
z
1
+
z
2
)
s
i
d
e
s
l
o
p
e
s
T
r
i
a
n
g
l
e
w
i
t
h
e
q
u
a
l
z
y
2
2
y
2
2
1
z
y
2
z
y
0
.
5
y
s
i
d
e
s
l
o
p
e
s
T
r
i
a
n
g
l
e
w
i
t
h
0
.
5
y
2
(
z
1
z
2
)
y
(
1 2
22
)
y
(
z
1
z
2
)
0
.
5
y
u
n
e
q
u
a
l
s
i
d
e
s
l
o
p
e
s
C
i
r
c
u
l
a
r
F
i
g
u
r
e
T
3
.
1

6
18
s
i
n
)
d
o 2
0
.
5
d
o
0
.
2
5
s
i
n
_,
d
o
2
y
(
18
s
i
n
(
0
s
.
5 i
n
11]
0
.
5
y
2
(
z
1
z
2
)
y
(
1 2
22
)
b
y
0
.
5
y
2
(
z
1
z
2
)
y
(
z
1
z
2
)
b
y
0
.
5
y
2
(
z
1
z
2
)
y
(
1 2
22
)
3.2
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
progress upstream of the point of impact, the flow is subcritical; however, if ripples from
the rock do not progress upstream but are swept downstream, the flow is supercritical.
Hydraulic depth (D). The hydraulic depth is the ratio of the flow area (A) to the top
width (T) or D A/T (Table 3.1).
Hydraulic radius (R). The hydraulic radius is the ratio of the flow area (A) to the wet
ted perimeter (P) or R A/P (Table 3.1).
Kinetic energy correction factor (). Since no real openchannel flow is onedimen
sional, the true kinetic energy at a cross section is not necessarily equal to the spatially
averaged energy. To account for this, the kinetic energy correction factor is introduced, or
2
V
g
3
2
v
g
3
dA
and solving for ,
V
v
3
3
d
A
A
(3.2)
When the flow is uniform, 1 and values of for various situations are summarized
in Table 3.2.
Momentum correction coefficient (): Analogous to the kinetic energy correction fac
tor, the momentum correction factor is given by
QV v
2
dA
V
v
2
2
d
A
A
(3.3)
When the flow is uniform, 1 and values of for various situations are summarized in
Table 3.2
Prismatic channel. A prismatic channel has both a constant crosssectional shape and
bottom slope (S
o
). Channels not meeting these criteria are termed nonprismatic.
Specific energy (E). The specific energy of an openchannel flow is
E y
2
V
g
2
(3.4)
where y depth of flow and the units of specific energy are length in meters or feet.
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.3
TABLE 3.2 Typical Values of and for Various Situations
Situation Value of Value of
Min. Avg. Max. Min. Avg. Max.
Regular channels, flumes, 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.03 1.05 1.07
spillways
Natural streams and torrents 1.15 1.30 1.50 1.05 1.10 1.17
Rivers under ice cover 1.20 1.50 2.00 1.07 1.17 1.33
River valleys, overflooded 1.50 1.75 2.00 1.17 1.25 1.33
Source: After Chow (1959).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
Specific momentum (M). By definition, the specific momentum of an openchannel
flow is
M
g
Q
A
2
+ z
A (3.5)
Stage: The stage of a flow is the elevation of the water surface relative to a datum. If
the lowest point of a channel section is taken as the datum, then the stage and depth of
flow (y) are equal if the longitudinal slope (S
o
) is not steep or cos () 1, where is the
longitudinal slope angle. If 10
o
or S
o
0.18, where S
o
is the longitudinal slope of the
channel, then the slope of the channel can be assumed to be small.
Steady. The depth (y) and velocity of flow (v) at a location do not vary with time; that
is, (y/t 0) and (v/t 0). In unsteady flow, the depth and velocity of flow at a loca
tion vary with time: that is, (y/t 0) and (v/t 0).
Top width (T). The top width of a channel is the width of the channel section at the
water surface (Table 3.1).
Uniform flow. The depth (y). flow area (A), and velocity (V) at every cross section are
constant, and the energy grade line (S
f
), water surface, and channel bottom slopes (S
o
) are
all parallel.
Superelevation (y). The rise in the elevation of the water surface at the outer channel
boundary above the mean depth of flow in an equivalent straight channel, because of cen
trifugal force in a curving channel.
Wetted perimeter (P). The wetted perimeter is the length of the line that is the inter
face between the fluid and the channel boundary (Table 3.1).
3.2 ENERGY PRINCIPLE
3.2.1 Definition of Specific Energy
Central to any treatment of openchannel flow is that of conservation of energy. The
total energy of a particle of water traveling on a streamline is given by the Bernoulli
equation or
H z
2
V
g
2
where H total energy, z elevation of the streamline above a datum, p pressure,
fluid specific weight, (p/) pressure head, V
2
/2g velocity head, and g accelera
tion of gravity. H defines the elevation of the energy grade line, and the sum [z (p/)]
defines the elevation of the hydraulic grade line. In most uniform and gradually varied
flows, the pressure distribution is hydrostatic (divergence and curvature of the streamlines
is negligible) and the sum [z + (p/)] is constant and equal to the depth of flow y if the
datum is taken at the bottom of the channel. The specific energy of an openchannel flow
relative to the channel bottom is
E y
2
V
g
2
y
2
Q
gA
2
2
(3.6)
3.4 Chapter Three
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
where the average velocity of flow is given by
V
Q
A
(3.7)
where Q flow rate and A flow area.
The assumption inherent in Eq. (3.6) is that the slope of the channel is small, or cos()
1. If 10 or S
o
0.18, where S
o
is the longitudinal slope of the channel, Eq. (3.6)
is valid. If is not small, then the pressure distribution is not hydrostatic since the verti
cal depth of flow is different from the depth measured perpendicular to the bed of the
channel.
3.2.2 Critical Depth
If y in Eq. (3.6) is plotted as a function of E for a specified flow rate Q, a curve with two
branches results. One branch represents negative values of both E and y and has no phys
ical meaning; but the other branch has meaning (Fig. 3.1). With regard to Fig. 3.1, the fol
lowing observations are pertinent: 1) the portion designated AB approaches the line y E
asymptotically, 2) the portion AC approaches the E axis asymptotically, 3) the curve has
a minimum at point A, and 4) there are two possible depths of flowthe alternate
depthsfor all points on the E axis to the right of point A. The location of point A, the
minimum depth of flow for a specified flow rate, can be found by taking the first deriva
tive of Eq. (3.6) and setting the result equal to zero, or
d
d
E
y
1
g
Q
A
2
3
d
d
A
y
0 (3.8)
It can be shown that dA (T dy) or (dA/dy T) (French, 1985). Substituting this
result, using the definition of hydraulic depth and rearranging, Eq. (3.8) becomes
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.5
FIGURE 3.1 Specific energy and momentum as a function of depth when the channel geome
try and flow rate are specified.
y
y
c
Specific Momentum
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
1
g
Q
A
2
3
d
d
A
y
1
g
Q
A
2
2
A
T
1
g
V
D
2
0
or
2
V
g
2
D
2
(3.9)
and
V
gD
Fr 1 (3.10)
which is the definition of critical flow. Therefore, minimum specific energy occurs at the
critical hydraulic depth and is the minimum energy required to pass the flow Q. With this
information, the portion of the curve AC in Fig. 3.1 is interpreted as representing super
critical flows, where as AB represents subcritical flows.
With regard to Fig. 3.1 and Eq. (3.6), the following observations are pertinent. First,
for channels with a steep slope and 1, it can be shown that
Fr (3.11)
Second, E y curves for flow rates greater than Q lie to the right of the plotted curve,
and curves for flow rates less than Q lie to the left of the plotted curve. Third, in a rec
tangular channel of width b, y D and the flow per unit width is given by
q
Q
b
(3.12)
and
V
q
y
(3.13)
Then, where the subscript c indicates variable values at the critical point,
y
c
q
g
2
1/3
(3.14)
V
2g
c
2
y
2
c
(3.15)
and
y
c
2
3
E
c
(3.16)
In nonrectangular channels when the dimensions of the channel and flow rate are spec
ified, critical depth is calculated either by the trial and error solution of Eqs. (3.8), (3.9),
and (3.10) or by use of the semiempirical equations in Table 3.3.
3.2.3 Variation of Depth with Distance
At any cross section, the total energy is
H
2
V
g
2
y z (3.17)
V
s(
,
0.33
TrapezoidFig
ure T3.12 0.81
z
0.75
b
1.25
,
0.27
3
b
0z
TriangleFigure T3.14
2
z
,
0.20
CircleFigure T3.16
d
1
o
.0
0.2
1
6
,
0.25
where y depth of flow, z elevation of the channel bottom above a datum, and it is
assumed that and cos() are both equal to 1. Differentiating Eq. (3.17) with respect to lon
gitudinal distance,
d
d
H
x
d
d
y
x
d
d
x
z
(3.18)
where
d
d
H
x
the change of energy with longitudinal distance (S
f
),
d
d
x
z
the channel bot
tom slope (S
o
), and, for a specified flow rate,
g
Q
A
2
3
d
d
A
y
d
d
y
x
Q
gA
2
T
3
d
d
y
x
(Fr)
2
d
d
y
x
d
d
y
x
1
S
o
F
S
r
2
f
(3.19)
which describes the variation of the depth of flow with longitudinal distance in a channel
of arbitrary shape.
d
2
V
g
2
dx
d
2
V
g
2
dx
Source: From Straub (1982).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
3.2.4 Compound Section Channels
In channels of compound section (Fig. 3.2), the specific energy correction factor is not
equal to 1 and can be estimated by
(3.20)
where K
i
and A
i
as follows the conveyance and area of the ith channel subsection, respec
tively, K and A are conveyance are as follows:
K
N
i 1
K
i
and
A
N
i 1
A
i
N number of subsections, and conveyance (K) is defined by Eq. (3.48) in Sec. 3.4.
Equation (3.20) is based on two assumptions: (1) the channel can be divided into subsec
tions by appropriately placed vertical lines (Fig. 3.2) that are lines of zero shear and do
not contribute to the wetted perimeter of the subsection, and (2) the contribution of the
nonuniformity of the velocity within each subsection is negligible in comparison with the
variation in the average velocity among the subsections.
3.3 MOMENTUM
3.3.1 Definition of Specific Momentum
The onedimensional momentum equation in an open channel of arbitrary shape and a
control volume located between Sections 1 and 2 is
N
i 1
K
A
3
2
i
i
K
A
2
3
Q (V
2
V
1
) (3.21)
where specific weight of water, A
i
flow area at sections 1 and 2; V
i
average veloc
ity of flow at sections 1 and 2, P
f
horizontal component of unknown force acting
between Sections 1 and 2 and z
w
i distances to the centroids of the flow areas 1 and 2 from
the free surface. Substitution of the flow rate divided by the area for the velocities and
rearrangement of Eq. (3.21) yields
g
Q
A
2
1
z
1
A
1
g
Q
A
2
2
z
2
A
2
or
M
1
M
2
(3.22)
where
M
i
g
Q
A
2
i
z
i
A
i
(3.23)
and M is known as the specific momentum or force function. In Fig. 3.1, specific momen
tum is plotted with specific energy for a specified flow rate and channel section as a func
tion of the depth of flow. Note that the point of minimum specific momentum corresponds
to the critical depth of the flow.
The classic application of Eq. (3.22) occurs when P
f
0 and the application of the result
ing equation to the estimation of the sequent depths of a hydraulic jump. Hydraulic jumps
result when there is a conflict between the upstream and downstream controls that influence
the same reach of channel. For example, if the upstream control causes supercritical flow
while the downstream control dictates subcritical flow, there is a contradiction that can be
resolved only if there is some means to pass the flow from one flow regime to the other. When
hydraulic structures, such as weirs, chute blocks, dentated or solid sills, baffle piers, and the
like, are used to force or control a hydraulic jump, P
f
in Eq. (3.22) is not equal to zero. Finally,
the hydraulic jump occurs at the point where Eq. (3.22) is satisfied (French, 1985).
3.3.2 Hydraulic Jumps in Rectangular Channels
In the case of a rectangular channel of width b and P
f
0, it can be shown (French,
1985) that
y
y
2
1
0.5 [ 1 8 (F r
1
)
2
1] (3.24)
or
y
y
1
2
0.5 [1 8 (F r
2
)
2
1] (3.25)
y
y
1
2
2(Fr
2
)
2
4(Fr
2
)
4
16(Fr
2
)
6
...
Equations (3.24) and (3.25) each contain three independent variables, and two must be
known before the third can be found. It must be emphasized that the downstream depth of
flow (y
2
) is not the result of upstream conditions but is the result of a downstream con
trolthat is, if the downstream control produces the depth y
2
then a hydraulic jump will
form. The second form of Eq. (3.25) should be used when (Fr
2
)
2
0.05 (French, 1985).
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.9
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
3.3.3 Hydraulic Jumps in Nonrectangular Channels
In analyzing the occurrence of hydraulic jumps in nonrectangular but prismatic channels, we
see that no equations are analogous to Eqs. (3.24) and (3.25). In such cases, Eq. (3.22) could
be solved by trial and error or by use of semiempirical equations. For example, in circular sec
tions, Straub (1978) noted that the upstream Froude number (Fr
1
) can be approximated by
Fr
1
y
y
1
c
,
1.93
(3.26)
and the sequent depth can be approximated by
Fr
1
1.7y
2
y
y
1
2
c
(3.27
Fr
1
1.7y
2
y
y
1.
0
8
.
c
73
1
(3.28)
For horizontal triangular and parabolic prismatic channel sections, Silvester (1964,
1965) presented the following equations.
For triangular channels:
y
y
2
1
,
2.5
1 1.5 (Fr
1
)
2
y
y
1
2
,
2
1
1
]
(3.29)
For parabolic channels with the perimeter defined by y aT
2
/2, where a is a
coefficient:
y
y
2
1
,
2.5
1 1.67 (Fr
1
)
2
y
y
1
2
,
1.5
1
1
]
(3.30)
3.10 Chapter Three
FIGURE 3.3 Analytic curves for estimating sequent depths in a trapezoidal channel
(From Silvester, 1964)
yy
21
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
In the case of trapezoidal channels, Silvester (1964) presented a method for graphical
solution in terms of the parameter
k
z
b
y
1
(3.31)
In Fig. 3.3, the ratio of (y
2
/y
1
) is plotted as a function of Fr
1
and k.
3.4 UNIFORM FLOW
3.4.1 Manning and Chezy Equations
For computational purposes, the average velocity of a uniform flow can be estimated by
any one of a number of semiempirical equations that have the general form
V CR
x
S
y
(3.32)
where C a resistance coefficient, R hydraulic radius, S channel longitudinal slope,
and x and y are exponents. At some point in the period 17681775 (Levi, 1995), Antoine
Chezy, designing an improvement for the water system in Paris, France, derived an equa
tion relating the uniform velocity of flow to the hydraulic radius and the longitudinal slope
of the channel, or
V C R S (3.33)
where C is the Chezy resistance coefficient. It can be easily shown that Eq (3.33) is sim
ilar in form to the Darcy pipe flow equation. In 1889, Robert Manning, a professor at the
Royal College of Dublin (Levi, 1995) proposed what has become known as Mannings
equation, or
V =
R
2/3
S (3.34)
where n is Mannings resistance coefficient and 1 if SI units are used and 1.49
if English units are used. The relationship among C, n, and the DarcyWeisbach friction
factor (f) is
C
R
1/6
8
f
(3.35)
At this point, it is pertinent to observe that n is a function of not only boundary rough
ness and the Reynolds number but also the hydraulic radius, an observation that was made
by Professor Manning (Levi, 1995).
3.4.2 Estimation of Mannings Resistance Coefficient
Of the two equations for estimating the velocity of a uniform flow, Mannings equation is
the more popular one. A number of approaches to estimating the value of n for a channel
are discussed in French (1985) and in other standard references, such as Barnes (1967),
Urquhart (1975), and Arcement and Schneider (1989). Appendix 3.A lists typical values
of n for many types of common channel linings.
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.11
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
In an unvegetated alluvial channel, the total roughness consists of two parts: grain or
skin roughness resulting from the size of the sediment particles and form roughness
because of the existence of bed forms. The total coefficient n can be expressed as
n n n (3.36)
where n portion of Mannings coefficient caused by grain roughness and n portion
of Mannings coefficient caused by form roughness. The value of n is proportional to the
diameter of the sediment particles to the sixth power. For example, Lane and Carlson
(1953) from field experiments in canals paved with cobbles with d
75
in inches, developed
n 0.026d
75
1/6
(3.37)
and MeyerPeter and Muller (1948) for mixtures of bed material with a significant pro
portion of coarsegrained sizes with d
90
in meters developed
n 0.038d
90
1/6
(3.38)
In both equations, d
xx
is the sediment size such that xx percent of the material is smaller
by weight.
Although there is no reliable method of estimating n, an example of the variation of
f for the 0.19 mm sand data collected by Guy et al. (1966) is shown in Fig. 3.4. The n val
ues commonly found for different bed forms are summarized in Table 3.4. The inability
to estimate or determine the variation of form roughness poses a major problem in the
study of alluvial hydraulics (Yang, 1996).
Use of Mannings equation to estimate the velocity of flow in channels where the pri
mary component of resistance is from drag rather than bed roughness has been questioned
(Fischenich, 1996). However, the use of Mannings equation has persisted among engineers
because of its familiarity and the lack of a practical alternative. Jarrett (1984) recognized that
3.12 Chapter Three
FIGURE 3.4 Variation of the DarcyWeisbach friction factor as a function of unit stream power.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
guidelines for estimating resistance coefficients for highgradient streams with stable beds
composed of large cobbles and boulders and minimally vegetated banks (S
o
0.002) were
based on limited data. Jarrett (1984) examined 21 highgradient streams in the Rocky
Mountains and developed the following empirical equation relating n to S
o
and R (in feet):
n
0.3
R
9
0
S
.1
0
6
0.38
(3.39)
Jarrett (1984) stated the following limitations on the use of Eq. (3.39): First, the equa
tion is applicable to natural main channels with stable bed and bank materials (gravels,
cobbles, boulders) with no backwater. Second, the equation can be used for 0.002 S
o
0.04 and 0.15 R 2.1 m (0.5 R 7.0 ft). Results of the regression analysis indicat
ed that for R 2.1 m ( 7.0 ft), n did vary significantly with depth; therefore, as long as
the bed and bank material remain stable, extrapolation to larger flows should not result in
significant error. Third, the hydraulic radius does not include the wetted perimeter of the
bed particles. Fourth, the streams used in the analysis had relatively small amounts of sus
pended sediment.
Vegetated channels present unique challenges from the viewpoint of estimating rough
ness. In grasslined channels, the traditional approach assumed that n was a function of
vegetal retardance and VR (Coyle, 1975). However, there are approaches more firmly
based on the principles of fluid mechanics and the mechanics of materials (Kouwen, 1988;
Kouwen and Li, 1980.) Data also exist that suggest that in such channels flow duration is
not a factor as long as the vegetal elements are not destroyed or removed. Further, inun
dation times, and/or hydraulic stresses, or both that are sufficient to damage vegetation
have been found, as might be expected, to reduce the resistance to flow (Temple, 1991).
Petryk and Bosmajian (1975) presented a relation for Mannings n in vegetated chan
nels based on a balance of the drag and gravitational forces, or
n R
2/3
C
d
(
2
V
g
eg)
d
1
1
]
1/2
(3.40)
where C
d
a coefficient accounting for the drag characteristics of the vegetation and (Veg)
d
the vegetation density. FlippinDudley (1997) has developed a rapid and objective
procedure using a horizontal point frame to measure (Veg)
d
. Equation (3.40) is limited
because there is limited information regarding C
d
for vegetation (FlippinDudley
et al., 1997).
3.4.3 Equivalent Roughness Parameter k
In some cases, an equivalent roughness parameter k is used to estimate n. Equivalent
roughness, sometimes called roughness height, is a measure of the linear dimension
of roughness elements but is not necessarily equal to the actual or even the average height
of these elements. The advantage of using k instead of Mannings n is that k accounts for
changes in the friction factor due to stage, whereas the Mannings n does not. The rela
tionship between n and k for hydraulically rough channels is
n (3.41)
where 32.6 for English units and 18.0 for SI units.
R
1/6
log
10
12.2
R
k
,
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.13
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
With regard to Eq. (3.41), it is pertinent to observe that as R increases (equivalent to
an increase in the depth of flow), n increases. Approximate values of k for selected
materials are summarized in Table 3.4. For sandbed channels, the following sediment
sizes have been suggested by various investigators for estimating the value of k: k d
65
(Einstein, 1950), k d
90
(MeyerPeter and Muller, 1948), and k d
85
(Simons and
Richardson, 1966).
3.4.4 Resistance in Compound Channels
In many designed channels and most natural channels, roughness varies along the perime
ter of the channel, and it is necessary to estimate an equivalent value of n for the entire
perimeter. In such cases, the channel is divided into N parts, each with an associated wet
ted perimeter (P
i
), hydraulic radius (R
i
), and roughness coefficient (n
i
), and the equivalent
roughness coefficient (n
e
) is estimated by one of the following methods. Note that the wet
ted perimeter does not include the imaginary boundaries between the subsections.
1. Horton (1933) and Einstein and Banks (1950) developed methods of estimating n
e
assuming that the average velocity in each of the subdivisions is the same as the
average velocity of the total section. Then
n
e
2/3
(3.42)
N
i 1
P
i
n
i
3/2
P
3.14 Chapter Three
TABLE 3.4 Equivalent Roughness Values of Various Bed Materials
Material k k
(ft) (m)
(1) (2) (3)
Brass, copper, lead, glass 0.00010.0030 0.000030480.0009
Wrought iron, steel 0.00020.0080 0.00010.0024
Asphalted cast iron 0.00040.0070 0.00010.0021
Galvanized iron 0.00050.0150 0.00020.0046
Cast iron 0.00080.0180 0.00020.0055
Wood stave 0.00060.0030 0.00020.0009
Cement 0.00130.0040 0.00040.0012
Concrete 0.00150.0100 0.00050.0030
Untreated gunite 0.010.033 0.00300.0101
Drain tile 0.00200.0100 0.00060.0030
Riveted steel 0.00300.0300 0.00090.0091
Rubble masonry 0.02 0.0061
Straight, uniform earth 0.01 0.0030
channels
Natural streambed 0.10003.0000 0.03050.9144
Sources: From Ackers C (1958), Chow (1959), and Zegzhda (1938).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
2. Assuming that the total force resisting motion is equal to the sum of the subsection
resisting forces,
n
e
1/2
(3.43)
3. Assuming that the total discharge of the section is equal to the sum of the subsec
tion discharges,
n
e
(3.44)
4. Weighting of resistance by area (Cox, 1973),
n
e
(3.45)
5. The Colebatch method (Cox, 1973).
n
e
2/3
(3.46)
3.4.5 Solution of Mannings Equation
The uniform flow rate is the product of the velocity of flow and the flow area, or
Q VA
AR
2/3
S (3.47)
In Eq. (3.47), AR
2/3
is termed the section factor and, by definition, the conveyance of the
channel is
K
AR
2/3
(3.48)
Before the advent of computers, the solution of Eq. (3.34) or Eq. (3.47) to estimate the
depth of flow for specified values of V (or Q), n, and S was accomplished in one of two
ways: by trial and error or by the use of a graph of AR
2/3
versus y. In the age of the
desktop computer, software is used to solve the equations of uniform flow. Trial and error
and graphical approaches to the solution of the uniform flow equations can be found in
any standard reference or text (e.g., French, 1985).
3.4.6 Special Cases of Uniform Flow
3.4.6.1 Normal and critical slopes. If Q, n, and y
N
(normal depth of flow) and the chan
nel section are defined, then Eq. (3.47) can be solved for the slope that allows the flow to
occur as specified; by definition, this is a normal slope. If the slope is varied while the dis
charge and roughness are held constant, then a value of the slope such that normal flow
N
i1
A
i
n
i
3/2
N
i 1
n
i
A
i
A
PR
5/3
N
i 1
P
i
R
n
i
i
5/3
N
i 1
(P
i
n
i
2
)
P
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.15
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
occurs in a critical state can be found: that is, a slope such that normal flow occurs with
Fr 1. The slope obtained is the critical slope, but it also is a normal slope. The smallest
critical slope, for a specified channel shape, roughness, and discharge is termed the limit
ing critical slope. The critical slope for a given normal depth is
S
c
gn
2
R
2
D
N
4/
N
3
(3.49)
where the subscript N indicates the normal depth value of a variable and, for a wide channel,
S
c
g
2
y
n
c
2
1/3
(3.50)
3.4.6.2 Sheetflow. A special but noteworthy uniform flow condition is that of sheetflow.
From the viewpoint of hydraulic engineering, a necessary condition for sheetflow is that
the flow width must be sufficiently wide so that the hydraulic radius approaches the depth
of flow. With this stipulation, the Mannings equation, Eq. (3.48), for a rectangular chan
nel becomes
Q
Ty
N
5/3
S (3.51)
where T sheetflow width and y
N
normal depth of flow. Then, for a specified flow rate
and sheetflow width, Eq. (3.51) can be solved for the depth of flow, or
y
N
T
nQ
S
,
3/5
(3.52)
The condition that the value of the hydraulic radius approaches the depth of flow is not
a sufficient condition. That is, this condition specifies no limit on the depth of flow, and
there is general agreement that sheetflow has a shallow depth of flow. Appendix 3.A sum
marizes Mannings n values for overland and sheetflow.
3.4.6.3 Superelevation. When a body of water moves along a curved path at constant
velocity, it is acted for a force directed toward the center of the curvature of the path.
When the radius of the curve is much larger than the top width of the water surface, it can
be shown that the rise in the water surface at the outer channel boundary above the mean
depth of flow in a straight channel (or superelevation) is
y
V
2g
2
T
r
(3.53)
where r the radius of the curve (Linsley and Franzini, 1979). It is pertinent to note that
if the effects of the velocity distribution and variations in curvature across the channel are
considered, the superelevation may be as much as 20 percent more than that estimated by
Eq. (3.53) (Linsley and Franzini, 1979). Additional information regarding superelevation
is available in Nagami et al., (1982) and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE, 1970).
3.5 GRADUALLY AND SPATIALLY VARIED FLOW
3.5.1 Introduction
The gradual variation in the depth of flow with longitudinal distance in an open channel
is given by Eq. (3.19), or
3.16 Chapter Three
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
d
d
y
x
1
S
o
F
S
r
f
2
and two cases warrant discussion. In the first case, because the distance over which the
change in depth is short it is appropriate to assume that boundary friction losses are small,
or S
f
0. When this is the case, important design questions involve abrupt steps in the
bottom of the channel (Fig. 3.5) and rapid expansions or contractions of the channel
(Fig. 3.6). The second case occurs when S
f
0.
3.5.2 Gradually Varied Flow with S
f
0
When S
f
0 and the channel is rectangular in shape and has a constant width, Eq. (3.19)
reduces to
(1 Fr
2
)
d
d
y
x
d
d
x
z
0 (3.54)
and the following observations are pertinent (the observations also apply to channels of
arbitrary shape):
1. If dz/dx 0 (upward step) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be less than zerodepth
of flow decreases as x increases.
2. If dz/dx 0 (upward step) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be greater than zerodepth
of flow increases as x increases.
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.17
FIGURE 3.5 Definition of variables for gradually varied flow over positive and nega
tive steps.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
3. If dz/dx 0 (downward step) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be greater than zero
depth of flow increases as x increases.
4. If dz/dx 0 (downward step) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be less than zerodepth
of flow decreases as x increases.
In the case of a channel of constant width with a positive or negative step, the relation
between the specific energy upstream of the step and the specific energy downstream of
the step is
E
1
= E
2
+ z (3.55)
In the case dz/dx 0, if the channel is rectangular in shape but the width of the chan
nel changes, it can be shown (French, 1985) that the governing equation is
(1 Fr
2
)
d
d
y
x
Fr
2
b
y
d
d
T
x
0 (3.56)
The following observations also apply to channels of arbitrary shape:
1. If db/dx 0 (width increases) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be greater than
zerodepth of flow increases as x increases.
2. If db/dx 0 (width increases) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be less than zerodepth
of flow decreases as x increases.
3.18 Chapter Three
FIGURE 3.6 Definition of variables for gradually varied flow through contracting
and expanding channel sections.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
3. If db/dx 0 (width decreases) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be less than zero
depth of flow decreases as x increases.
4. If db/dx 0 (width decreases) and Fr 1, then dy/dx must be greater than zero
depth of flow increases as x increases.
In this case, the relation between the specific energy upstream of the contraction
(expansion) and the specific energy downstream of the step contraction (expansion) is
E
1
E
2
(3.57)
It is pertinent to note that in the case of supercritical flow, channel expansions and con
tractions may result in the formation of waves.
Additional information regarding steps, expansions, and contractions can be found in any
standard reference or text on openchannel hydraulics (e.g., French, 1985).
3.5.3 Gradually Varied Flow with S
f
0
In the case where S
f
cannot be neglected, the water surface profile must estimated. For a
channel of arbitrary shape, Eq. (3.19) becomes
d
d
y
x
S
o
(3.60)
For a specified value of Q, Fr and S
f
are functions of the depth of flow y. For illustra
tive purposes, assume a wide channel; in such a channel, Fr and S
f
will vary in much the
same way with y since P T and both S
f
and Fr have a strong inverse dependence on the
flow area. In addition, as y increases, both S
f
and Fr decrease. By definition, S
f
S
o
when
y y
N
. Given the foregoing, the following set of inequalities must apply:
S
f
S
o
for y y
N
Fr 1 for y y
c
S
f
S
o
for y y
N
and
Fr 1 for y y
c
These inequalities divide the channel into three zones in the vertical dimension. By con
vention, these zones are labeled 1 to 3 starting at the top. Gradually varied flow profiles
are labeled according to the scheme defined in Table 3.5.
For a channel of arbitrary shape, the standard step methodology of calculating the grad
ually varied flow profile is commonly used: for example, HEC2 (USACE, 1990) or HEC
RAS (USACE, 1997). The use of this methodology is subject to the following assump
tions: (1) steady flow, (2) gradually varied flow, (3) onedimensional flow with correction
for the horizontal velocity distribution, (4) small channel slope, (5) friction slope (aver
aged) constant between two adjacent cross sections, and (6) rigid boundary conditions.
The application of the energy equation between the two stations shown in Fig. 3.7 yields
n
2
Q
2
P
4/3
Q
gA
2
T
3
S
o
S
f
Q
gA
2
T
3
y
N
y
c
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
b
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
0
S
o
S
c
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
M
2
y
N
y
c
D
r
a
w
d
o
w
n
S
u
b
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
<
0
)
M
3
y
N
y
c
y
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
e
r
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
C
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
C
1
y
y
c
y
N
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
b
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
S
o
S
c
0
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
C
2
y
y
N
y
c
P
a
r
a
l
l
e
l
t
o
U
n
i
f
o
r
m
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
b
o
t
t
o
m
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
C
3
y
c
y
N
y
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
e
r
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
S
t
e
e
p
S
1
y
y
c
y
N
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
b
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
S
o
S
c
0
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
S
2
y
c
y
N
D
r
a
w
d
o
w
n
S
u
p
e
r
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
3.20
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
T
A
B
L
E
3
.
5
:
(
C
o
n
t
i
n
u
e
d
)
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
Z
o
n
e
Z
o
n
e
Z
o
n
e
R
e
l
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
y
T
y
p
e
T
y
p
e
S
l
o
p
e
1
2
3
t
o
y
N
a
n
d
o
f
o
f
y
c
C
u
r
v
e
F
l
o
w
(
1
)
(
2
)
(
3
)
(
4
)
(
5
)
(
6
)
(
7
)
S
3
y
c
y
N
y
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
e
r
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
H
o
r
i
z
o
n
t
a
l
N
o
n
e
S
o
0
H
2
y
N
y
c
D
r
a
w
d
o
w
n
S
u
b
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
H
3
y
N
y
c
y
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
e
r
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
A
d
v
e
r
s
e
N
o
n
e
S
o
0
A
2
y
N
y
c
D
r
a
w
d
o
w
n
S
u
b
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
A
3
y
N
y
c
y
B
a
c
k
w
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
e
r
c
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
(
d
y
/
d
x
0
)
3.21
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
z
1
1
2
V
g
1
2
z
2
2
2
V
g
2
2
h
f
+ h
e
(3.61)
where z
1
and z
2
elevation of the water surface above a datum at Stations 1 and 2, respec
tively, h
e
eddy and other losses incurred in the reach, and h
f
reach friction loss.
The friction loss can be obtained by multiplying a representative friction slope, S
f
, by
the length of the reach, L. Four equations can be used to approximate the friction loss
between two cross sections:
S
f
Q
K
1
1
Q
K
2
2
_
,
2
(average conveyance) (3.62)
S
f
S
f1
2
S
f2
S
2
f1
S
f1
S
S
f
f
2
2
2
2
V
g
2
2
2
V
g
1
2
y
1
y
2
z
2
z
1
h
f
x
W
a
t
e
r
S
u
r
f
a
c
e
(
S
w)
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
B
o
t
t
o
m
(
S
o
)
xL
E
n
e
r
g
y
G
r
a
d
e
L
i
n
e
(
S
f
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
nomial. He concluded that the average friction slope method produces the smallest maxi
mum error, but not always the smallest error, and recommended its general use along with
the systematic location of cross sections. Another investigation based on the analysis of
98 sets of natural channel data showed that there could be significant differences in the
results when different methods of estimating the friction slope were used (USACE, 1986).
This study also showed that spacing cross sections 150m (500 ft) a part eliminated the dif
ferences.
The eddy loss takes into account cross section contractions and expansions by multi
plying the absolute difference in velocity heads between the two sections by a contraction
or expansion coefficient, or
h
e
C
x
1
2
V
g
2
2
2
2
V
g
2
2
(3.66)
There is little generalized information regarding the value of the expansion (C
e
) or the
contraction coefficient (C
c
). When the change in the channel cross section is small, the
coefficients C
e
and C
c
are typically on the order of 0.3 and 0.1, respectively (USACE,
1990). However, when the change in the channel cross section is abrupt, such as at
bridges, C
e
and C
c
may be as high as 1.0 and 0.6, respectively (USACE, 1990).
With these comments in mind,
H
1
z
1
1
2
V
g
1
2
(3.67)
and
H
2
z
2
2
2
V
g
2
2
(3.68)
With these definitions, Eq. (3.61) becomes
H
1
H
2
h
f
h
e
(3.69)
Eq. (3.69) is solved by trial and error: that is, assuming H
2
is known and given a lon
gitudinal distance, a water surface elevation at Station 1 is assumed, which allows the
computation of H
1
by Eq. (3.67). Then, h
f
and h
e
are computed and H
1
is estimated by
Eq. (3.67). If the two values of H
1
agree, then the assumed water surface elevation at
Station 1 is correct.
Gradually varied water surface profiles are often used in conjunction with the peak
flood flows to delineate areas of inundation. The underlying assumption of using a steady
flow approach in an unsteady situation is that flood waves rise and fall gradually. This
assumption is of course not valid in areas subject to flash flooding such as the arid and
semiarid Southwestern United States (French, 1987).
In summary, the following principles regarding gradually varied flow profiles can be
stated:
1. The sign of dy/dx can be determined from Table 3.6.
2. When the water surface profile approaches normal depth, it does so asymptotically.
3. When the water surface profile approaches critical depth, it crosses this depth at a
large but finite angle.
4. If the flow is subcritical upstream but passes through critical depth, then the feature
that produces critical depth determines and locates the complete water surface pro
file. If the upstream flow is supercritical, then the control cannot come from the
downstream.
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.23
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
5. Every gradually varied flow profile exemplifies the principle that subcritical flows
are controlled from the downstream while supercritical flows are controlled from
upstream. Gradually varied flow profiles would not exist if it were not for the
upstream and downstream controls.
6. In channels with horizontal and adverse slopes, the term normal depth of flow
has no meaning because the normal depth of flow is either negative or imaginary.
However, in these cases, the numerator of Eq. (3.60) is negative and the shape of
the profile can be deduced.
Any method of solving a gradually varied flow situation requires that cross sections be
defined. Hoggan (1989) provided the following guidelines regarding the location of cross
sections:
1. They are needed where there is a significant change in flow area, roughness, or lon
gitudinal slope.
2. They should be located normal to the flow.
3. They should be located in detailupstream, within the structure, and downstream
at structures such as bridges and culverts. They are needed at all control structures.
4. They are needed at the beginning and end of reaches with levees.
5. They should be located immediately below a confluence on a main stem and imme
diately above the confluence on a tributary.
6. More cross sections are needed to define energy losses in urban areas, channels
with steep slopes, and small streams than needed in other situations.
7. In the case of HEC2, reach lengths should be limited to a maximum distance of
0.5 mi for wide floodplains and for slopes less than 38,550 m (1800 ft) for slopes
equal to or less than 0.00057, and 370 m (1200 ft) for slopes greater than 0.00057
(Beaseley, 1973).
3.6 GRADUALLY AND RAPIDLY VARIED UNSTEADY FLOW
3.6.1 Gradually Varied Unsteady Flow
Many important openchannel flow phenomena involve flows that are unsteady.
Although a limited number of gradually varied unsteady flow problems can be solved
analytically, most problems in this category require a numerical solution of the govern
ing equations. Examples of gradually varied unsteady flows include flood waves, tidal
flows, and waves generated by the slow operation of control structures, such as sluice
gates and navigational locks.
The mathematical models available to treat gradually varied unsteady flow problems
are generally divided into two categories: models that solve the complete Saint Venant
equations and models that solve various approximations of the Saint Venant equations.
Among the simplified models of unsteady flow are the kinematic wave, and the diffusion
analogy. The complete solution of the Saint Venant equations requires that the equations
be solved by either finite difference or finite element approximations.
The one dimensional Saint Venant equations consist of the equation of continuity
y
t
v
x
y
x
0 (3.70a)
3.24 Chapter Three
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.25
and the conservation of momentum equation
v
t
v
x
y
x
g(S
o
S
f
) 0 (3.71a)
An alternate form of the continuity and momentum equations is
T
y
t
A
x
u)
0 (3.70b)
and
1
g
v
t
g
v
v
x
y
x
S
f
S
o
0 (3.71b)
By rearranging terms, Eq. (3.71b) can be written to indicate the significance of each
term for a particular type of flow, or
S
f
S
o
]
steady
y
x
g
v
v
x
]
steady, nonuniform
1
g
v
t
]
unsteady, nonuniform
(3.72)
Equations (3.70) and (3.71) compose a group of gradually varied unsteady flow mod
els that are termed complete dynamic models. Being complete, this group of models can
provide accurate results; however, in many applications, simplifying assumptions regard
ing the relative importance of various terms in the conservation of momentum equation
(Eq. 3.71) leads to other equations, such the kinematic and diffusive wave models (Ponce,
1989).
The governing equation for the kinematic wave model is
Q
t
(V)
Q
x
0 (3.73)
where a coefficient whose value depends on the frictional resistance equation used (
= 5/3 when Mannings equation is used). The kinematic wave model is based on the equa
tion of continuity and results in a wave being translated downstream. The kinematic wave
approximation is valid when
t
R
S
y
o
V
85 (3.74)
where t
R
time of rise of the inflow hydrograph (Ponce, 1989).
The governing equation for the diffusive wave model is
Q
t
( V )
Q
x
2T
Q
S
o
2
x
Q
2
(3.75)
where the left side of the equation is the kinematic wave model and the right side accounts
for the physical diffusion in a natural channel. The diffusion wave approximation is valid
when (Ponce, 1989),
t
R
S
o
g
y
,
0.5
15 (3.76)
If the foregoing dimensionless inequalities ( Eq. 3.74 and 3.76) are not satisfied, then the
complete dynamic wave model must be used. A number of numerical methods can be used
to solve these equations (Chaudhry, 1987; French; 1985, Henderson, 1966; Ponce, 1989).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
3.6.2 Rapidly Varied Unsteady Flow
The terminology rapidly varied unsteady flow refers to flows in which the curvature of the
wave profile is large, the change of the depth of flow with time is rapid, the vertical accel
eration of the water particles is significant relative to the total acceleration, and the effect of
boundary friction can be ignored. Examples of rapidly varied unsteady flow include the cat
astrophic failure of dams, tidal bores, and surges that result from the quick operation of con
trol structures such as sluice gates. A surge producing an increase in depth is termed a pos
itive surge, and one that causes a decrease in depth is termed a negative surge. Furthermore,
surges can go either upstream or downstream, thus giving rise to four basic types (Fig. 3.8).
Positive surges generally have steep fronts, often with rollers, and are stable. In contrast,
negative surges are unstable, and their form changes with the advance of the wave.
Consider the case of a positive surge (or wave) traveling at a constant velocity (wave
celerity) c up a horizontal channel of arbitrary shape (Fig. 3.8b). Such a situation can
result from the rapid closure of a downstream sluice gate. This unsteady situation is con
verted to a steady situation by applying a velocity c to all sections; that is, the coordinate
system is moving at the velocity of the wave. Applying the continuity equation between
Sections 1 and 2
(V
1
c)A
1
(V
2
c)A
2
(3.77)
Since there are unknown losses associated with the wave, the momentum equation
rather than the energy equation is applied between Sections 1 and 2 or
A
1
z
1
A
2
z
2
y
1
(V
1
c)(V
2
c V
1
c) (3.78)
3.26 Chapter Three
FIGURE 3.8 Definition of variables for simple surges moving in
an open channel.
y
1
y
1
y
2
y
2
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.27
FIGURE 3.8 Definition of variables for simple surges mov
ing in an open channel.
where boundary friction has been ignored. Eliminating V
2
in Eq. (3.78) by manipulation
of Eq. (3.77) yields
V
1
c
1
1
]
0.5
(3.79)
In the case of a rectangular channel, Eq. (3.79) reduces to
V
1
c g y
1
2
y
y
2
1
y
y
2
1
,
1
1
]
0.5
(3.80)
When the slope of a channel becomes very steep, the resulting supercritical flow at
normal depth may develop into a series of shallow water waves known as roll waves. As
these waves progress downstream, they eventually break and form hydraulic bores or
shock waves. When this type of flow occurs, the increased depth of flow requires
increased freeboard, and the concentrated mass of the wavefronts may require additional
structural factors of safety.
Escoffier (1950) and Escoffier and Boyd (1962) considered the theoretical conditions
under which a uniform flow must be considered unstable. Whether roll waves form or not
is a function of the Vedernikov number (Ve), the Montuori number (Mo), and the concen
tration of sediment in the flow. When the Manning equation is used, the Ve is
Ve
2
3
Fr (3.81a)
g
A
A
2
1
,
(A
1
z
1
A
2
z
2
)
A
1
A
2
y
1
y
1
y
2
y
2
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
and if the Chezy equation is used
Ve
1
2
Fr (3.81b)
Fr should be computed using Eq. (3.11) and a channel shape factor (Table 3.6) or
1 R
d
d
P
A
(3.82)
When Mo 1, flow instabilities should expected. The Montuori number is given by
Mo
g
V
S
f
2
L
(3.83)
It is appropriate to note that in some publications (e.g., Aisenbrey et al., 1978) Mo is
the inverse of Eq. (3.83). Figure 3.9 provides a basis for deciding whether roll waves will
form in a given situation. In the figure, data from Niepelt and Locher (1989) for a slurry
flow are also plotted. The Niepelt and Locher data suggest that flow stability also is a
function of the concentration of sediment.
3.7 CONCLUSION
The foregoing sections provide the basic principles on which the following chapters on
design are based. Two observations are pertinent. First, openchannel hydraulics is incre
mentally progressing. That is, over the past several decades, there have been incremental
advances that primarily have added details, often important details, but no major new
advances. Second, openchannel hydraulics remains a onedimensional analytic approach.
However, the assumption of a onedimensional approach may not be valid in many situa
tions: for example, nonprismatic channels, flow downstream of a partially breached dam,
or lateral flow over a spillway. In some of these cases, the onedimensional approach may
provide an approximation that is suitable for design. In other cases, however, a two or
three dimensional approach should be used. Additional information regarding two and
three dimensional approaches can be found in Chaudhry (1993).
3.28 Chapter Three
TABLE 3.6 Shape Factor for Common Channel Sections
Channel Definition
(1) (2)
b
b
2y
Trapezoid
1
1
s
c
i
o
n
s
(
(
)
)]
R( 1 z
1
2
1 z
2
2
)
T
b
y
Trapezoid
with
unequal side
slopes
Circle
Rectangle
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
HYDRAULICS OF OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
Hydraulics of OpenChannel Flow 3.29
F
I
G
U
R
E
3
.
9
F
l
o
w
s
t
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
a
s
a
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
o
f
t
h
e
V
e
d
e
r
n
i
k
o
v
a
n
d
M
o
n
t
u
o
r
i
n
u
m
b
e
r
s
f
o
r
c
l
e
a
r
w
a
t
e
r
a
n
d
s
l
u
r
r
y
f
l
o
w
.
(
B
a
s
e
d
o
n
d
a
t
a
f
r
o
m
M
o
n
t
u
o
r
i
,
1
9
6
3
;
N
i
e
p
e
l
t
a
n
d
L
o
c
h
e
r
,
1
9
8
9
g
V S
f2
L
q
W
(4.4)
where
W
is the volumetric water moisture content. Note that for saturated flow,
W
n,
where n is porosity.
Darcys law (i.e., Eq. 4.3) also can be written more concisely as
q KI (4.5)
where I is the hydraulic gradient defined as
I
(h
1
L
h
2
)
4.6)
Hydraulic conductivity K is a function of aquifer and fluid properties specifically of
the intrinsic soil permeability k, fluid viscosity , and fluid density and is given by
K k g/ (4.7)
For saturated flow of a constant density fluid in isotopic porous media, the Darcy law
can be written as
4.2 Chapter Four
FIGURE 4.1 Porous media flow.
Arbitrary datum
h
1
z
1
1
2
h
2
z
2
p
w
2
p
w
1
h
L
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
q
i
K
,
(4.8)
For anisotropic media, the Darcy law is written as
q
i
K
ij
x
h
j
,
(4.9)
where K
ij
is the conductivity tensor. For saturated flow of a fluid of variable density in
anisotropic porous media, we have
q
i
s
f
o
lu
il
i
,
d
ij
x
p
i
fluid
g
x
z
i
,
(4.10)
where k
soil,ij
is the intrinsic permeability tenser. Finally, for unsaturated flow of variable
density fluid in anisotropic porous media, we have
q
i
k
r
(
)
fl
k
ui
s
d
oil,ij
x
p
j
fluid
g
x
z
j
,
(4.11)
where k
r
() relative permeability of the porous media. Relative permeability is a func
tion of soil saturation, which in turn is a function of the capillary pressure. These rela
tionships for partially saturated flow are discussed in the next section.
4.2.2 Unsaturated FlowConstitutive Relationship
In unsaturated flow, the concern is water movement in the zone above the water table. In
this case, the water saturation S
w
is a function of the difference between air and water
pressures because the water is resulting from held by capillary forces resulting from sur
face tension. This difference is known as the capillary pressure and is defined as
h
aw
h
a
h
w
(4.12)
Typically, in unsaturated flow theory we assume negligible resistance to the gasphase
flow in porous media; as a result, we also can assume that the gasphase pressure is uni
form and equal to the atmospheric pressure. Hence h
aw
h
w
. The aqueous pressure in
the unsaturated zone is lower than the atmospheric pressure; thus, the capillary pressure
is positive. The negative pressure head h
w
also is known as the soil matrix suction . Thus,
the total head in the aqueous phase is h + z.
To remove water from the pore space i.e., to reduce the water content we have to apply
more negative pressure to the aqueous phase, i.e., increase the capillary pressure h
aw
. This
relationship is typically called the soilwater retention curve, and can be expressed by the
following commonly used parametric models: the BrooksCorey (BC) model and the van
Genuchten (VG) model. The BC model is
r
r
(4.13)
for h
b
and is otherwise (capillary fringe zone),
e
1 (4.14)
where n porosity, volumetric moisture content (equal to n S
w
),
e
effective volu
metric moisture content,
r
residual (irreducible) moisture content, BrooksCorey
parameter, and h
b
capillary fringe height. The van Genuchten model is
h
x
j
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.3
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
n
r
r
[1 ()
n
]
m
(4.15)
where: n curve fitting parameter that depends on the type of soil, soil property
index, 1/h
b
, and m 1 1/n.
Note that parameter n depends on poresize distribution. For a wellgraded soil (wide
poresize distribution, which results in a flatter moisture content curve ()), n is small,
whereas for poorly graded soils (narrow poresize distribution, which results in a steeper
moisture content curve (), n is large: typically values of n higher than 2.5.
Also note that although the BC and VG models are the most commonly used models
in analysis, there is no restriction on using different mathematical representations to
describe the characteristics of soilwater retention. For example, a simple exponential
model, such as
e
exp( ), is in some cases, sufficient to describe the physics of the
retention.
As the moisture content in partially saturated media decreases, so does the volume of
pores available to fluid flow. Thus, hydraulic conductivity for the partially saturated media
depends on the water content and, in turn, on the metric suction. To describe this rela
tionship, we modify the value of intrinsic permeability k by the factor of k
r
() or k
r
(),
called relative permeability. Several models for k
r
are shown below:
BC model of relative permeability:
k
r
e
(4.16)
VG model of relative permeability:
k
r
e
0.5
(1 (1
e
1/m
)
m
)
2
(4.17)
Mualem model of relative permeability:
k
r
exp [ ] (4.18)
4.2.3 Diffussive and Dispersive fluxes
4.2.3.1 Molecular diffusion. Molecular diffusion describes the process by which a con
taminant species dissolved in an environmental fluid moves from regions of higher
concentration to regions of lower concentration. When the only mechanism affecting the
diffusion of the contaminant species is the random motion of its molecules, the process is
referred to as molecular diffusion. The mass flux of a solute along a single direction, in a
liquid or gaseous body, is described by Fick's law:
q D
d
d
C
x
(4.19)
In this equation, q mass flux of solute per unit area per unit time [ML
2
T
1
],
D diffusion coefficient (L
2
T
1
), C solute concentration mass of solute/volume of
solution (M/L
3
), dC/dx concentration gradient along the x direction. The minus sign in
Eq. (4.19) indicates that the solute flux will go from regions of larger concentration to
those of lower concentration. Values of the diffusion coefficient, D, depend on the type of
solute and the type of environmental fluid. For major cations and amnions dissolved in
water, values of D range from 1 10
9
to 2 10
9
m
2
/s (Fetter, 1994).
4.4 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
4.2.3.2 Molecular diffusion in porous media Molecular diffusion in a porous medium
is affected by the nature of the medium. For example, the paths that diffusing molecules
follow in a porous medium are, in general, more complicated than if they were diffusing
in water. Although Eq. (4.19) can still be used to describe the diffusion in a porous medi
um, the diffusion coefficient must be modified, and Eq. (4.19) is rewritten in terms of an
effective diffusion coefficient. One widely accepted expression for the effective diffusion
coefficient in porous media is the MillingtonQuirk equation
D D
o
so
n
lu
2
tion
3.33
(4.20)
where D
o
is the molecular diffusion coefficient of the compound in pure solution fluid,
solution
is the solution fluidfilled porosity of the soil, and n is the total porosity of the soil.
4.2.3.3 Mechanical dispersion and macrodispersion. Mechanical dispersion refers to
the component of dispersion caused by differences in velocity at the pore level that are a
consequence of the pore geometry. Water will move at different rates as a result of differ
ences in pore sizes and tortuosity. A contaminant dissolved in the water flowing through
a porous medium will be dispersed in both the longitudinal and transverse directions
because of the fluctuations in the water velocity field. A way to incorporate the influence
of pore geometry in the dispersion process is to define longitudinal and transverse disper
sivities
L
and
T
. Longitudinal and transverse mechanical dispersion coefficients can thus
be defined in terms of the dispersivities and the average pore velocity. For example, the
longitudinal mechanical dispersion coefficient (D
L
)
mech
will be given by (D
L
)
mech
L
v.
This dispersion coefficient is not treated separately from the effective diffusion coefficient
defined in (8); instead, they are both combined in a coefficient of hydrodynamic disper
sion. Thus, Ficks Law, which describes molecular diffusion in a fluid, can be used to
describe longitudinal and transverse dispersion in a porous medium if the diffusion coef
ficient D in Eq. (4.19) is replaced by a coefficient of longitudinal (or transverse) hydro
dynamic dispersion, D
L
or D
T
, given by
D
L
L
v D* (4.21)
or
D
T
T
v D* (4.22)
where
L
,
T
longitudinal and transverse dispersivities, respectively, and D* effec
tive porousmedia diffusion coefficient.
In addition to the porescale dispersion, we also have formationscale dispersion or,
more accurately, spreading, which is a result of the variability in transport velocity caused
by the heterogeneity of the hydraulic conductivity field. In terms of magnitude, this
microdispersive flux is significantly larger than the one related to mechanical dispersion.
Mathematically, macrodispersive flux is the flux equal to the expected value of the prod
uct of Darcian velocity (q) and of the contaminant concentration (C) fluctuations:
q
macrodispersive
q C (4.23)
In otherwords, this flux can be described using an expression similar to the Fickian diffu
sion equation (Eq. 4.19) with a macrodispersivity coefficient. In the most general (three
dimensional) case, the equation defining the macrodispersive flux in the flowing fluid is
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.5
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
q
i
( A
ij
v )
x
C
j
(4.24)
where A
ij
represents the macrodispersivity tensor and the bar indicates averaged quanti
ties. The fluctuations q and c result from the heterogeneous nature of the aquifer. This is
expressed in the way the macrodispersivity tensor is estimated. For example, the longitu
dinal macrodispersivity is estimated using
A
11
2
2
(4.25)
where
f
2
variance of logconductivity (f L
n
[K]),
1
correlation scale in the direc
tion of flow, and is given by
K
q
g
J
1
exp
6
f
2
1
1
]
(4.26)
In summary, the longitudinal and transverse components of the total diffusive and dis
persive mass flux (per unit bulk area) in heterogeneous geologic formations is estimated
as follows:
q
L
(
FLUID
A
L
v
FLUID
D)
C
x
(4.27)
q
T,HOR
(
FLUID
A
T,HOR
v
FLUID
D)
C
y
(4.28)
q
T,vert
(
FLUID
A
T,vert
v
FLUID
D)
C
y
(4.29)
where D MillingtonQuirk effective dispersion coefficient.
4.2.4 Partitioning
Equilibrium partitioning and sorption are the most common chemical processes that
affect reactive transport. These processes are dealt with by equating the total concentra
tion to the sum of the concentrations in each phase multiplied by their respective volumes.
Furthermore, by equating the concentration in each phase to the concentration in a com
mon phase say, the concentration in water the total concentration can be expressed in
terms of the common phases concentration and a retardation coefficient R
C
T
WATER
C
WATER
(1
I WATER
K
WA
1
TE
1
R
)
WATER
C
WATER
R
(4.30)
where: K
I
partitioning coefficient between the i
th
phase and the common phase K
I
C
I
/
C
WATER,
I
the volumetric content of the ith phase, and
WATER
the volumetric content
of the common phase. This type of equilibrium partitioning is frequently used to describe
the relationships between concentrations in the following scenarios: (1) vapor and aque
ous phases, (2) soil and vapor phases, (3) soil and aqueous phases, (4) partitioning of a
tracer between aqueous and NAPL or DNAPL phases, and (5) partitioning of a tracer
between vapor and NAPL or DNAPL phases.
4.6 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
For partitioning of compounds present in a NAPL or DNAPL mixture and aqueous
phase, we use
C
I,WATER
x
I
S
I
(4.31)
where S
I
is the solubility of compound I in water and x
I
is its mole fraction in the mixture.
Finally, for partitioning of compounds present in a NAPL or DNAPL mixture and vapor
phase, use
V
i
[mg/L] 10
3
[mg/g]x
i
(4.32)
where V
I
is the vapor concentration of compound I, P
v,I
is the vapor pressure of compound
I, M
W,I
is its molecular weight, R gas constant, and T temperature in K.
4.2.5 Degradation
In addition to partitioning, degradation of compounds also may affect the fate and
transport of reactive compounds significantly. Typically, degradation is modeled using
either powerorder decay models or growthprocessbased models. In environmental
subsurface hydrology, three basic powerorder models are used: (1) zeroorder decay,
(2) firstorder decay, and (3) a combination of the first two models. According to these
models, the total decrease of mass in unit bulk volume caused by degradation is
expressed by
C
t
T
I PHASES
I
K
0,I
I PHASES
I
K
1,I
C
I
(4.33)
where K
0,I
zeroorder degradation rate of the compound in phase I, K
1,I
firstorder
degradation rate of the compound in phase I, and C
I
= mass/volume concentration of the
compound in phase I.
In addition to the zeroorder and firstorder degradation processes, the Monad kinetics
is frequently used to describe oxygen limited aerobic degradation of organic compounds
in the aqueous phase. According to the Monod model, the degradation rate in terms of the
total concentration is expressed by the following system of equations:
C
t
T
WATER
M
t
K
C
C
WA
C
TE
W
R
ATER
K
O
O
W
O
ATE
W
R
ATER
,
(4.34)
and
O
t
T
WATER
M
t
K
C
C
WA
C
TE
W
R
ATER
K
O
O
WA
O
TE
W
R
ATER
,
(4.35)
where C
WATER
is the aqueous concentration of the contaminant, O
WATER
is the dissolved oxy
gen concentration, M
t
is the total concentration of the active microbial biomass, is the
maximum rate of organic solute utilization, K
C
is the concentration of the organic solute
at which the utilization rate is half the maximum, K
O
is the electron acceptor (oxygen)
concentration at which the utilization rate is half the maximum, and is the substrate uti
lization ratio.
P
vi
[atm]* M
w,i
[g/mole]
d
d
h
r
(4.36)
where K and B aquifer conductivity and thickness, respectively. The equation of conti
nuity for well flow in an unconfined aquifer is similar to Eq. (4.19): namely,
Q 2rKh
d
d
h
r
(4.37)
with B replaced by the variable flow depth h. Implicit in Eq. (4.36) and (4.37) is the
DupuitForchheimer assumption, the implication of which is that the flow in the aquifer
can be assumed to be practically horizontal.
Equations (4.36) and (4.37) are used to obtain solutions for the steadystate discharge
to a well in confined and unconfined aquifers, respectively, if the piezometric heads (con
fined aquifers) or watertable elevations (unconfined aquifers) h
1
and h
2
are known at two
radial distances r
1
and r
2
, respectively:
Q 2KB(h
2
h
1
)/ln(r
2
/r
1
) 2T(h
2
h
1
)/ln(r
2
/r
1
) (4.38)
where T KB aquifer transmissivity, and
Q KD(h
2
2
h
1
2
)/ln(r
2
/r
1
) (4.39)
The solutions given in Eqs. (4.38) and (4.39) assume that the well penetrates to the
impermeable bottom of the aquifer and that there is no recharge into the aquifer. They also
assume an infinitely large aquifer with no interaction with surface streams or imperme
able boundaries. Well solutions are often given in terms of the drawdown s as a function
of the radial distance r. The drawdown is defined as
s H h (4.40)
where H is the elevation of the original piezometric surface before pumping at the well
starts. The distance R for which h H and s 0 is called the radius of influence of the
well. Using the concepts of drawdown and radius of influence, the steadystate flow equa
tion in a confined aquifer can be rewritten as
s
2
Q
T
Ln
R
r
1
1
]
(4.41)
4.8 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
By combining the solutions for the steady state flow in confined and unconfined
aquifers, one can derive a relationship between the drawdown calculated from confined
conditions (assuming constant in space and time aquifer thickness equal to H), and that
estimated for unconfined conditions (when the change in aquifer thickness caused by
pumping is taken into account):
s
UNC
H H
2
2 s
C
ON
F
H (4.42)
Using this formula, known as Jacobs correction, one can initially assume constant
aquifer thickness B H in calculations and use confined aquifer solutions to calculate
drawdown, then correct the drawdown using Jacobs correction. This approach is particu
larly useful when dealing with transient flow. For transient flow conditions in an aquifer
with constant flow thickness, the transient drawdown is given by
s (r,t)
4
Q
T
exp[
x
x]
dx
4
Q
T
W [u(r,t)] (4.43)
where
u(r,t)
4
r
2
T
S
t
(4.44)
and S storativity (for confined aquifers) or porosity (for unconfined aquifers) and W(u)
is known in subsurface hydrology as well function and in mathematics as exponential inte
gral. This function is tabulated in almost every groundwater hydrology textbook. It also is
available in many engineering mathematics software packages, such as Mathematica, as
a library function.
4.3.2 Superposition and Convolution
For a timevariable pumping rate, the principle of convolution can be used to estimate the
transient drawdown. This approach is strictly valid for linear systems: i.e., systems in
which the response (drawdown) is a linear function of the excitement (pumping rate). The
linearity assumption is strictly valid for confined aquifers only; however, as long as the
drawdowns do not exceed 20% of the initial aquifer thickness, it also may be used for
unconfined aquifers. Using the convolution approach, the transient drawdown for a pump
ing rate changing in a stepwise fashion is given by
s(r,t)
4
1
T
n
k 1
(Q
K
Q
K 1
)W(u(r,t
K 1
)) (4.45)
where the drawdown is estimated at time t, t
n
t t
n 1
, Q
K
is the pumping rate for
t
K 1
t t
K,tO
0, Q
0
0.0, and t
K 1
t t
K 1
. When several wells are present,
the superposition approach is used to estimate the cumulative drawdown by adding the
drawdown contributions from all the wells:
s(t)
4
1
T
m
L 1
Q
L
W(u(r
L
,t)) (4.46)
where r
L
is the distance between the point of interest (where the drawdown is estimated) and
well L. When several wells are pumping at variable rates, the superposition and convolution
approaches are used simultaneously. The superposition principle also can be used to super
impose the drawdown on the natural (ambient) flow conditions. Using this principle leads to
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.9
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
h(x, y, t) H(x, y, t) s(x, y, t) (4.47)
where h transient potentiometric surface that combines ambient conditions and well
impact, H potentiometric surface under natural (ambient) conditions, and s transient
drawdown.
4.3.3 Interception Wells
With respect to contaminant transport in the subsurface, interception wells are used to trap
the contaminant plume within the well flow field. It is assumed in this analysis that there
is an ambient steadystate uniform flow through the aquifer. The combination of well
related flow and ambient uniform flow satisfies the conditions of twodimensional poten
tial flow in a horizontal plane, where the discharge described by stream function y is relat
ed to potential , or the piezometric head h. The extent of the aquifer through which water
travels to the well and is captured by it is called the capture zone. The derivation of the
analytical solution for steadystate flow capturezone uses the following assumptions:
(1) ahomogeneous, isotropic, infinitely large aquifer, (2) uniform flow, (3) no leakage, (4)
aquifer storativity or specific yield neglected, (not relevant for steadystate analysis),
(5) hydrodynamic dispersion neglected, (6) the Dupuit assumption applies, and (7) the
well is fully penetrating and pumping at a constant rate. Three important parameters are
used in delineating the capture zone: namely, the stagnation point, the upgradient maxi
mum width of the capture zone, and the equation for the capture zone boundary.
For a confined aquifer, the distance from the well to the stagnation point (measured in
the direction of the uniform flow) is
x
STAG
2
Q
T
w
I
(4.48)
where Q
w
well discharge, T aquifer transmissivity KB (K aquifer permeability,
B aquifer depth), and I natural hydraulic gradient: i.e., the gradient responsible for
the ambient steadystate uniform flow in the aquifer. The upgradient divide, defined by
the maximum width of the capture zone far upgradient of the well, for the confined aquifer
is given by
w
DIV
Q
TI
w
(4.49)
and the equation of the dividing streamline is
x (4.50)
The procedure for delineating the capture zone consists of the following steps: (1) esti
mate the location of the stagnation point (x
STAG
, 0), (2) estimate the maximum width of the
capture zone w
DIV
, and (3) vary y between zero and w
DIV
/2 and use the capture zone bound
ary to estimate the boundary location (x,y).
4.3.4 Partially Penetrating Wells
Performance of wells that penetrate only partially through the bearing strata is discussed
in this section. The simplest case consists of a well that is barely penetrating into an semi
y
tan
2
Q
T
w
Iy
Q
Q
p
r
B
w
ln
r
R
w
(4.51)
where B is the aquifer thickness, r
w
is the well radius, and R is the radius of influence of
the partially penetrating well. Because, in general, r
w
B, then the equation above indi
cates that the spherical flow to a partially penetrating well is highly inefficient compared
with simple radial flow: i.e., for the same drawdown in the well, it results in a significantly
smaller pumping rate.
In the general case of partial penetration, one may consider the total drawdown s
T
,
which consists of the drawdown equivalent to that of a fully penetrating well s and addi
tional head loss because of the partial penetration of the well s:
s
T
s s (4.51)
Additional head loss for a well penetrating from the top (or the bottom) of the aquifer
is estimated as follows:
s
Q(
2
1
Tp
p)
ln
(1
r
w
p)h
s
1
1
]
(4.53)
where p penetration factor; p h
s
/B; h
s
penetration depth; and B aquifer
thickness (Fig. 4.2). For the well centrally positioned in the aquifer, the following formu
la is used:
s
Q(
2
1
Tp
p)
ln
(1
2r
w
p)h
s
1
1
]
(4.54)
Thus, when the pumping rate is defined for a well, we calculate the drawdown correc
tion s and add it to the full penetration drawdown s. However, when the drawdown is
given for a well, we have to recalculate the pumping rate. In this case, the true pumping
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.11
FIGURE 4.2 Partiallypenetrating well.
B
h
s
h
s
B/2
h
s
/2
2r
w
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
rate is given by
Q
s
Q
s
s
s
S
T
S
T
s
(4.55)
where s drawdown defined at the well, Q pumping rate estimated using s, and
Q
p
actual pumping rate
4.3.5 Well Duplets
Well duplets, each of which consists of one pumping and one recharge well, are frequent
ly used as a means of injecting and removing aquifer mitigation solutes, such as cosol
vents, surfactants, or both. Typically, the recharge well is positioned directly upgradient
from the discharge well, and the magnitudes of pumping and injection rates are the same.
In this case, the two wells form a flow circulation cell: i.e., all the injected water is
pumped out by the discharge well. In the case of cosolvent flushing, it is important to
understand what region of the aquifer is subject to the mitigation: i.e., what the boundary
is of the circulation cell. This boundary is defined by the upgradient and downgradient
stagnation points (x
STAG
, 0) and (x
STAG
, 0) and the cell boundary equation. For the xaxis
parallel to the direction of ambient flow and the origin of the coordinate system located at
the midpoint between the two wells, the two stagnation points, (x
STAG
, 0) and (x
STAG
, 0)
are given as the roots of the quadratic equation
q
Q
o
B
w
d
2
1
(x/d
x
/d
1)
2
(x/d
x/
d
1)
2
_
,
0 (4.56)
where q
o
ambient flux, 2d distance between the wells, and Q
w
pumping/injection
rate. The boundary of the circulation cell is defined by
q
Q
o
B
w
y
2
1
tan
1
(x/d
y/
d
1)
1
1
]
tan
1
(x/d
y/
d
1)
1
1
]
_
1
2
(4.57)
The circulation cell is symmetric with respect to the y axis. The cell delineation pro
cedure consists of estimating the locations of the stagnation points and varying x between
zero and x
STAG
and using the cellboundary equation to solve for y. This implicit equation
can be solved by any calculation software, such as Mathematica or MS Excel.
4.3.6 Transport Equations
The following general form of mass transport equation in the saturated zone is derived assum
ing onedimensional advective and threedimensional diffusivedispersive transport in the
aqueous phase, linear partitioning of a compound between the three phases (watersoil
(D)NAPL), and firstorder degradation in the aqueous phase. For this conditions, we have
R
x
i
i
v
C
x
W
i
C
x
1
W
C
W
(4.58)
where C
W
aqueous phase concentration, v porewater velocity, and
W
volumetric
moisture content, and
i
longitudinal, transverse horizontal, and transverse vertical
D
W
C
W
k
S
OI
W
L
k
NAP
W
NAPL
(4.59)
where k
SOIL
watersoil partitioning coefficient, k
SOIL
S/C
W
, S weight/weight con
centration of absorbed compound in soil, k
NAPL
NAPL water partitioning coefficient,
k
NAPL
C
NAPL/
C
W
, C
NAPL
concentration of compound in the NAPL phase,
B
bulk den
sity of dry soil, and
NAPL
volumetric NAPL content.
Assuming that the diffusive fluxes are negligible compared the macrodispersive flux
es, the transport equation can be simplified to yield
t
W
x
i
i
v
R
C
x
W
i
,
v
R
R
C
W
(4.60)
where v
R
v/R and
R
/
R
.
4.3.7 Selected Analytical Solutions
Closedform solutions are available for a variety of flow, boundary, and initial conditions.
Van Genuchten and Alves (1982) presented a good summary of these solutions. Some of
the most useful solutions are presented below.
4.3.7.1 Onedimensional transport with step change in concentrationno degrada
tion. This simple case has the initial condition C(x,0) 0 for x 0, and it is subject to
the following boundary conditions: C(0,t) C
o
, t 0 and C(,t) 0, t 0. The solution
of the transport equation for these conditions is given by
C(x,t)
C
2
O
Erfc
2(
x
x
v
R
v
t
R
)
t
1/2
1
1
]
exp
x
x
1
1
]
Erfc
2(
x
x
v
R
v
t
R
)
t
1/2
1
1
]
(4.61)
4.3.7.2 Onedimensional transport with step change in concentration and firstorder
degradation. The initial and boundary conditions are the same as in Sec. 4.7.1.
The solution is given by
C(x,t)
C
2
O
exp
2
x
1
_
,
1/2
_
,
1
1
]
Erfc
(4.62)
where Erfc complementary error function.
4.3.7.3 Continuous point injection, 2D dispersive transport, no retardation, and no
degradation. A tracer is continuously injected at a rate Q (per unit depth of the aquifer)
x v
R
4
v
R
R
1/2
t
2(
x
v
R
t)
1/2
4
R
v
R
C
W
x
i
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.13
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
with a concentration C
o
into a uniform flow field from a point (x 0, y 0). Let the
uniform velocity be v
x
. The asymtotic solution, i.e., for t , is given by
C(x,y)
,
exp
2D
v
x
L
x
D
T
,
K
o
D
x
2
L
D
y
2
T
1
1
]
(4.63)
where K
o
modified Bessel function of the second kind and of 0th order (Bear, 1972).
The timedependent solution is
C(x,y)
,
exp
2
v
D
x
x
L
,
K
o
[W(0,)] W(t,) (4.64)
where
4
v
D
x
2
D
x
2
L
(4.65)
W (t, b) leaky well function (see, for example, Hunt, 1983, p. 100).
4.3.7.4 Point slug injection into a uniform flow field3D transport and retardation.
In this case, a slug of contaminant of the mass M C
o
V is injected at point (0,0,0). The
transient distribution of concentration is described by
C(x, y, z, t)
8(v
R
t)
3
V
/2
o
(
C
o
x
z
)
1/2
exp
(x
4
x
v
v
R
R
t
t)
2
4
y
y
2
v
R
t
4
z
z
2
v
R
t
1
1
]
(4.66)
4.3.7.5 Continuous injection from a finitesized source with retardation and degrada
tion. In this case, consider transport from a rectangular source that is perpendicular
to the direction of flow. The source width is Y, and its depth below the water table is Z.
The transient concentration distribution in the presence of retardation and degradation is
given by
C(x, y, z, t)
C
8
o
exp
2
x
1
v
4
R
R
x
,
1/2
1
1
]
Erfc
1
1
]
Erfc
2
y
(
y
x
Y
)
/
1
2
/2
1
1
]
Erfc
2
y
(
y
x
Y
)
/
1
2
/2
1
1
]
Erfc
2
z
(
z
x)
Z
1/2
1
1
]
Erfc
2
z
(
z
x)
Z
1/2
1
1
]
(4.67)
x v
R
t(1 4
R
v
x
)
1/2
2(
x
v
R
t)
1/2
y
2
D
T
C
o
Q
2D
L
D
T
v
x
2
4D
L
C
o
2D
L
D
r
4.14 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
4.4 FLOW AND TRANSPORT IN UNSATURATED
ZONE AQUEOUS PHASE
In this section, we briefly discuss the flow continuity equations and present some simple
solutions to selected flow problems. That discussion is followed by a presentation of mass
transport in the water phase of unsaturated zone.
4.4.1 Flow in an Unsaturated Zone
The continuity equation for an unsaturated flow system can be written as
.q (4.68)
or
q
x
x
q
y
y
q
z
z
,
(4.69)
Combining Darcy's law with the mass continuity equation, we can write the final flow
equations is
(K()h) (4.70)
The flow equations can be simplified for horizontal and vertical flow conditions.
a. Onedimensional horizontal flow:
K()
,
(4.71)
where volumetric water content. In this, the contribution of the elevation head, z,
vanishes, since z/x 0.
b. Onedimensional vertical flow:
K()
1
_
,
_
,
(4.72)
Note that the flow equations are characterized by the presence of two dependent, albeit
related, variables: namely, and . To simplify this situation, we describe the relation
ship between and by a term called soil diffusivity D() as
D()
K
C
(
(
)
)
(4.73)
where C() is called specific moisture capacity and is defined as
C()
(4.74)
Using these definitions, the flow equation can be written as follows:
c. Onedimensional horizontal flow:
D
x
()
,
(4.75)
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.15
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
d. Onedimensional 1D vertical flow:
(D
z
()
K
z
()) (4.76)
As can be seen, we now have only one dependent variable: namely, . The only limitation of
this formulation is that specific moisture capacity C() becomes zero in the capillary fringe
zone, thus making the solution impossible. Therefore, this formulation is valid only in the par
tially saturated zone (water content less than saturated value), not in the capillary fringe.
Another way to solve this problem, which does not have the limitation discussed
above, is to formulate the flow equations in terms of soil suction . For the vertical flow,
we obtain
C()
K
z
()(
1)
(4.74)
Exercise. Consider steadystate vertical infiltration from the soil surface to the water table
at depth L. The relative hydraulic conductivity of the soil is described by the following
exponential law:
k
r
() exp[ ] (4.78)
Derive an expression for the vertical distribution of h. After the first integration of the
flow equation, we obtain
K
z
()
1
_
,
q (4.79)
where q infiltration rate and K is a function of capillary pressure y.
K
z
() K
sat
exp[] (4.80)
where h z . Substitution of these relationships into the flow equation leads to
exp
(h z)
1
1
]
h
z
K
q
SAT
(4.81)
or
exp[h]dh
K
q
SAT
exp[x]dx (4.82)
After the second integration, we obtain
exp[h]
K
q
SAT
exp[z] C
1
(4.83)
Substituting the boundary condition h(0) 0 and solving for C
1
yields the following
expression for the total head h:
h(z)
1
ln
K
q
SAT
(exp[z] 1) 1
1
1
]
(4.84)
4.4.2 Transport in an Unsaturated Zone
The mass continuity equation for an unsaturated flow system with advection and diffu
sion/dispersion in the aquoeus phase, diffusion in the vapor phase, partitioning between
four phases (soil, water, vapor, and (D)NAPL), and firstorder degradation in the aqueous
phase can be written as
4.16 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
R
C
t
W
x
i
i
v
D
W
v
k
W
AIR
C
x
W
i
,
v
C
x
1
W
C
W
(4.85)
where C
W
aqueous phase concentration; v porewater velocity;
W
volumetric
moisture content;
i
longitudinal, transverse horizontal, and transverse vertical
macrodispersivities; D MillingtonQuirk dispersion coefficient; D
v
MillingtonQuirk
dispersion coefficient in the vapor phase; firstorder degradation rate in the aquoeus
phase; and R retardation factor;
R 1
k
S
OI
W
L
k
NAP
W
NAPL
k
AI
W
AIR
(4.86)
where k
SOIL
watersoil partitioning coefficient, k
SOIL
S/C
W
, S weight/weight con
centration of absorbed compound in soil, k
NAPL
NAPLwater partitioning coefficient,
k
NAPL
C
NAPL
/C
W
, C
NAPL
concentration of compound in the NAPL phase, k
AIR
vapor
water partitioning coefficient, k
AIR
V/C
W
, V concentration of compound in the vapor
phase,
B
bulk density of dry soil,
AIR
volumetric vapor content, and
NAPL
volu
metric NAPL content.
Assuming again that the diffusive fluxes are negligible compared with the macrodis
persive and advective fluxes, the transport equation can be simplified to yield
C
t
W
x
i
i
v
R
C
x
W
i
,
v
R
C
x
W
i
R
C
W
(4.87)
where v
R
v/R and
R
/R. Note that the form of this equation is the same as the form
of the one for transport in the saturated zone; therefore, the analytical solutions presented
for the saturated transport are valid for the unsaturated conditions. This is particularly true
for the onedimensional (vertical) transport equations, which are of primary interest in the
case of unsaturated fate and transport of compounds.
4.5 FLOW AND TRANSPORT IN VAPOR PHASE
This section, presents the soil vapor flow equations. This is followed by selected solutions
to vapor flow problems. Finally, we discuss diffusive transport in the vapor phase.
4.5.1 Soil Vapor Flow
The flow of gases in a porous medium can be described by combining the following
equations:
a. The equation of continuity is
(v) n
(4.88)
with vapor density, v Darcys flux vector,
AIR
airfilled porosity, and t time.
b. The perfect gas law is
m
v
p
R
M
T
(4.89)
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.17
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
with m gas mass, V gas volume, p absolute pressure, M molar mass, T
absolute temperature K, and R universal gas constant.
c. Darcys law for vapor flow is
v
p (4.90)
where k soil intrinsic permeability and gas viscosity. The resulting governing
equation is 1953
2
p
2
2n
k
p
t
(4.91)
(Bruce et al., 1953).
d. The molar flux [moles/unit areatime] is given by
q
R
k
T
pp (4.92)
For onedimensional flow, the governing equation reduces to
2
x
p
2
2
2
A
k
IR
p
t
(4.93)
and for radial flow, the governing equation is
2
r
p
2
2
1
r
p
r
2
2
A
k
IR
p
t
. (4.94)
For steady state, exact analytical solutions for gas flow are obtained by using the fol
lowing transformation (Cho, 1991):
m
K ( p
2
2
p
r
2
)
(4.95)
where m is referred to as the discharge potential. The governing equation now becomes
Laplace's equation:
2
m 0 (4.96)
For example, the exact solution for the point source in threedimensional space is given by
m
4
Q
r
(4.97)
where Q source strength and r distance from source point.
To estimate the time required to achieve steadystate vapor flow, Johnson et al. (1990)
presented a method based on the solution of radial flow of vapor to a well. Their results
are summarized in Fig. 2 of Johnson et al. (1990 b) for values of k corresponding to sandy
soil. They also presented a method to estimate vapor flow rates, pressure distributions, and
vapor velocities in unsaturated soils based on the steadystate solution to the governing
equation of vapor radial flow: namely,
2
p
2
2n
k
p
t
(4.98)
The pressure p can be expressed in terms of the ambient pressure p
Atm
and a deviation
p from this pressure: p is equivalent to the vacuum that would be measured in the soil. If
this substitution is used in the flow equation and if we neglect the product p'
2
relative to
the product p
Atm
p (linearization), then the resulting equation for radial flow is
4.18 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
p
A
A
IR
T
p
t
1
r
p
r
,
(4.99)
The solution to this equation for the following boundary conditions is
p 0, for r
lim
r0
p
r
2B
Q
k/
(4.100)
as given by
p
4B
Q
(k/)
exp[ x]dx
4B
Q
(k/)
W(u) (4.101)
where Q is the volumetric flow rate to the vapor well. The well function W(u) is tabulat
ed in almost all groundwater textbooks. The behavior of the integral is such that for
(r
2
AIR
/4kp
Atm
t) 0.001, its value is close to the asymptotic steadystate limit.
Exercise. Given the following parametershydraulic conductivity K 102 cm/sec,
air viscosity
AIR
0.018 cp, volumetric air content (equal to porosity)
AIR
0.3, and
local pressure gradient dp/dx 0.01 atm/cmestimate the porevapor velocity. From the
conversion table (Domenico and Schwartz, 1990), we have
k[darcy] K[m/s]*1.04*10
5
(4.102)
Thus, k 10.4 darcy. The vapor flux is given by
q
i
k
r
(
f
)
lu
k
id
fluid
x
p
i
x
z
i
,
(4.103)
Assuming that k
r
1.0, we obtain
q[cm/sec]
k
[
r
c
*
e
k
n
[
t
d
i
a
p
r
o
c
is
y
e
]
]
p
x
a
c
t
m
m
1
1
]
10.
0
4
.
*
01
0
8
.01
5.78[cm/sec] (4.104)
Finally, we estimate the porevapor velocity v q/
AIR
19.26 cm/s.
4.5.2 Transport in Vapor Phase
It is usual to assume that whenever advective vapor flow is present, it dominates the trans
port process and the diffusive/dispersive processes can be neglected. In this case, the fate
and transport equation for a compound that partitions between the four phases (soil, water,
vapor, and (DNAPL) and is subject to firstorder degradation in the aqueous phase is
R
V
t
v
AIR
x
V
1
A
W
IR
k
AW
V (4.105)
where: V vapor phase concentration, v
AIR
poreair velocity,
W
volumetric mois
ture content,
AIR
volumetric vapor content, firstorder degradation rate in the
aqueous phase, k
A W
airwater partitioning coefficient, k
AW
C
W
/V, and R retar
dation factor,
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.19
u
r
4
2
k
p
A
A
IR
T
k
A
W
A
k
I
S
R
OIL
k
A W
k
N
A
A
IR
PL
NAPL
k
A
A
W
IR
(4.106)
where: k
SOIL
watersoil partitioning coefficient, k
SOIL
S/C
W
, S weight/weight con
centration of absorbed compound in soil, k
NAPL
NAPLwater partitioning coefficient,
k
NAPL
C
NAPL
/C
W
, C
NAPL
concentration of compound in the NAPL phase, k
AIR
vapor
water partitioning coefficient, k
AIR
V/C
W
, V concentration of compound in the vapor
phase,
B
bulk density of dry soil,
AIR
volumetric vapor content, and
NAPL
volu
metric NAPL content.
Division of the transport equation by the retardation factor yields
V
t
v
AIR,R
x
V
1
*
R
V (4.107)
where v
Air,R
v
AIR
/R and R k
A W
W
/(
AIR
R). Note that the form of this equation is the
same as the form of the one for transport in the saturated zone, except for the absence of
the dispersive term. Therefore, the analytical solutions presented for the saturated trans
port are valid for the vapor transport conditions.
When there is no advective transport in the vapor phase, the transport equation must
include diffusive fluxes in vapor and aqueous phases to yield
R
V
t
x
i
D
v
V
x
i
Dk
A W
V
x
i
A
W
IR
k
A W
V (4.108)
where D MillingtonQuirk dispersion coefficient for the aqueous phase, and D
v
MillingtonQuirk dispersion coefficient in the vapor phase. Assuming that the dispersion
coefficients do not vary in space leads to the following form of the transport equation:
V
t
2
x
V
i
2
V (4.109)
where
D
D
v
D
R
k
A W
(4.110)
and
I
W
R
R
(4.111)
Again, we note the similarity of this fate and transport equation to the one presented
for saturated transport and conclude that all the analytical solutions presented in Sec. 4.2
can, in principle, be used to analyze vapor phase transport.
Exercise. Given that water saturation S
w
0.20, porosity n 0.4, compound concentra
tion in soil vapor at depth L 2 m C
o
100 mg/L, compound concentration at the soil
surface C
s
0.01, and molecular diffusion coefficient of the compound D
o
0.087cm2/sec, estimate the compound mass flux in the vapor phase at the soil surface. The
effective vaporphase diffusion coefficient is given by
D D
o
n
A
3
2
.33
0.0026 cm
3
/s (4.20)
and the mass flux of compound A is estimated as follows:
4.20 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
q D
C
x
Co
L
Cs
0.0026[cm
2
/s]
100*
2
1
0
0
0
3
[
[
c
m
m
g
]
/cm
3
]
1.3[mg/(cm
2
s)] (4.112)
Exercise. Consider advective transport of a compound in vapor phase. The compound
partitions between vapor and aqueous phases according to the relationship
V K C (4.113)
where V concentration in vapor phase, C concentration in aqueous phase, and K
partitioning coefficient. Given vapor flux q, porosity n, and water saturation S
w
, estimate
the apparent (retarded) velocity of the compound. From the advective transport equation,
we have
C
t
T
V
x
(4.114)
where
C
T
C S
W
n V(1 S
W
)n Vn (1 S
W
)
K(1
S
W
S
W
1
_
,
(4.115)
Thus, for nonretarded tracers, we have
V
V
x
(4.116)
where porevapor velocity is
v
n(1
q
S
w
)
(4.117)
whereas for retarded compounds, we have
V
t
v
R
V
x
(4.118)
where the retarded velocity is given by
v
R
R
v
1 (4.119)
Exercise. Consider diffusive vertical transport of a compound in vapor phase. The com
pound is subject to firstorder degradation in the aqueous phase at rate and to partitions
between vapor and aqueous phases according to the following relationship:
V K C (4.113)
where V concentration in vapor phase, C concentration in aqueous phase, and K
partitioning coefficient. At the depth of 100 cm below the ground surface, the vapor con
centration of the compound was measured to be V
o
, whereas at the ground surface the con
centration was V
s
. Given the compounds diffusion coefficient in vapor phase D
o
, porosi
ty n, and water saturation S
w
, estimate the diffusive flux of the compound at the soil sur
face. The relevant mass transport equation is given by
v
K(1
S
W
S
W
)
2
x
V
2
nS
w
C 0 (4.120)
where
D D
o
n
A
3.
2
33
(4.19)
Substituting C V/K into the mass transport equation leads to
2
x
V
2
*
2
V 0 (4.121)
where
*
2
K
n
D
S
w
(4.122)
We solve the modified mass transport equation to obtain
V(x) C
1
exp[
x] C
2
exp[
x] (4.123)
where constants C
1
and C
2
are obtained from the boundary conditions
V(0) V
o
, and V(100) V
s
(4.124)
The compound's mass flux at the soil surface is estimated from
q D
(
x
x)
@x 100 (4.125)
REFERENCES
Bear, J., and Y. Bachmat, Introduction to Modeling of Transport Phenomena in Porous Media,
Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, The Netherlands, 1990.
Bear, J., Dynamics of Fluids in Porous Media, Dover Publications, New York,k 1972.
Bear, J., Hydraulics of Groundwater, McGraw Hill, New York, 1979.
Bouwer H., Groundwater Hydrology, McGraw Hill, New York, 1978.
Bruce, G. H., D. W. Peaceman, and H. H. Rachford, Jr., 1953. Calculations of UnsteadyState Gas
Flow Through Porous Media, Petroleum Transactions, AIME, 198: 1953.
Bureau of Reclamation, Ground Water Manual (Reprint), U.S. Department of the Interior
Washington, DC, 1995.
Cedergren H. R., Seepage, Drainage, and Flow Nets, 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York,
1989.
Charbeneau, R. J., Kinematic Models for Soil Moisture and Solute Transport, Water Resources
Research, 20: 699706, June, 1984.
Chirlin, G. R., A Critique of the Hvorslev Method for Slug Test Analysis: The Fully Penetrating
Well, Ground Water Monitoring Review, 130138, 1989.
Cho, J. S., 1991. Forced Air Ventilation for Remediation of Unsaturated Soils Contaminated by
VOC., Publication No. EPA/600/S291/016, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
D.C.
4.22 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
Dagam, G., Solute transport in heterogeneous porous formations, Journal of Fluid Mechanics,
145: 151177, 1984.
De Josselin Jong, G. Singularity Distribution for the Analysis of MultipleFluid Flow Through
Porous Media, Journal of Geophysical Research, 65: 37393758, 1960.
De Marsily G., Quantitative HydrogeologyGroundwater Hydrology for Engineers, Academic
Press, San Diego, CA,
De Smedt F., and P. J. Wirenga, Solute Transport Through Soil With Nonuniform Water Content,
Soil Science Society of America Journal, 42. (1): 1978.
Domenico, P. A., and F. W. Schwartz, Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology, John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 1990.
Dullien F. A. L., Porous Media: Fluid Transport and Pore Structure, 2nd ed., Academic Press, San
Diego, CA, 1992.
Edelman J. H., Groundwater Hydraulics of Extensive Aquifers, 2nd., International Institute for
Land Reclamation and Improvement, Bulletin No. 13, The Netherland, 1983.
Fetter, C. W., Contaminant Hydrogeology, Macmillan, New York, 1993.
Fetter, C. W., Applied Hydrogeology, Simon & Schuster, Company Englewood, NJ, 1994.
Freeze, R. A., and J. A. Cherry, Groundwater, PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1979.
Gelhar, L. W. and C. L. Axness. ThreeDimensional Stochastic Analysis of Macrodispersion in
Aquifers, Water Resources Research, 19 (1): 161180, 1983.
Germann, P. F., M. S. Smith, and G. W. Thomas, Kinematic Wave Approximation to the Transport
of Escherichia coli in the Vadose Zone, Water Resources Research. 23 (7), 12811287, 1987.
Girinsky, N. K. Determination of the Coefficient of Permeability, Gosgeolizdat, 1950.
Grubb, S. Analytical Model for Estimation of Steadystate Capture Zones of Pumping Wells in
Confined and Unconfined Aquifers, Ground Water, 31(1) 2732, 1993.
Hantush, M. S., Hydraulics of Wells, in Advances in Hydroscience, V. T. Chow, ed., Academic
Press, New York, 1964.
Hantush, M. S. Growth and Decay of Groundwatermounds in Response to Uniform Percolation.
Water Resources Research, 3 (1): 227234, 1967.
Harr, M. E., Groundwater and Seepage, Dover Publications, New York, 1990.
Haverkmp, R., M. Vauclin, J. Touma, P. J. Wierenga, and G. Vachaud, A Comparison of
Numerical Simulation Models for OneDimensional Infiltration, Soil Science Society America
Journal, 41: 285294, 1977.
Hinchee, R. E. ed., Air Sparging for Site Remediation, Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, FL, 1994.
Huisman, L., Groundwater Recovery, Winchester Press, New York, 1972.
Hunt, B. Seepage to Collection Gallery Near Seacoast, Water Resources Research, 21: 311316,
1985.
Hunt, B., Mathematical Analysis of Groundwater Resources, Butterworths, London, UK, 1983.
Jaffe, P. R., and R. A. Ferrara, Desorption Kinetics in Modeling of Toxic Chemicals, Journal of
Environmental Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers,109: 859867, 1983.
Javandel, I., and C. F. Tsang, Capturezone Type Curves: A Tool for Aquifer Cleanup. Ground
Water, 24: 616625, 1985.
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.23
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
I., C. Doughty, and C. F. Tsang, Groundwater Transport: Handbook of Mathematical Models,
American Geophysical Union, Washington, DC, 1987.
Johnson, P. C., M. W. Kemblowski, and J. D. Colthart, Quantitative Analysis for the Cleanup of
HydrocarbonContaminated Soils by insitu Soil Venting, Ground Water, 1990.
Johnson, P. C., C. C. Stanley, M. W. Kemblowski, D. L. Byers, and J. D. Colthart. A Practical
Approach to the Design, Operation, and Monitoring of in situ SoilVenting Systems. Ground
Water Monitoring Review, Spring, 1990.
Jury, W. A., Chemical Transport Modeling: Current Approaches and Unresolved Problems,
Chemical Mobility and Reactivity in Soil Systems, 1983, pp. 4964.
Jury, W. A., R. Grover, W. F. Spencer, and W. J. Farmer, Modeling Vapor Losses of Soil
Incorporated Triallate, Soil Science Society of America Journal, 44: 445450, 1980.
Jury. W. A., W. F. Spencer, and W. J. Farmer, Use of Models for Assessing Relative Volatility,
Mobility, and Persistence of Pesticides and other Trace Organics in Soil Systems. Hazard
Assessment of Chemicals: Current Developments, Vol. 2, 1983.
Keely, J. F. and C. F. Tsang, Velocity Plots and Capture Zones of Pumping Centers for Ground
Water Investigations. Ground Water, 21: 701714, 1983.
Kishi, Y. and Y. Fukuo, Studies on Salinization of Groundwater, I. Journal of Hydrology, 35:
129, 1977.
Kool, J. B., J. C. Parker, and M. T. van Genchten, Parameter Estimation for Unsaturated Flow and
Transport ModlesA Review. Journal of Hydrology, 91: 255293, 1987.
Kozeny, J., Thorie und Berchnung der Brunnen. Wasserkraft und Wasserwirtschaft, Nos. 810,
1933.
Marino, M. A., Artificial Groundwater Recharge: I. Circular Recharging Area, Journal of
Hydrology, 25: 201208, 1975.
Marshall, T. J., J. W. Holmes, and C. W. Rose, Soil Physics, 3rd ed., Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK, 1996.
McElwee, C., and M. Kemblowski, Theory and Application of an Approximate Model of
Saltwater Upconing in Aquifers, Journal of Hydrology, 115: pp 139163, 1990.
McWhorter, D. B. Steady and Unsteady Flow of Fresh Water in Saline Aquifers, Water
Management Technical Report No. 20, Council of U.S. Universities for Soil and Water
Development in Arid and SubHumid Areas, 1972.
Musa, M. and M. W. Kemblowski. Effective Capture Zone for a Single Well, Submitted to
Ground Water July 1994.
Newsom, J. M., and J. L. Wilson, Flow of Ground Water to a Well Near a Stream  Effect of
Ambient Groundwater Flow Direction. Ground Water, 25: 703711, 1988.
Oberlander, P. L. and R. W. Nelson, An Idealized GroundWater Flow and Chemical Transport
Model (SPATHS), Ground Water, 22: 441449, 1984.
Ostendorf, D. W., R. R. Noss, and D. O. Lederer, Landfill Leachate Migration through Shallow
Unconfined Aquifers, Water Resources Research, 20: 291296, 1984.
Palmer, C. M., Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology, Lewis Publishing, Chelsea, MI, 1992.
Pankow, J. F., R. L. Johnson, and J. A. Cherry, Air Sparging in Gate Wells in Cutoff Walls and
Trenches for Control of Plumes of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), Ground Water, 31:
654663, 1993.
4.24 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
Parker, J. C., and M. T. van Genuchten, Determining Transport Parameters from Laboratory ad
Field Tracer Experiments, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 843, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, 1984.
Parker, J. C., and M. T. van Genuchten, Fluxaveraged and VolumeAveraged Concentrations in
Coninuum Approaches to Solute Transport, Water Resources Research, 20: 886872, 1984.
Parker, J. C., K. Unlu, and M. W. Kemblowski, A Monte Carlo Model to Assess Effects of Land
Disposed E & P Waste on Groundwater, SPE Annual Technical Conference & Exhibition, 1993.
Philip, J. R. The theory of infiltration: 1. The infiltration equation and its solution. Soil Science.
83: 345357, 1957.
Raudkivi, A. J., and R. A. Callander, Analysis of Groundwater Flow, Edward Arnold, London, UK,
1976.
Rosenshein, J., and G. D. Bennet, eds., Groundwater Hydraulics, American Geophysical Union,
Washington, DC, 1984.
Rubin, H., and G. F. Pinder., Approximate Analysis of Upconing. Advances in Water Resources, 1
(2): 97101, 1977.
Sallam, A., W. A. Jury, and J. Letey, Measurement of Gas Diffusion Coefficient Under Relatively
Low AirFilled Porosity, Soil Science Society of America Journal 48:36, 1983.
Schiegg, H. O., Considerations on Water,. Oil and Air in Porous Media, Water Science
Technology, 17: 467476. 1984.
Shafer, J. M., Reverse Pathline Calculation of TimeRelated Capture Zones in Nonuniform Flow,
Ground Water 25: 283289, 1987.
Sikkema, P. C. and J. C. Van Dam, Analytical Formulae for the Shape of the Interface in a Semi
Confined Aquifer, Journal of Hydrology, 56: 201220, 1982.
Sposito, G., and W. A. Jury, Inspectional Analysis in the Theory of Water Flow Through
Unsaturated Soil, Soil Science Society of America Journal, 42 (1): 1985.
Sposito, G., Chemical Models of Inorganic Pollutants in Soils, CRC Critical Reviews in
Environmental Control, 15 (1): 124, undated.
Strausberg, S. I. Estimating Distances to Hydrologic Boundaries from Discharging Well Data,
19th Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Section of the Geological Society of America, Las
Vegas, NV, 1966.
Thornton, J. S., and W. L. Wootan, Jr., Venting for the Removal of Hydrocarbon Vapors from
Gasoline Contaminated Soil, Journal of Environmental Science and Health, A17 (1), 3144, 1982.
Todd, D. K., Groundwater Hydrology, 2th John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1980.
Todd, D. K., SaltWater Intrusion and Its Control. Journal of the American Water Works
Associations, 180187, 1973.
U. S. Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service, Analytical Solutions of the One
Dimensional ConvectiveDispersive Solute Transport Equation, Technical Bulletin No. 1661,
Unlu, K., M. W. Kemblowski, J. C. Parker, D. Stevens, P. K. Chong, and I. Kamil, A Screening
Model for Effects of LandDisposed Wastes on Groundwater Quality Journal of Contaminant
Hydrology, 11: 2749, 1992. Washington, DC, 1982
Van Genuchten M. T. and W. J. Alves, Analytic Solution of the OneDimensional Convective
Solute Transport Equation, Technical Bulletin. 1661, U.S. Departament of Agriculture,
Washington D.C., 1982.
Ward, C. H., M. B. Tomson, P. B. Bedient, and M. D. Lee, Transport and Fate Processes in the
Subsurface, Water Resources Symposium, Vol 13, WARSAG, 1987.
Subsurface Flow and Transport 4.25
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
Warrick, A. W. , J. W. Biggar, and D. R. Nielsen, Simultaneous Solute and Water Transfer for an
Unsaturated Soil, Water Resources Research. 7: 12161225, 1971.
Watson, K. K., and M. J. Jones, Algebraic Equations for Solute Movement During Absorption,
Water Resources Research, 20: 11311136, 1984.
Wilson, J. L., and L. W. Gelhar, Analysis of Longitudinal Dispersion in Unsaturated Flow 1: The
Analytical Method, Water Resources Research, 17 (1): 122130, 1984.
Wilson, J. L., and P. J. Miller, TwoDimensional Plume in Uniform GroundWater Flow 
Discussion, Journal of the Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers, 103
(HY12): 15671570, 1979.
Wilson, J. L., and P. J. Miller., TwoDimensional Plume in Uniform GroundWater Flow, Journal
of the Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers, 104 (HY4): 503514, 1978.
Wirojanagud, P., and R. Charbeneau., Saltwater Upconing in Unconfined Aquifers, Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers, 111: 417434, 1985.
Yeh, G. T., Analytical Transient One, Two, and ThreeDimensional Simulation of Waste Transport
in the Aquifer System, Environmental Sciences Division Publication No. 1439, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, 1981.
4.26 Chapter Four
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SUBSURFACE FLOW AND TRANSPORT
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The thermal, chemical, and biologic quality of water in rivers, lakes, reservoirs, and near
coastal areas is inseparable from a consideration of hydraulic engineering principles;
therefore, the term environmental hydraulics. In this chapter we discuss the basic princi
ples of water and thermal budgets as well as mixing and dispersion.
5.2 WATER AND THERMAL BUDGETS
5.2.1 Water Budget
A water budget is a statement of the law of conservation of mass or
(change in storage) (input) (output) (5.1)
and the expressions of the water budget can range from simple to very complex. For exam
ple, consider the lake or reservoir shown in Figure 5.1. For this situation, a generic water
budget could be written as follows:
d
d
S
t
s
(I
c
I
o
I
g
P
r
R
r
) (E
v
T
r
G
s
O
c
W) (5.2)
CHAPTER 5
ENVIRONMENTAL
HYDRAULICS
Richard H. French
Water Resources Center
Desert Research Institute
University and Community College System of Nevada
Reno, Nevada
Steven C. McCutcheon
Ecosystems Research Division
National Exposure Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Athens, Georgia
James L. Martin
AScI Corporation
Athens, Georgia
5.1
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
Source: HYDRAULIC DESIGN HANDBOOK
where I
c
channel inflow rate, I
o
overland inflow rate, I
g
groundwater inflow rate,
P
r
precipitation rate, R
r
return flow rate, E
v
evaporation rate, T
r
transpiration
rate, G
s
groundwater seepage rate, O
c
channel outflow rate, W consumptive with
drawal, and S
s
lake/reservoir storage rate at time t (volume).
The solution of Eq (5.2) quantifies the terms, and, in many cases, the goal of the mod
eling effort is to estimate the value of a single term or group of terms: for example, evap
otranspiration (E
v
T
r
). The reliability of using a water budget is directly related to the
accuracy of the prediction techniques used, the availability and quality of gauged data, and
the time period involved. Among the methods of evaluating the individual terms in Eq.
(5.2) are the following:
Channel inflow and outflow ( I
c
and O
c
)gauging, statistical simulation.
Overland inflow (I
o
)gauging, rainfallrunoff relationships.
Groundwater inflow and seepage rate (I
g
and G
s
)seepage equations, gauging.
Precipitation (P
r
)gauging, statistical simulation (Smith, 1993).
Evaporation and transpiration (E and T)gauging, evaporation/transpiration predic
tion relationships (Bowie et al. 1985; Shuttleworth, 1993).
Return flow and withdrawal (R
r
and W)gauging.
5.2 Chapter Five
FIGURE 5.1 A hypothetical lake illustrating the variables in the water budget.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.2.2 Thermal Budget
The total thermal budget for a body of water includes atmospheric heat exchange at the
air water interface (usually the dominant process), the effects of inflows (tributaries,
wastewater, and cooling water discharges), heat resulting from chemicalbiological reac
tions, and heat exchange with the stream bed. In the following sections, the primary com
ponents of the airwater interface heat budget will be briefly discussed; for further details
the reader is referred to Bowie et al., (1985), McCutcheon (1989), or Shuttleworth
(1993).
Atmospheric heat exchange at the airwater interface is given by
H Q
s
Q
sr
Q
a
Q
ar
Q
br
Q
e
Q
c
(5.3)
where H net surface heat flux, Q
s
shortwave radiation incident to the water surface
[3300 (kcal/m
2
)/h], Q
sr
reflected shortwave radiation [525 (kcalm
2
)/h], Q
a
incom
ing longwave radiation from the atmosphere (225360 kcal/m
2
/h), Q
ar
reflected long
wave radiation [515 (kcalm
2
)/hr], Q
br
longwave back radiation emitted by the water
body [220345 (kcalm
2
)/h], Q
e
energy utilized by evaporation [25900 (kcalm
2
)/h],
and Q
c
energy convected to or from the body of water (3550 kcalm
2
/hr). Note that
the ranges given are typical for the middle latitudes of the United States (Bowie et al.,
1985).
The equations for estimating the terms of the thermal budgets use a mixed set of units,
and appropriate conversions among the different units used are provided in Table 5.1.
5.2.2.1 Net atmospheric shortwave radiation (Q
s
Q
sr
) The net shortwave radiation
(Q
sn
) is that portion of the incident shortwave radiation captured at the ground, taking into
account losses caused by reflection. Although solar radiation can be measured with spe
cialized meteorological stations equipped with radiometers, these instruments require
painstaking calibration and maintenance. In most cases, measured values of solar radia
tion are not available at the location of interest and must be estimated from equations.
Among the formulations for estimating net shortwave solar radiation is
Q
sn
Q
s
Q
sr
0.94Q
sc
(1 0.65C
2
c
) (5.4)
where Q
sc
clear sky solar radiation [kcalm
2
)/h) and C
c
fraction of sky covered by
clouds (Anderson, 1954; Ryan and Harleman, 1973). It is pertinent to note that Eq. (5.4)
Environmental Hydraulics 5.3
TABLE 5.1 Useful Energy Conversions for Energy Budget Calculations
1Btuft
2
/day = 0.131 W/m
2
= 0.271 Ly/day = 0.113 (kcalm
2
)/h
1 watt/m
2
= 7.61 Btuft
2
)/day = 2.07 Ly/day = 0.86 (kcalm
2
)/h
1 Ly/day = 0.483 W/m
2
= 3.69 (Btu/ft
2
)/day = 0.42 (kcalm
2
)/h
1 (kcalm
2
)/hr = 1.16 W/m
2
= 2.40 Ly/day = 8.85 (Btuft
2
)/day
1 kpa = 10 mb = 7.69 mm Hg = 0.303 in (Hg)
1 mb = 0.1 kpa = 0.769 mm Hg = 0.03 in (Hg)
1 mm Hg = 1.3 mb = 0.13 kpa = 0.039 in (Hg)
1 in Hg = 33.0 mb = 25.4 mm Hg = 3.3 kpa
Abbreviations Ly Langleys; mb millibar; and Btu British Thermal Unit
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.4 Chapter Five
assumes average reflectance at the Waters surface and uses clear sky solar radiation. In
some situations, the effects of atmospheric attenuation are much greater than normal and
more complex equations are required (e.g., 1972). Clear sky radiation (Q
sc
) can be esti
mated as a function of calendar month and latitude from Fig. 5.2.
Shortwave solar radiation is absorbed at the waters surface and penetrates the water
column, depending on the wavelength of the radiation, the properties of the water, and the
matter suspended in the water. The degree of penetration of shortwave solar radiation
(sunlight) into the water column has a significant effect not only on water temperature but
also on the rate of photosynthesis by aquatic plants and the general clarity, color and aes
thetic quality of the water. The penetration of shortwave solar radiation is described by
I I
o
exp (k
e
y) (5.5)
where I light intensity at depth y, K
e
extinction coefficient, and I
o
light intensity
at the surface (y 0).
Values of the extinction coefficient can be estimated by several methods. For example,
measurement of total light penetration into a water column can be made by using a pyre
heliometer positioned at the surface that measures the total incoming solar radiation.
Simultaneously, an underwater photometer is lowered and the radiation is recorded at each
of a series of depths throughout the water column. Then, a value of K
e
can be estimated
by linear leastsquares regression. An alternative but traditional, simpler, and less accu
rate method to estimate K
e
is to lower a target into the water column until, by eye, the tar
get just disappears. A standardized target (Secchi disk) is commonly used, and a number
of investigators (Beeton, 1958; French et al., 1982; Sverdrup et al, 1942;) have developed
empirical relationships between, the Secchi disk depth (y
s
) and the extinction coefficient
of the form.
K
e
(
1.2 to
y
s
1.9)
(5.6)
Finally, the depth (y
e
) at which 1 percent of the surface radiation still remains (the
euphotic depth) is given from Eq. (5.5) as
y
e
4
K
.6
e
1
(5.7)
5.2.2.2 Net atmospheric longwave radiation (Q
a
Q
ar
) Atmospheric radiation is char
acterized by much longer wavelengths than solar radiation because the major emitting
elements are water vapor, carbon dioxide, and ozone. The approach generally used to
estimate this flux involves the empirical estimation of an overall atmospheric emissivity
and the use of the StephanBoltzman law (Ryan and Harleman, 1973). Swinbank (1963)
developed the following equation, which has been used in many water quality models:
Q
an
Q
a
Q
ar
1.16 10
13
(1 0.17C
2
c
)(T
a
460)
6
(5.8)
where Q
an
net longwave atmospheric radiation (Btuft
2
/day), C
c
fraction of sky cov
ered by clouds, and T
a
dry bulb air temperature (F).
5.2.2.3 Longwave back radiation (Q
br
) The longwave back radiation from a water
surface in most cases is the largest of all the fluxes in the heat budget (Ryan
and Harleman, 1973). The emissivity of a water surface is well known; therefore, this
flux can be estimated with a high degree of accuracy as a function of the water surface
temperature:
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Environmental Hydraulics 5.5
F
I
G
U
R
E
5
.
2
C
l
e
a
r
s
k
y
s
o
l
a
r
r
a
d
i
a
t
i
o
n
.
(
F
r
o
m
H
a
m
o
n
e
t
a
l
.
1
9
5
4
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Q
br
0.97T
4
s
(5.9)
where Q
br
longwave back radiation (cal/m
2
/s), T
s
surface water temperature (
0
K),
and StefanBoltzman constant (1.357 10
8
calm
2
/s/K
4
)
5.2.2.4 Evaporative heat flux (Q
e
) Evaporative heat loss (kcal/m
2
/s) occurs as a result
of the change of state of water from a liquid form to vapor and is estimated by
Q
a
L
w
E
v
(5.10)
where L
w
latent heat of vaporization (597 0.57T
s
, kcal/kg), T
s
surface water tem
perature (C), E
v
evaporation rate (m/s), and water density (kg/m
3
).
A standard expression for evaporation from a natural water surface is
E
v
(a bW)(e
s
e
a
) (5.11)
where E
v
evaporation rate (m/s), a and b empirical coefficients, W wind speed at
some specified distance above the water surface (m/s), e
s
saturation vapor pressure at
the temperature of the water surface (mb), and e
a
vapor pressure of the overlying atmos
phere (mb). In many cases, the empirical coefficient a has been taken as zero with 1
10
9
b 5 10
9
(Bowie et al., 1985). The saturated vapor pressure can be estimated
(Thackston, 1974) by
e
s
exp
j
,
(
17.62
T
s
9
50
4
1
60
\
(
,
(5.12)
where e
s
is in inches of Hg, and T
s
water surface temperature (F). There are a number
of ways of estimating e
a
, depending on the available data. For example, if the relative
humidity (R
H
) is known, then
R
H
e
e
a
s
(5.13)
and then if the wet bulb temperature and atmospheric pressure are known (Brown and
Barnwell, 1987)
e
a
e
s
0.000367P
a
(T
a
T
wb
)
j
,
(
1
T
w
1
b
5
71
32
\
(
,
(5.14)
where all pressures are in (in Hg), all temperatures are in (F), P
a
atmospheric pressure,
and T
wb
wet bulb temperature. The relationship among the air and wet bulb tempera
tures (F) and relative humidity (Thackston, 1974) is
T
wb
(0.655 0.36R
H
)T
a
(5.15)
There are many equations for estimating the rate of evaporation. For example, Jobson
(1980) developed a modified formula that was used in the temperature modeling of the
San Diego Aqueduct and subsequently was modified for use on the Chattahoochee River
in Georgia (Jobson and Keefer, 1979). McCutcheon (1982) noted that, in many models,
the wind speed function is a catchall term that compensates for many factors, such as (1)
numerical dispersion in some models, (2) the effects of wind direction, fetch, channel
width, sinuosity, bank, and tree height, (3) the effects of depth, turbulence, and lateral
velocity distribution; and (4) the stability of air moving over the stream. (Fetch is the dis
tance over which the wind blows or causes shear over the waters surface.) Finally, it is
5.6 Chapter Five
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
important to note that evaporation estimators that work well for lakes or reservoirs will not
necessarily provide the same level of performance when used in streams, rivers, or con
structed open channels.
5.2.2.5 Convective heat flux (Q
c
). Convective heat is transferred between air and water
by conduction and is transported to or from the airwater interface by convection. The con
vective heat flux is related to the evaporative heat flux (Q
e
) by the Bowen ratio (Bowie et
al., 1985), or
R
B
Q
Q
c
e
(6.19 10
4
)P
a
T
e
s
s
T
e
a
a
(5.16)
where all temperatures are in (C), all pressures are in (mb), and R
B
Bowen ratio.
5.2.2.6 Conclusion. The foregoing is a brief summary of the approaches used most fre
quently to estimate surface heat exchange in numerical models. The reader is referred to
other publications for a more detailed discussion of the approaches (Bowie et al., 1985)
and meteorological data requirements (Shanahan, 1984). Note that each situation should
be considered carefully from the viewpoint of specific factors that must be taken into
account. For example, in most lakes, estuaries, and deep rivers, the thermal flux through
the bottom is not significant. However, in water bodies with depths less than 3 m (10 ft),
bed conduction of heat can be significant in determining the diurnal variation of temper
atures within the body of water (Jobson, 1980, Jobson and Keefer, 1979).
5.3 EFFECTS AND CAUSES OF STRATIFICATION
5.3.1 Effects
The density of water is strongly affected by temperature and the concentrations of dis
solved and suspended solids. Regardless of the cause of differences in water density, water
with the greatest density is found at the bottom, whereas water with the least density resides
at the surface. When density gradients are strong, vertical mixing is inhibited. Stratification
is the establishment of distinct layers of water of different densities (Mills et al., 1982).
Stratification is enhanced by quiescent conditions and is destroyed by in a body of water
phenomenasc that encourage mixing (wind stress, turbulence caused by large inflows, and
destabilizing changes in water temperature). In many bodies of water (rivers, lakes, and
reservoirs), stratification is the single most important phenomena affecting water quality.
When stratification is absent, the water column is mixed vertically and dissolved oxy
gen (DO) is present in the vertical water column from the top to the bottom: that is, fully
mixed water columns do not have DO deficit problems. For example, when stratification
occurs, in reservoirs and lakes mixing is limited to the epliminion or surface layer. Since
stratification inhibits, vertical mixing is inhibited by stratification, and reaeration of the
bottom layer (the hypoliminion) is inhibited if not eliminated. The thermocline (the layer
of steep thermal gradient between the epiliminion and hypoliminion) limits not only mix
ing but also photosynthetic activity as well. The hypolimnion has a base oxygen demand
and benthic matter and the settling of particulate matter, from the epiliminion only adds
to this demand. Therefore, while the demands of DO in the hypoliminion increase during
the period of stratification, inhibition of mixing between the epiliminion and the
hypolimnion and the lack of photosynthetic activity deplete the DO concentrations in the
Environmental Hydraulics 5.7
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.8 Chapter Five
hypolimnion. Finally, a rule of thumb suggests that when water temperature is the pre
dominant cause of differences in water density a temperature gradient of at least 1
C/m is
required to define the thermocline (Mills et al., 1982).
The density of water can be estimated by
T
s
(5.17)
where water density (kg/m
3
),
T
water density as a function of temperature, and
s
increments in density caused by solids.
5.3.2 Water Density as a Function of Temperature
A number of formulations have been proposed to estimate
T
and among these are
T
999.8452594 6.793952 10
2
Te
9.095290 10
3
Te
2
1.001685 10
4
Te
3
(5.18)
1.120083 10
6
Te
4
6.536332 10
9
Te
5
where T
e
water temperature in C(Gill, 1982).
5.3.3 Water Density as a Function of Dissolved Solids or Salinity and
Suspended Solids
In most cases, data for dissolved solids are in the form of total dissolved solids
(TDS); however, in some cases, salinity may be specified. The density increment for dis
solved solids can be estimated by
TDS
C
TDS
(8.221 10
4
3.87 10
6
Te 4.99 10
8
Te
2
) (5.19)
(Ford and Johnson, 1983), where C
TDS
concentration of TDS (g/m
3
or mg/L). If the con
centration of TDS is specified in terms of salinity (Gill, 1982).
SL
C
SL
(0.824493 4.0899 10
3
Te 7.6438 10
5
Te
2
8.2467 10
7
Te
3
5.3875 10
9
Te
4
)
C
SL
1.5
(5.72466 10
3
1.0277 10
4
Te
1.6546 10
6
Te
2
) 4.8314 10
4
C
SL
2
(5.20)
where C
SL
concentration of salinity (kg/m
3
). The density increment for suspended
solids is
ss
C
ss
j
,
(
1.
S
1
G
\
(
,
10
3
(5.21)
where S
G
specific gravity of the suspended sediment. (Ford and Johnson, 1983).
The total density increment caused by solids is then
s
(
TDS
or
SL
)
SS
(5.22)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Environmental Hydraulics 5.9
5.4 MIXING AND DISPERSION IN OPEN CHANNELS
Turbulent diffusion (mixing) refers to the random scattering of particles in a flow by tur
bulent motions, whereas dispersion is the scattering of particles by the combined effects
of shear and transverse turbulent diffusion. Shear is the advection of a fluid at different
velocities at different positions within the flow.
When a tracer is injected into a homogeneous channel flow, the advective transport
process can be viewed as composed of three stages. In the first stage, the tracer is diluted by
the flow in the channel because of its initial momentum. In the second stage, the tracer is
mixed throughout the cross section by turbulent transport processes. In the third stage, lon
gitudinal dispersion tends to erase longitudinal variations in the tracer concentration. In
some cases, the second stage is eliminated because the tracer discharge has a significant
amount of initial momentum associated with it; however, in many cases, the tracer flow is
small and the momentum associated with it is insignificant. In the latter case, the first trans
port stage is eliminated. In this treatment, only the second and third transport stages will be
treated, with the implied assumption that if there is a first stage, it can be treated separately.
The reader is cautioned that, in this chapter, y is the vertical coordinate direction and z
is the transverse coordinate direction.
5.4.1 Vertical Turbulent Diffusion
To develop a quantitative expression for the vertical turbulent diffusion coefficient,
consider a relatively shallow flow in a wide rectangular channel. It can be shown that the
vertical transport of momentum in such a flow is given by
v
d
d
v
y
(5.23)
where shear stress at a distance y above the bottom boundary, fluid density,
v
v
kv
*
y
d
j
,
(
y
y
d
\
(
,
j
,
(
1
y
y
d
\
(
,
(5.24)
where k von Karmans turbulence constant (0.41), y
d
depth of flow, v
*
shear veloc
ity ( g y
d
S), and S longitudinal channel slope (French, 1985). The depthaveraged
value of
v
is
v
0.067y
d
v
*
(5.25)
When the fluid is stably stratified, mixing in the vertical direction is inhibited, and one
often quoted formula expressing the relationship between the unstratified and stratified
vertical mixing coefficient was provided by Munk and Anderson (1948):
vs
1 3.3
v
3 Ri)
1.5
(5.26)
where
vs
the stratified vertical mixing coefficient.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.4.2 Transverse Turbulent Diffusion
In the infinitely wide channel hypothesized to derive Eq. (5.24), there is no transverse
velocity profile; therefore, a quantitative expression for
t
, the transverse turbulent diffu
sion coefficient, cannot be derived from theory. The following equations to estimate
t
derived from experiments by Fischer et al., (1979), and Lau and Krishnappen (1977).
In straight rectangular channels, an approximate average of the results available is
t
0.15y
d
v
*
50% (5.27)
where the 50 percent indicates the error incurred in estimating
t
. In natural channels,
t
is significantly greater than the value estimated by Eq. (5.27). For channels that can be
classified as slowly meandering with only moderate boundary irregularities
t
0.60y
d
v
*
50% (5.28)
If the channel has curves of small radii, rapid changes in channel geometry, or severe
bank irregularities, then the value of
t
will be larger than that estimated by Eq. (5.28).
For example, in the case of meanders, Fischer (1969) estimated that
t
25
V
R
2
2
y
c
v
3
d
*
(5.29)
where a slowly meandering channel is one in which
R
T
c
V
v
*
2 (5.30)
and R
c
radius of the curve.
As stated above, the complete advective transport process in a twodimensional flow
can be conveniently viewed as composed of three stages. In the second stage, the prima
ry transport mechanism is turbulent diffusion, and a comparison of Eqs. (5.25) and (5.27)
shows that the rate of transverse mixing is roughly 10 times greater than the rate of verti
cal mixing. Thus, the rate at which a plume of tracer spreads laterally is an order of mag
nitude larger than is the rate of spread in the vertical direction. However, most channels
are much wider than they are deep. In a typical case, it will take approximately 90 times
as long for a plume to spread completely across the channel as it will take to mix in the
vertical dimension. Therefore, in most applications, it is appropriate to begin by assuming
that the tracer is uniformly distributed over the vertical.
In a diffusional process in which the tracer is added at a constant mass flow rate (M
*
)
at the center line of a bounded channel (C/z 0 at z 0 and C/z 0 at z T), the
downstream concentration of tracer is given approximately by
C
C
4
1
x'
exp
j
,
(
(z' 2
4
n
x
'
z
o
')
2
\
(
,
exp
j
,
(
(z' 2
4
n
x'
z
o
')
2
\
(
,
(5.31)
where
C'
V
M
T
*
y
d
V
x
T
t
2
and
z'
T
z
A reasonable criterion for the distance required for complete mixing (where the con
centration is within 5 percent of its mean value everywhere in the cross section) from a
centerline discharge is
L
0.1
V
t
T
2
(5.32)
If the pollutant is discharged at the side of the channel, the width over which the mix
ing must take place is twice that for centerline injection, but the boundary conditions are
otherwise identical and Eq. (5.32) applies if T is replaced with 2T.
5.4.3 Longitudinal Dispersion
After a tracer becomes mixed across the cross section, the final stage in the mixing process
is the reduction of longitudinal gradients by dispersion. If a conservative tracer is dis
charged at a constant rate into a channel, the flow rate of which also is constant, there is
no need to be concerned about dispersion; however, in the case of an accidental release
(spill) of a tracer into a channel or the release is cyclic, dispersion is important. The one
dimensional equation governing longitudinal dispersion is
C
t
V
C
x
K
2
2
C
x
S (5.33)
where K the longitudinal dispersion coefficient and S sources or sinks of materials.
The initial work in dispersion, beginning with Taylor (1954), assumed a prismatic chan
nel. However, natural streams have bends, sandbars, side pools, inchannel pools, bridge
piers, and other natural and anthropogenic changes, and every irregularity in the channel
contributes to longitudinal dispersion. Some channels may be so irregular that no reason
able approximation of dispersion is possible: for example, a mountain stream consisting
of pools and riffles.
Fischer et al. (1979) presented a number of methods of approximating K in a natural
open channel. Of these, the most practical is
K
0.01
y
1
d
v
V
*
2
T
2
(5.34)
Equation (5.33) depends on a crude estimate of
t
and does not reflect the existence of
dead zones in natural channels. However, it does have the advantage of relying only on
the usually available estimates of depth, velocity, width, and surface slope.
With regard to the solution of the dispersion equation, the following observations are
pertinent:
1. The longitudinal dispersion analysis is not valid until the end of the initial period,
when
x
0.4
V
t
T
2
(5.35)
Environmental Hydraulics 5.11
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.12 Chapter Five
2. In the case of a slug of dispersing material (mass M), the longitudinal length of the
cloud after the initial period can be estimated approximately by
L 4
,
,
2K
t
T
2
j
,
(
V
x
T
t
2
0.07
\
(
,
]
]
]
0.5
(5.36)
and the peak concentration within the dispersing cloud is
C
max
(5.37)
Note that the observed value of the peak concentration will generally be less than this
estimate because some of the material is trapped in dead zones and some of the typical
tracers (Martin and Mc Cutcheon, 1999) sorb onto sediment particles.
5.5 MIXING DISPERSION IN LAKES AND RESERVOIRS
Important factors in the hydraulic design, operation, and analysis of spills in reservoirs
and lakes include (1) determining vertical stratification to guide lake monitoring and the
design withdrawal structures, (2) locating the plunge point or separation point to deter
mine how inflows mix, (3) computing the dilution and mixing of inflows and the time
required to travel through a reservoir or lake, and (4) determining the quality of with
drawals or outflows and effects on the quality of reservoir water. The elevation and flow
through withdrawal structures at dams are selected to control flooding and achieve cer
tain waterquality targets or standards. The stratification, mixing, and travel of inflows
are determined to design waterintake structures at dams or other locations in lakes, to
forecast the habitat and fisheries that a proposed reservoir may support, and to track
chemical spills or flood waters through reservoirs. This section is based on
Chaps. 8 and 9 in Martin and McCutcheon (1999), which provide a number of sample
calculations.
Many lakes and reservoirs stratify for part of the year into an epilimnion, thermocline,
and hypolimnion illustrated in Fig. 5.3. The depth and thickness of the thermocline or met
alimnion vary with location and time of the year and even time of the day to a limited
extent. The thermocline represents the interface between a wellmixed surface layer, or
epilimnion, and the cooler, deeper hypolimnion. In freshwater lakes, the thermocline is
defined by a minimum temperature gradient of 1C/m. When a distinct interface does not
exist, the thermocline, epilimnion, and hypolimnion may not be defined. Mixing process
es also are different in riverine, transition, and lacustrine zones (Fig. 5.3). Mixing in the
riverine zone is dominated by advection and bottom shear, and turbulence is generally dis
sipated under the same conditions. Seiche, wind mixing, boundary shear, boundary intru
sion, withdrawal shear, internal waves, and dissipation of turbulence generated elsewhere
cause mixing in the lacustrine zone. Buoyancy resulting from stable stratification stabi
lizes or prevents mixing. In the transition zone, ending at the plunge point or separation
point, buoyancy begins to balance the advective force of the inflow. There are three
sources of energy for mixing: (1) inflows from tributaries, overland runoff, and dis
charges, (2) withdrawal at dams, discharges at control structures, and natural outflows,
and (3) wind shear, solar heating and cooling, heat conduction and evaporation, and other
meteorological forces.
M
C
g
p
w
H
3
*
n
5.9 10
9
H
w
3
*
n
(5.39)
where w
*
= the shear velocity of the wind (m/s), = an empirical coefficient approxi
mately equal to the von Karman constant of 0.4, = the volumetric coefficient of thermal
expansion for water (1.8 10
4
/C), H
n
surface heat flux (W/m
2
), = the density of
water ( 1000 kg/m
3
), and C
p
= the specific heat of water (4186J/kgC).
The wind shear velocity is
w
*
a
C
2
w
1.27 10
3
u
w
, (5.40)
where u
w
= the wind speed (m/s),
a
= the density of air (kg/m
3
), and C
d
= the drag coef
ficient, which usually is taken to be 1.3 10
3
. (See Martin and McCutcheon (1998) to
estimate the net thermal energy flux.)
5.5.1 Annual Stratification Cycle
In freshwater lakes, stratification results when the sun heats the water faster than wind
shear can mix the heat over the depth. In saline lakes, differences in both temperature and
dissolved solids cause stratification. Stratification involving salinity may persist year
round in deeper saline lakes. The onset of stratification in freshwater lakes occurs in late
V
o
y
o
L
L
Q
y
avg
1/3
1/3
(5.41)
where Q the riverine inflow rate (m
3
/s) equal to VA, A the crosssectional flow in area
of the river (m
2
), B the conveyance width (m), and q the flow per unit width (m
2
/s).
Similar expressions were proposed by Akiyama and Stefan (1984), Jain (1981), Singh and
Shah (1971), and Wunderlich and Elder (1973), among and others. Savage and Brimberg
(1973) developed an independent expression for the Froude number at the plunge point or
point of separation (Fr
p
) based on the conservation of energy and the theory of twolay
ered flow in stratified water bodies, which can be expressed as
Fr
p
j
,
(
S
f
b
b
\
(
,
0.478
(5.42)
where f
b
the dimensionless bed friction factor and f
i
dimensionless interfacial fric
tion. Martin and McCutcheon (1998) have illustrated the calculations and summarized the
validation of these equations by an example derived from Ford and Johnson (1981, 1983).
For a triangular cross section with an angle 2 between the channel or valley walls, the
hydraulic depth is onehalf the total depth. The area of the cross section (m
2
) is A y
2
o
tan(), which, when substituted into the expression for the normal densimetric number Fr
n
and solved for the hydraulic depth y
o
(m), is
y
o
0.5
1\5
where the bottom depth (distance between water surface and apex of the triangular cross
section) is twice the hydraulic depth for a triangular cross section. Hebbert et al. (1979)
derived an expression for the downstream densimetric Froude number at the plunge point
or separation point F
p
for normal flow (S
B
0.007) in a triangular crosssection, related
to the reservoir characteristics as
2Q
2
Fr
n
2
tan
2
()
2.05
f
f
b
i
q
2
Fr
p
2
g
Q
2
Fr
2
p
g
B
2
5.16 Chapter Five
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Fr
2
n
sin()
C
t
D
an(S
b
)
[1 0.85 C
1/2
D
sin ()] (5.44)
where C
D
the dimensionless bottom drag coefficient [C
D
(f
i
f
b
)/4].
Equations (5.42) and (5.44) are based on characteristics of the reservoir or lake. (See
Martin and McCutcheon (1998) and Gu et al. (1996) for an example of the calcula
tions.)
5.5.3 Speed, Thickness, and Width of Overflows
Martin and McCutcheon (1998) have noted that the speed of an overflow (v
of
with dimen
sions m/s) can be estimated from the celerity of a wave in a frictionless flow, but this con
sistently overestimates the rate of spread. Instead, Koh (1976) developed a more practi
cal semiempirical expression based on uniform flow which reduces to (Ford and
Johnson, 1983)
v
of
1.04
of
where the thickness of the overflow y
of
(m) can be estimated from (Kao, 1976) as
y
of
1.24
,
,
]
]
]
1/3
(5.46)
In natural settings, overflows are usually dissipated by mixing caused by wind and solar
heating before traveling too far.
Horizontal spreading of an overflow is estimated using the inflow Fr defined by Eq.
(5.38). Safaie (1979, cited in Ford and Johnson, 1983) found that for Fr
d
3, the flow is
an unsteady, buoyancydriven spread and can be assumed to be completely mixed lateral
ly except for abrupt changes in the entrance geometry. Typically, reservoirs widen gradu
ally where major tributaries enter, but lakes may have an abrupt widening at the mouth of
tributaries. For Fr
d
3, the inflow acts like a jet that expands proportionally with distance
B(x) B
0
cx where B(x) the overflow width (m) at distance x measured from the sep
aration point (m), B
0
the width of the riverine or tributary flow at the separation point
(m), and c a dimensionless empirical constant (Ford and Johnson, 1983). From labora
tory experiments with plane jets, the value of c has been determined to be approximately
0.16 (Fischer et al. 1979; Ford and Johnson, 1983).
5.5.4 Underflow or Density Current Mixing
Underflows are dominated by two mixing processes. First, significant mixing occurs dur
ing the plunge beneath the surface. Second, shear at the interface with ambient lake or
reservoir water will result in mixing and entrainment as the underflow moves downward.
The initial turbulent mixing of the plunging flow will increase the total flow rate of the
underflow and reduce the density and concentration gradients. The fraction entrainment
caused by plunging is (Q
p
Q)/Q, where Q
p
is the flow rate at the plunge point (m
3
/s) and
Q is the river flowrate (m
3
/s). For mild slopes S
B
< 0.007, is on the order of 0.15
(Akiyama and Stefan, 1984). The depth of the underflow is the normal depth of flow. For
steep slopes S
B
> 0.007, is on the order of 1.18 and the density current depth is the crit
q
2
C
(5.47)
where C is the inflow concentration (g/m
3
or mg/L
3
) or temperature (C), C
a
is the ambi
ent concentration (g/m
3
or mg/L
3
) or temperature (C) of the lake, and C
p
is the concen
tration (g/m
3
or mg/L
3
) or temperature (C) of the plunging flow after initial mixing.
The mixing after plunging results from bottom shear as well as shear at the interface
of the underflow with ambient lake water. For a triangular cross section, the entrainment
coefficient is (Imberger and Patterson, 1981).
E
1
2
C
k
C
3/2
D
Fr
2
b
(5.48)
where laboratory experiments indicate that C
k
is approximately 3.2 (Hebbert et al. 1979),
C
D
the dimensionless bottom drag coefficient defined following Eq (5.42), Fr
b
the inter
nal fronde number
Fr
b
b
b
h
b
(5.49)
where u
b
underflow velocity, h
b
underflow depth, and
b
relative density differ
ence. The entrainment coefficient E is a constant for a specific body of water.
y
uf
(6/5)Ex y
O
The depth or thickness of the underflow (m) is a linear function of the entrainment
coefficient (Hebbert et al. 1979; Imberger and, 1981), where x is the distance downstream
from the plunge point (m) and y
o
is the initial thickness of the underflow (m) that is
approximately equal to the depth at the plunge point. If entrainment is limited, the depth
of the underflow remains approximately constant as long as the bottom slope remains con
stant. The increase in flow rate because of entrainment for an underflow in a triangular
cross section is solved iteratively as
Q(x) Q
1
,
,
j
,
(
y
y
u
1
\
(
,
5/3
1
]
]
] (5.50)
where Q
1
the discharge (m
3
/s) and y
1
the depth (m) from the previous calculation
step. For the initial iteration, Q
1
the discharge at the plunge point Q
p
(m
3
/s) and y
1
N
q
L
I
2
I
B
I
Q
N
I
L
2
I
(5.51)
where q
I
the interflow rate per unit width following entrainment at the intrusion point
( m
2
/s), L
I
the length of the reservoir at the level of intrusion (m), Q
I
the interflow rate
(m
2
/s), B
I
the intrusion width (m), and N the buoyancy frequency (s
1
) expressed as
N
I
y
(5.52)
where
I
density difference between the layers into which the flow is intruding
(kg/m
3
),
I
density of the intrusion (kg/m
3
), and y
I
the thickness of the depth of the
intrusion (m). The dimensionless Grashof number G
r
is the square of the ratio of the dis
sipation time to the internal wave period or
G
r
2
2
L
v
4
I
(5.53)
where
v
the vertically averaged diffusivity (m
2
/s). Generally, if G
r
1, then an inter
nal wave field will decay slowly, but if G
r
1 then viscous dissipation damps waves
quickly (Fischer et al. 1979). Imberger and Patterson (1981) also introduced a dimen
sionless time variable
t
*
G
t
r
N
1/6
I
I
y
I
\
(
,
1/2
where
m
the density of the intrusion. The difference in density in the computation
of the buoyancy frequency is that occurring over the thickness of the intrusion h
m
,
which, along with the relationship u
m
q
m
/h
m
, can be substituted into the above equa
tion to yield an alternative formulation for the speed of intrusion. The thickness of the
interflow can be solved by assuming uniform flow (Ford and Johnson, 1983).
h
m
2.99
,
,
]
]
]
1/3
(5.55)
q
2
m
m
m
constant, where v
in
is the velocity of the interflow; C the concentration or temperature;
B the reservoir width, which may vary with distance from the separation or detachment
point; and h
n
the thickness of the interflow.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Environmental Hydraulics 5.21
F
I
G
U
R
E
5
.
4
R
e
s
e
r
v
o
i
r
w
i
t
h
d
r
a
w
a
l
.
(
A
d
a
p
t
e
d
f
r
o
m
M
a
r
t
i
n
a
n
d
M
c
C
u
t
c
h
e
o
n
,
1
9
9
8
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.22 Chapter Five
5.5.6 Outflow Mixing
The withdrawal velocity profile is used in models CEQUALR1 (Environmental
Laboratory, 1985) and CEQUALW2 (Cole and Buchak, 1993) and in calculations to pre
dict the effects of withdrawals on reservoir and tail race water quality. The extent of a
withdrawal zone (Fig. 5.4) strongly depends on the ambient lake stratification and release
rate, location of the withdrawal, and reservoir bathymetry. For a given outflow rate and
location, the withdrawal zone thins as the density gradient increases. Depending on the
degree of stratification, withdrawal rate and location, and other factors related to the
design of the dam and the bathymetry of the reservoir, the withdrawal zone may be thin
or may extend to the reservoir bottom or water surface. Within the withdrawal zone, the
velocity distribution will vary from a maximum velocity to zero at the limits of the zone,
depending on the shape of the density profile. The maximum velocity is not necessarily
centered on the withdrawal port.
A number of methods predict the extent of withdrawal zones and the resulting veloci
ty distributions. Fischer et al. (1979) described methods of computing withdrawal patterns
similar to those used in the analysis of interflows in the previous section. The Box
Exchange Transport, Temperature, and Ecology of Reservois (BETTER) model and the
SELECT model based on the original work of Bohan and Grace (1973) are the more prac
tical approaches. The BETTER model, applied to a number of Tennessee Valley Authority
reservoirs, computes the thickness of the withdrawal zone above and below the outlet ele
vation from y c
w
Q
out
, where Q
out
the total outflow rate and c
w
is a thickness coeffi
cient. The model assumes a triangular or Gaussian flow distribution to distribute flows
within the withdrawal zone (Bender et al. 1990).
The SELECT model (Davis et al. 1985) computes the inpool vertical distribution of
outflow and concentrations of water quality constituents, the outlet configuration and
depth, and the discharge rate (Stefan et al. 1989). The SELECT code also is applied as
subroutines in generalized reservoir models, such as CEQUALR1 (Environmental
Laboratory, 1985). The model is based on the following equations.
The theoretical limits of withdrawal (Bohan and Grace, 1973) were modified by Smith
et al. (1985) to include the withdrawal angle as
Z
Q
3
o
N
ut
(5.61)
where Z distance from the port center line to the upper or lower withdrawal limit;
the withdrawal angle (radians); and N the buoyancy frequency [g/(Z)]
1/2
, in which
the difference in density between that at the upper or lower withdrawal limit and at
the port centerline; and the density (kg/m
3
) at the port center line. The convention is
that is positive for stably stratified flows such that (upper limit) (with
drawal port) or (withdrawal port) (lower limit). The elevation of the water
surface, the bottom, of the reservoir, and the withdrawal port and the density profile must
be known. The equation must be solved iteratively since both the distance from the port
center line Z and the density as a function of Z are unknown. A typical solution procedure
where the upper and lower withdrawal zones can form freely within the reservoir without
interference at the surface or bottom is as follows:
1. Rearrange the equation as Q
out
Z
3
N/ 0.
2. Check to see if interference exists by, first, using Z equal to the distance from the
port,s center line to the surface. Estimate the density at the center line of the with
drawal port and the water surface and substitute the values into the rearranged
equation. If the solution is notzero and is positive, surface interference exists.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Environmental Hydraulics 5.23
F
I
G
U
R
E
5
.
5
D
e
f
i
n
i
t
i
o
n
o
f
w
i
t
h
d
r
a
w
a
l
c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
s
.
(
F
r
o
m
M
a
r
t
i
n
a
n
d
M
c
C
u
t
c
h
e
o
n
,
1
9
9
8
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Similarly, substitute the distance from the port center line to the bottom, along with
the density at the bottom of the reservoir, and determine if a bottom interference
exists.
3. If both of the evaluations from Step 2 are negative, the withdrawal zone forms
freely in the reservoir. The limit of the surface withdrawal zone above the port
can be determined by using iterative estimates of values for Z and the density at
the height above the center line until the equation approaches zero to within some
tolerance. The lower limit of withdrawal below the port center line can be deter
mined in a similar manner.
4. If surface or bottom interference exists, a theoretical withdrawal limit can be
determined using values of Z computed using elevations above the waters sur
face for surface interference or below the reservoirs bottom for bottom interfer
ence. However, this solution requires an estimate of density for regions outside
the limits of the reservoir. Davis et al. (1985) estimated these densities by linear
interpolation using the density at the port center line and the density at the sur
face or bottom of the reservoir.
For the case where one withdrawal limit intersects a boundary and the other does not,
the freely forming withdrawal limit cannot be estimated precisely using the rearranged
equation. Smith et al. (1985) proposed an extension to estimate the limit of the freely
forming layer similar to that described above
Q
N
out
0.125(D
d)
3
,
,
sin
j
,
(
D
D
d
\
(
,
D
D
d
]
]
]
, (5.62)
where d the distance from the port center line to the boundary of interference (m) and
D the distance between the free withdrawal limit and the boundary of interference (m)
shown in Fig. 5.5. The length scale in the buoyancy frequency N is D in place of Z, and
is the difference in the density between that at the surface for withdrawals that extend
to the surface and between the lower free limit or density at the bottom for withdrawals
that extend to the bottom and upper free limit. For consistency with the definition of sta
ble stratification as positive, the convention is that (surface layer) (free limit)
or (upper free limit) (bottom layer).
Once the limits of withdrawal are established, the distribution of withdrawal veloci
ty is estimated by dividing the reservoir into layers, the density of which is determined
at the center line of each layer. The computation of the vertical velocity distribution is
based on the location of the maximum velocity, which can be estimated from (Bohan
and Grace, 1973).
Y
L
Hsin
j
,
(
1.57
Z
H
L
\
(
,
2
(5.63)
where Y
L
the distance from the lower limit to the elevation of maximum velocity (m)
shown in Fig. 5.4, H the vertical distance between the upper and lower withdrawal lim
its (m), and Z
L
the vertical distance between the outlet center line and the lower with
drawal limit (m). If the withdrawal intersects a physical boundary, the theoretical with
drawal limit is used, which may be above the waters surface or below the reservoirs bot
tom. Once the location of the maximum velocity V
max
(m/s) is determined, the normalized
velocity V
N
(I) V(I)/V
max
in each layer I is estimated for withdrawal zones that intersect
a boundary as (Bohan and Grace, 1973).
5.24 Chapter Five
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
V
N
(I) 1
j
,
(
y
Y
(
L
I)
m
(
a
I
x
)
\
(
,
2
(5.64)
or for a withdrawal that does not intersect a boundary
V
N
(I)
j
,
(
1
\
(
,
2
(5.65)
where V(I) the velocity in layer I (m/s), y(I) the vertical distance from the elevation
of maximum velocity to the center line of layer I (m), Y
L
the vertical distance from the
elevation of maximum velocity to the upper or lower withdrawal limit (m) determined by
whether the centerline of layer I is above or below the point of maximum velocity, (I)
the density difference between the elevation of maximum velocity and the center line
of layer I, and
max
the difference in density between the point of maximum velocity
and the upper or lower withdrawal limit.
If the withdrawal intersects the surface or the bottom, velocities are calculated for loca
tions either above the waters surface or below the reservoirs bottom and the distribution
is truncated at the reservoirs boundaries to produce the final velocity distribution. The
flow rate in each layer I is
q(I) Q
out
(5.66)
where Q
out
the total release rate and mthe number of layers. The quality of the release
can be determined from a simple flowweighted average or mass balance as
C
R
V
(5.67)
where C
R
the concentration or temperature of waterquality constituent C in the
release and C(I) the concentration or temperature in each layer.
For discharge over a weir, the withdrawal limit Z and average velocity in the with
drawal zone V
weir
is derived from the densimetric Froude number [Eq. 5.38] as (Grace,
1971, Martin and McCutcheon, 1998),
0 V
weir
C
1
g
H
(Z
w
H
w
)
2
C
2
(Z
H
w
)
(5.68)
where the difference in density between the weir crest and the lower withdrawal
limit, the density at the weir crest elevation, H
w
head above the weir crest eleva
tion, Z distance between the crest elevation and the lower withdrawal limit, and C
1
and
C
2
are constants, which have values of
C
1
0.54 and C
2
0 for
Z
H
w
H
w
2.0
and (5.69)
C
1
0.78 and C
2
0.70 for
Z
H
w
H
w
2.0
q(I) C(I)
N
I 1
q(I)
V
N
(I)
m
I = 1
V
N
(I)
y(I) (I)
Y
L
MAX
Environmental Hydraulics 5.25
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.26 Chapter Five
5.5.7 Mixing Caused by Meteorological Forces
Windgenerated waves and convective cooling cause significant mixing at the water sur
face. Wind shear causes waves at the surface and at each density interface within a lake or
reservoir, such as the thermocline, and larger scale surface mixing by Langmuir circula
tion results from sustained wind. Wind setup, seiche, and upwelling are caused by mete
orological events that generate mixing over much larger areas. Internal waves are caused
by shearing currents set up by both wind and other currents and, although not as obvious
as surface waves, these can be larger and more effective in causing mixing. The intensity
of wave mixing and turbulence is a direct result of wind energy or the energy in other
shearing currents.
The basic characteristics of waves are amplitude or height between trough and crest
and the length between crests. The wave period is the time required for successive waves
to pass a given point. Progressive waves move with respect to a fixed point, whereas stand
ing waves remain stationary while water and air currents move past. The height and peri
od of wind waves are related to wind speed, duration, and fetch. Fetch is the distance over
which the wind blows or causes shear over the waters surface. As fetch increases, the
wavelength increases; long wavelengths are only produced in the presence of a long fetch.
The shortest wavelengths require only limited contact between wind and water. Waves
with a wavelength less than 2 cm (6.28 cm) are capillary waves, which are not important
in the modeling of lakes and reservoirs. The more important gravity waves have wave
lengths longer than 2 cm. The two types of gravity waves are short waves and long
waves, distinguished by the interaction with the benthic boundary. The wavelength of
short waves seen by eye on lakes and reservoirs is much less than the waters depth, and
they are not affected by bottom shear. Long waves, such as lake seiche, are influenced by
bottom friction. Seiches are periodic oscillations of the waters surface and density inter
faces resulting from a displacement.
Shortwave motion is circular in a vertical plane, making a complete revolution as each
successive wave passes. The orbital motion mixes surface layers or layers at an interface.
With no net advection of water, the overall effect is dispersive. Thus, the mixing terms in
transport and water quality models are generally increased to account for wave mixing,
especially in the epilimnion. In a few cases, specific mixinglength formulas Kent and
Pritchard, 1957, Rossby and Montgomery, 1935; were derived for wave mixing, but these
formulas have not been applied in current models of water quality. No appreciable orbital
motion occurs below a depth of approximately onehalf the wavelength in unstratified
flow, a depth referred to as the wind mixed depth. The wind mixed depth increases with
fetch because the wave height and wavelength increase with increasing fetch. This is illus
trated by a simple relationship discovered by Lerman (1978) relating fetch to the depth of
the summer thermocline for a wide variety of lakes of different sizes and shapes.
As wavelength becomes longer in relation to the depth, or as water becomes shallow
er, wave orbits become increasingly flatter or elliptical. As the orbits flatten, the motion
of the water essentially becomes horizontal oscillation (Smith, 1975) so that the motion
of the water caused by, long waves is more advective rather than dispersive. For long
waves, the wave speed or celerity is c (gY)
0.5
.
As short waves enter shallow water, the bottom affects orbital motion. From this point
inland to the line where wave breaking occurs, the depth is less than onehalf the wave
period. In this shore zone, wave velocity decreases with the square root of the depth,
which results in a corresponding increase in wave height. Waves distort as water at the
crest moves faster than the wave, creating an instability. These unstable waves may even
tually collapse, forming breakers or whitecaps, depending on the wave steepness of the
waves, the wind speed and direction, the direction of the waves, and the shape and rough
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Environmental Hydraulics 5.27
ness of the bottom. A spilling breaker tends to form over a gradually shoaling bottom and
tends to break over long distances, with the wave collapsing downward in front of the
wave. Plunging breakers occur when the bottom shoals rapidly or when the direction of
the wind opposes the wave. The plunging breaker begins to curl and then collapses before
the curl is complete. A plunging or surging breaker does actually not break or collapse but
forms a steep peak as the wave moves up the beach. The type of breaking wave and the
associated energy controls beach erosion, aquatic plant growth, surfzone mixing, and the
exchange of contaminants between surface and ground waters.
After breaking, waves continue to move up a gradually sloping beach until the force of
gravity forces the water back. The extent to which the water runs up the beach is called
the swash zone. The movement of the swash up the beach may result in the deposition of
particles and debris, causing swash marks at the highest point of the zone. Wave runup
in the swash zone also sets up an imbalance of momentum along the porous beach face
that pumps contaminants into and out of the beach (McCutcheon, 1989).
In large lakes and reservoirs with an extremely long fetch, parallel pairs of large verti
cal vortices or circulatory cells known as Langmuir circulation develop at an angle of 15
clockwise with the general direction of a sustained wind, when wave and current condi
tions are favorable. The depth of the vortices depends on stratification and may interact
with internal waves formed on the thermocline, deepening over the troughs of internal
waves. Where the counterrotating Langmuir cells converge, visible streaks or bands form
on the surface that tend to accumulate floating debris. In the convergence zone, downward
velocities of 26 cm/s carry surface waters toward the thermocline. These downward cur
rents move in a circular fashion and turn upward into a divergence zone midway between
the Langmuirstreaks. Water near the thermocline moves to a zone near the surface at a
velocity of about 1 to 2 cm/s over a larger area. As first proposed by Langmuir (1938), this
type of largescale circulation also contributes to the vertical mixing of the epilimnion.
Like smallerscale orbital wave mixing, the effect of Langmuir circulation is lumped into
values selected for the eddy viscosities and eddy diffusivities of the epilimnion.
Because of the smaller differences in density across density interfaces within a body of
water, internal waves travel more slowly than do surface waves, but they achieve greater
wave heights. Internal waves include standing waves, such as seiches (Mortimer, 1974) and
internal hydraulic jumps (French, 1985), but most are progressive waves that radiate energy
from the point at which the waves were generated (Ford and Johnson, 1986). Wind shear,
water withdrawals, hydropower releases, and thermal discharges as well as local distur
bances produce internal waves. The most significant mixing between stratified layers occurs
when internal waves break (Turner, 1973). Before breaking, internal waves mix the water
adjacent to the interface and sharpen the density interface to increase the likelihood of break
ing. When wave breaking does occur, the entrained water is mixed through the adjacent layer.
Among the most important internal waves is the seiche. As defined above, seiches are
periodic oscillations of the water surface and density interfaces resulting from a displace
ment. Displacements are typically caused by large scale wind events or large withdrawals.
Sustained wind across a lake surface increases the elevation the waters surface at the
downwind boundary of the lake, causing wind setup. As the wind subsides, the waters
surface tilt or displacement results in a sloshing motion, or seiche, of the lake surface and
in thermocline if the lake is stratified. If hydropower operations or reservoir releases
change the net flow toward the dam, the water piles up at the dam and forms a seiche,
often resulting in noticeable differences in thermocline depths between periods of opera
tion and nonoperation, such as between weekdays and weekends. More rarely, a seiche
may result from earthquakes or other geologic events. During the rocking or sloshing,
potential energy is converted to kinetic energy and is dissipated by bottom friction.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.28 Chapter Five
Wind setup in Lake Erie may exceed 2 m during severe storms (Wetzel, 1975), but for
a moderate storm blowing over the long axis of Green Bay, Wisconsin the wind setup has
reached approximately 12 cm (Martin and McCutcheon, 1998). An estimate of wind setup
can be obtained from the onedimensional equation of motion assuming constant depth,
negligible bottom stress, and steadystate conditions in an unstratified lake, or
a
g
C
D
y
u
2
w
g
v
y
2
*
(5.70)
where the deviation of the waters surface (m), x the horizontal distance (m),
a
C
C
m
exp
,
,
k
j
j
,
(
y
x
\
(
,
2
]
]
]
(5.74)
where the subscript m the value of C on the jet axis, x the distance along the jet axis,
k
j
experimental coefficients, and y the transverse (or radial) distance from the jet
axis. The Gaussian distribution also is valid for the timeaveraged velocity profile across
the jet provided that the measurement is taken downstream of the zone of established flow.
In the case of a circular jet, the length of the zone of established flow is approximately 10
orifice diameters downstream.
Downstream of the zone of established flow, the jet continues to expand and the mean
velocity and tracer concentrations decrease. Within the zone of established flow, the
velocity and concentration profiles are selfsimilar and can be described in terms of a
maximum value (measured at the jets center line) and a measure of the width or, in the
case of the velocity, distribution:
v
v
m
f
j
,
(
b
y
w
\
(
,
(5.75)
where v
m
the value of v on the jets center line, y a coordinate transverse to the jets
axis, and b
w
the value of x at which v is some specified fraction of v
m
(often taken as
either 0.5 or 0.37; Fischer et al. 1979). The functional form of f in Eq, (5.75) is most often
taken as Gaussian.
Almost all the properties of turbulent jets that are important to engineers can be
deduced from dimensional analysis combined with empirical data (Fischer et al. 1979).
These results are summarized in Table 5.2.
5.6.2 Simple Plumes
Because the simple plume has no initial volume or momentum flux (e.g., smoke rising
from a fire), all variables must be a function of only the buoyancy flux (B), the vertical
distance from the origin (y), and the viscosity of the fluid where
B g
j
,
(
\
(
,
Q g
'
o
Q (5.76)
and
o
difference in density between the plume fluid and the ambient fluid and g
o
apparent gravitational acceleration.
Results similar to those for jets are summarized in Table 5.3, and the numerical con
stants given are from Chen and Rodi (1976).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
5.30 Chapter Five
TABLE 5.3 Summary of Plume Properties
Parameter Round Plume Plane Plume
Maximum timeaveraged (4.7 0.2)B
1/3
y
1/3
1.66 B
1/3
velocity
v
m
Maximum timeaverage (9.1 0.5)M B
1/3
y
5/3
2.38M B
1/3
B
1
tracer concentration
C
m
Volume flux (0.15 0.015)B
1/3
y
5/3
0.34 B
1/3
y
Q
Ratio 1.4 0.2 0.81 0.1
C
m
/C
avg
Source: After Fischer et al. 1979.
TABLE 5.2 Summary of the Properties of Turbulent Jets
Parameter Round Jet Plane Jet
Initial volume flow rate
D
4
2
V
0
b
0
y
0
V
0
Q
o
Initial momentum flux
D
4
2
V
2
0
b
0
y
0
V
2
0
M
o
Characteristic length scale
M
Q
0
0
M
Q
2
0
0
l
Q
Maximum timeaveraged
velocity v
m
M
Q
(7.0
0.1)
j
,
(
l
y
Q
\
(
,
v
m
M
Q
(2.41
0.04)
j
,
(
l
y
Q
\
(
,
V
m
Maximum timeaveraged
tracer concentration
C
C
m
0
(5.6
0.1)
j
,
(
l
y
Q
\
(
,
C
C
m
0
(2.38
0.04)
j
,
(
l
y
Q
\
(
,
C
m
Mean dilution
Q
Q
0
(0.25
0.01)
j
,
(
l
y
Q
\
(
,
Q\Q
0
(0.50
0.02)
j
,
(
l
y
Q
\
(
,
Ratio
C
m
/C
av
1.4
0.1 1.2
0.1
Source: After Fischer et al. 1979.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
REFERENCES
Akiyama, J. and H. Stefan, Onset of Underflow in Slightly Diverging Channels, Journal of the
Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers113(HY7), 1987, pp. 825844.
Akiyama, J., and H. Stefan, Plunging Flow into a Reservoir, Theory, Journal of the Hydraulics
Division, American Society of Civil Enginners, 110(HY4): 484499, 1984.
Anderson, E. R. Energy Budget Studies, Part of Water Loss Investigations Lake Hefner
Studies., U.S. Geological Survey, Professional Paper No. 269, Washington, DC, 1954.
Beeton, A. M., Relationship Between Secchi Disk Readings and Light Penetration in Lake
Huron, American Fisheries Society Transactions, 87:7379, 1958.
Bender, M. D., G. E. Hauser, M. C. Shiao and W. D. Proctor, BETTER: A TwoDimensional
Reservoir Water Quality Model, Technical Reference Manual and Users Guide, Report No.
WR282590152, Tennessee Valley Authority, Engineering Laboratory, Norris, TN, 1990.
Bohan, J. P., and J. L. Grace, Jr., Selective Withdrawal from ManMade Lakes: Hydraulics
Laboratory Investigation, Technical Report No. H734, U.S. Army Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS, 1973.
Bowie, G. L., W. B. Mills, D. B. Porcella, C. L. Campbell, J. R. Pagenkopf, G. L. Rupp, K. L.
Johnson, W. H. Chan, S. A. Gherini, and C. E. Chamberlin, Rates, Constants, and Kinetics
Formulations in Surface Water Quality Modeling, 2nd ed. EPA/600/385/040, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA 1985.
Brown, L. C. and T. O. Barnwel, The Enhanced Stream Water Quality Models QUAL2E and
QUAL2EUNCAS: Documentation and User Manual,. EPA/600/387/007, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1987.
Chapra, S. C., and K. H. Reckhow, Engineering Approaches for Lake Management, Butterworth,
Boston, 1983.
Chen, C. J., and W. Rodi, A Review of Experimental Data of Vertical Turbulent Buoyant Jets,
Hydraulic Research Report No. 193, Iowa Institute of Hydraulics, Iowa City, IA, 1976.
Cole, T. M., and E. M. Buchak, CEQUALW2: A Two Dimensional, Laterally Averaged,
Hydrodynamic and Water Quality Model, Version 2.0, User Manual, Instruction Report No.
EL951, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 1995.
Davis, J. E., J. P. Holland, M. L.Schneider, and S. C. Wilhelms, SELECT, A Numerical, One
Dimensional Model for Selective Withdrawal, Technical Report, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 1985.
Environmental Laboratory, CEQUALR1: A Numerical OneDimensional Model of Reservoir
Water Quality, Users Manual, Instruction Report No. E821, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 1985.
Fischer, H. B., The Effects of Bends on Dispersion in Streams, Water Resources Research, 5
496506, 1969.
Fischer, H. B., E. J. List, R. C. Y. Koh, J. Imberger, and N. H. Brooks, Mixing in Inland and
Coastal Waters, Academic Press, New York, 1979.
Ford, D. E., and M. C. Johnson, An Assessment of Reservoir Mixing Processes, Technical Report
No E867, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 1986.
Ford, D. E., and M. C. Johnson, An Assessment of Reservoir Density Currents and Inflow
Processes, Technical Report No. E837, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS, 1983.
Ford, D. E., and M. C. Johnson, Field Observations of Density Currents in Impoundments, in H.
G. Stefan, ed. Proceedings Symposium on Surface Water Impoundments, ASCE, New York, 1981.
French, R. H., OpenChannel Hydraulics, McGrawHill, New York, 1985.
French, R. H., J. J. Cooper, and S. Vigg, Secchi Disc Relationships, AWRA, Water Resources
Bulletin, 18 (1):121123, 1982.
Gill, A. E., Appendix 3, Properties of Seawater, in AtmosphereOcean Dynamics, Academic
Press, New York, 1982, pp. 599600.
Environmental Hydraulics 5.31
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Gu, R., S. C. McCutcheon, and P. F. Wang, Modeling Reservoir Density Underflow and Interflow
from a Chemical Spill in a River, Water Resources Research, 32:695705, 1996.
Grace, J. L., Jr., "Selective Withdrawal Characteristics of Weirs: Hydraulics Laboratory
Investigation," Technical Report H714, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS, 1971.
Hamon, R. W., L. L. Weiss, and W. T. Wilson, Insulation as an Empirical Function of Daily
Sunshine Duration, Monthly Weather Review, 82(6), 1954.
Hebbert, J., J. Imberger, I. Loh, and J. Patterson, Collie River Flow into Wellington Reservoir,,
Journal of the Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 105(HY(5): 533545,
1979.
Hutchinson, G. E., A Treatise on Limnology: Vol. 1. Geography, Physics and Chemistry, John Wiley
Sons, New York, 1957.
Imberger, J., Selective Withdrawal: A Review, in T, Carstens and T. McClimans, eds.,
Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Stratified Flow, International Association for
Hydraulic Research, Tapir, Trondheim, Norway, 1980.
Imberger, J. and J. C. Patterson, Dynamic Reservoir Simulation Model DYRESM:5, in H.B.
Fischer, ed., Transport Models for Inland and Coastal Waters, Academic Press, Orlando, FL,
1981, pp. 310561.
Imberger, J., R. T. Thompson, and C. Fandry, Selective Withdrawal from a Finite Rectangular
Tank, Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 78:489512, 1976.
Jain, S. C., Plunging Phenomena in Reservoirs, in H. G. Stefan, ed., Proceedings of the
Symposium on Surface Water Impoundments, American Society of Civil Engineers, new York,
1981.
Jobson, H. E., Thermal Modeling of Flow in the San Diego Aqueduct, California, and Its Relation
to Evaporation, Professional Paper No. 1122, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, DC, 1980.
Jobson, H. E., and T. N. Keefer, Modeling Hight Transient Flow, Mass, and Heat Transport in the
Chattahoochee River Near Atlanta, Georgia, Professional Paper No. 1136, U.S. Geological
Survey, Washington, DC, 1979.
Kent, R. E. and D. W. Pritchard, A Test of Mixing Length Theories in a Coastal Plain Estuary,
Journal of Marine Research, 1:456466, 1957.
Kao, T. W., Principal State of Wake Collapse in a Stratified Fluid, TwoDimensional Theory,
Physics of Fluids, 19:10711074, 1976.
Langmuir, I., Surface Motion of Water Induced by Wind, Science, 87:119123, 1938.
Lau, Y. L., and B. G. Krishnappen, Transverse Dispersion in Rectangular Channels, ASCE,
Journal of the Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 103(HY10):11731189,
1977.
Lerman, A., ed, Lakes: Chemistry, Geology, Physics, SpringerVerlag, New York, 1978.
Martin, J. L. and S. C.McCutcheon, Hydrodynamics and Transport for Water Quality Modeling,
CRC PressBoca Raton, FL, 1999.
McCutcheon, S. C., Water Quality Modeling: Vol. 1. Transport and Surface Exchange in Rivers,
CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1989.
McCutcheon, S. C., Discussion with Harvey Jobson on Windspeed Coefficients for Stream
Temperature Modeling, Memorandum, U.S. Geological Survey, NSTL Station, MS, March 29,
1982.
Mills, W. B., J. D. Dean, D. B. Porcella, S. A. Gherini, R. J. M. Hudson, W. E. Frick, G. L. Rupp,
and G. L. Bowie, Water Quality Assessment: A Screening Procedure for Toxic and Conventional
Pollutants, EPA600/682004b, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens, GA, 1982.
Mortimer, C. H., "Lake Hydrodynamics," International Association of Applied Limnology
Mitteilungen, 20:124197, 1974.
Munk, W., and E. R. Anderson, Notes on a Theory of the Thermocline, Journal of Marine
Research, 7:276295, 1948.
5.32 Chapter Five
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
Environmental Hydraulics 5.33
Norton, W. R., L. A. Roesner, and G. T. Orlob, Mathematical Models for Predicting Thermal
Changes in Impoundments, EPA Water Pollution Control Research Series, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, DC, 1968.
Rossby, G. G. and R. Montgomery, The Layers of Frictional Influence in Wind and Ocean
Currents, Papers Phy. Oc. Meth., III(3), 1935.
Ryan, P. J. and D. R. F. Harleman, An Analytical and Experimental Study of Transient Cooling
Pond Behavior. Technical Report No. 161, R.M. Parsons Laboratory, Massachusetts Dsitributate
of Technology, 1973.
Safaie, B. Mixing of Buoyant Surface Jet over Sloping Bottom, ASCE, Journal Waterway,
Port, Coastal and Ocean Engineering DIvision, 105(WW4): 357373, 1979.
Savage, S. B. and J. Brimberg, Analysis of Plunging Phenomenon of Density Currents in
Reservoirs, IAHR, 00, 13(2): 187204, 1973.
Shanahan, P., Water Temperature Modeling: A Practical Guide, in Proceedings of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency Stormwater and Water Quality Users Group Meeting, LAMR,
jounal, Hydraulic, Research, , April 1984.
Shuttleworth, W. J., Evaporation, in D. R. Maidment, ed., Handbook of Hydrology, McGraw
Hill, New York, 1993.
Singh, B., and C. R. Shah, Plunging Phenomenon of Density Currents in Reservoirs, La Houille
Blanche, 26(1): 5964, 1971.
Smith, I. R., Turbulence in Lakes and Rivers, Scientific Publication No. 29, Freshwater Biological
Association, Ambleside, Cumbria, UK, 1975.
Smith, J. A., Precipitation, in D. R. Maidment, ed., Handbook of Hydrology, McGrawHill, New
York, 1993.
Smith, D. R., S. C. Wilhelms, J. P. Holland, M. S. Dortch, and J. E. Davis, Improved Description of
Selective Withdrawal Through Point Sinks, Technical Report No, E872, U.S. Army Engineer
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 1985.
Stefan, H. G., R. B. Ambrose, Jr., and M. S. Dortch, "Formulation of Water Quality Models for
Streams, Lakes and Reservoirs: Modelers Perspective," Miscellaneous Paper E891, .S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS., 1989.
Sundaram, T. R., "A Theoretical Model for Seasonal Thermocline Cycle of Deep Temperate
Lakes," Proceedings of the 16th Conference of Great Lakes Research, 1973, pp. 10091025.
Sverdrup, H. U., M. W. Johnson, and R. H. Fleming, The Oceans, PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs,
NJ, 1942.
Swinbank, W. C., Longwave Radiation from Clear Skies. Quarterly Journal of the Royal
Meteorological Society, 89: 339348, 1963.
Taylor, G. I., " The Dispersion of Matter in a Turbulent Flow Through a Pipe," Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London, Series A, 223: 446468, 1954.
Thackston, E. L., Effect of Geographical Variation on Performance of Recirculating Cooling Ponds,
EPA660/274085, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, OR, 1974.
Tennessee Valley Authority,(TVA) Heat and Mass Transfer Between a Water Surface and the
Atmosphere. TN Report No. 14, TVA Water Resources Research Engineering Laboratory,
Norris, TN, 1972.
Turner, J. S., Buoyancy Effects in Fluids, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1973.
Wetzel, R. G., Limnology, Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia, PA, 1975, and 1983.
Wunderlich, W. O. and R. A. Elder, Mechanics of Flow Through ManMade Lakes, in ManMade
Lakes: Their Problems and Environmental Effects, W. C. Ackerman, G. F. White, and E. B.
Worthington, eds., American Geophysical Union, Washington, DC, 1973.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULICS
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Since the beginning of mankind, sedimentation processes have affected water supplies,
irrigation, agricultural practices, flood control, river migration, hydroelectric projects,
navigation, fisheries, and aquatic habitat. In the last few years, sediment also has been
found to play an important role in the transport and fate of pollutants; thus, sedimentation
control has become an important issue in water quality management. Toxic chemicals can
become attached to, or adsorbed by, sediment particles and then be transported to and
deposited in other areas. By studying the quantity, quality, and characteristics of sediment
in rivers and streams, scientists and engineers can determine the sources of the sediment
and evaluate the impact of pollutants on the aquatic environment. In the United States,
sedimentation control is a multibilliondollar issue. For example, approximately $500 mil
lion are spent every year to dredge waterways and harbors for navigation purposes. Most
of the dredged sediment is the result of substantial soil erosion in watersheds. Estimates
by the U.S. Department of Agriculture indicate that annual offside costs of sediment
derived from copland erosion are on the order of $2 billion to $6 billion, with an addi
tional $1 billion arising from loss in compared productivity.
The sediment cycle starts with the process of erosion, where by particles or fragments
are weathered from rock material. Action by water, wind, glaciers, and plant and animal
activities all contribute to the erosion of the earths surface. Fluvial sediment is the term
used to describe the case where water is the key agent for erosion. Natural, or geologic,
erosion takes place slowly, over centuries or millennia. Erosion that occurs as a result of
human activity may take place much faster. It is important to understand the role of each
cause when studying sediment transport.
Any material that can be dislodged is ready to be transported. The transportation
process is initiated on the land surface when raindrops result in sheet erosion. Rills, gul
lies, streams, and rivers then act as conduits for the movement of sediment. The greater
the discharge, or rate of flow, the higher the capacity for sediment transport.
The final process in the cycle is deposition. When there is not enough energy to transport
the sediment, it comes to rest. Sinks, or depositional areas, can be visible as newly deposit
ed material on a floodplain, on bars and islands in a channel, and on deltas. Considerable
deposition occurs that may not be apparent, as on lake and river beds. A knowledge of sed
iment dynamics is an integral part of understanding the aquatic ecosystem.
This chapter presents fundamental aspects of the erosion, transport, and deposition of
sediment in the environment. The emphasis is on the hydraulics of bedload and suspend
CHAPTER 6
SEDIMENTATION AND
EROSION HYDRAULICS
Marcelo H. Garca
Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign
Urbana, IL
6.1
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
Source: HYDRAULIC DESIGN HANDBOOK
ed load transport in rivers, with the goal of establishing the background needed for sedi
mentation engineering. Because of their relevance, the hydraulics of both reservoir sedi
mentation and turbidity currents also is considered. Emphasis is placed on noncohesive
sediment transport, where the material involved can be silt, sand, or gravel. When possi
ble, the behavior of both uniformsized material and sediment mixtures is analyzed.
Although such topics as cohesive sediment transport, debris and mud flows, alluvial fans,
river meandering, and sediment transport by wave action are not discussed here, it is
hoped that the material covered in this chapter will provide a firm foundation to tackle
problems in those.
For more information on sediment transport and sedimentation engineering, readers
are referred to Allen (1985), Ashworth et al. (1996), Bogardi (1974), Bouvard (1992),
Carling and Dawson (1996), Chang (1988), Coussot (1997), Fredse and Deigaard
(1992), Garde and Ranga Raju (1985), Graf (1971), Jansen et al. (1979), Julien (1992),
Mehta (1986), Mehta et al. (1989a, 1989b), Morris and Fan (1998), Nakato and Ettema
(1996), National Research Council (1996), Nielsen (1992), National Research council
(1996), Parker and Ikeda (1989), Raudkivi (1990, 1993), Renard et al. (1997), Sieben
(1997), Simons and Senturk (1992), Sloff (1997), van Rijn (1997), Yalin (1972, 1992),
Yang (1996), and Wan and Wang (1994).
6.2 HYDRAULICS FOR SEDIMENT TRANSPORT
6.2.1 Flow Velocity Distribution
Consider a steady, turbulent, uniform, openchannel flow having a mean depth H and a
mean flow velocity U (Fig. 6.1). The channel is extremely wide and its bottom has a mean
slope S and a surface roughness that can be characterized by an effective height k
s
(Brownlie, 1981b). When the bottom of the channel is covered with sediment having a
mean size or diameter D, the roughness height k
s
will be proportional to that diameter.
Because of the weight of the water, the flow exerts on the bottom a tangential force per
unit bed area known as the bed shear stress
b
, which can be expressed as:
b
gHS (6.1)
where is the water density and g is the gravitational acceleration. With the help of the
boundary shear stress, it is possible to define the shear velocity u
*
as
6.2 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.1 Definition diagram for openchannel flow over an erodible bed.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
u
*
b
/ (6.2)
The shear velocity, and thus the boundary shear stress, provides a direct measure of the
intensity of flow and its ability to entrain and transport sediment particles. The size of the
sediment particles on the bottom determines the surface roughness, which in turn affects
the flow velocity distribution and its sediment transport capacity. Since flow resistance
and sediment transport rates are interrelated, the ability to determine the role played by
the bottom roughness is important.
Research has shown (Schlichting, 1979) that the flow velocity distribution is well rep
resented by:
u
u
is the timeaveraged flow velocity at distance z above the bed and is known as
Von Karmans constant and is equal to 0.4. For obvious reasons, the above law is known
as the logarithmic law of the wall. It strictly applies only in a thin layer near the bed. It is
empirically found to apply as a reasonable approximation throughout most of the flow in
many rivers.
If the bottom boundary is sufficiently smooth (a condition rarely satisfied in rivers),
turbulence will be drastically suppressed in an extremely thin layer near the bed. In this
region, a linear velocity profile will hold:
u
u
u
v
*
z
(6.4)
where is the kinematic viscosity of water. This law merges with the logarithmic law near
z
v
, where
v
11.6
u
(6.5)
denotes the height of the viscous sublayer. In the logarithmic region, the constant of inte
gration introduced above has been evaluated from data to yield
u
u
ln
*
z
,
5.5 (6.6)
Most boundaries in river flow are rough. Let k
s
denote an effective roughness height.
If k
s
/
v
1, then no viscous sublayer will exist. The corresponding logarithmic velocity
profile is given by
u
u
1
ln
k
z
s
,
8.5
1
ln
30
k
z
s
,
(6.7)
As noted above, this relation often holds as a first approximation throughout the flow in a
river. It is by no means exact.
The conditions k
s
/
u
u
1
ln
k
z
s
,
B
s
(6.8)
with B
s
as a function of Re
*
u
*
k
s
/, which can be estimated with
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.3
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
B
s
8.5 [2.5 ln(Re
*
) 3]e
0.127[ln(Re
*
)]
2
(6.9)
as proposed by Yalin (1992).
6.2.2 Relations for Channel Resistance
Most river flows are indeed hydraulically rough. Equation (6.7) can be used to obtain an
approximate expression for depthaveraged velocity U that is reasonably accurate for
many flows. Using the following integral:
U
H
1
H
0
u
dz (6.10)
but changing the lower limit slightly to avoid the fact that the logarithmic law is singular
at z 0, the following result is obtained:
u
U
*
H
1
H
k
s
ln
k
z
s
,
8.5
1
1
]
dz (6.11)
or, performing the integration
u
U
*
ln
H
k
s
,
6
ln
11
H
k
s
,
(6.12)
This relation is known as Keulegan's resistance relation for rough flow.
An approximation to Keulegan's relation is the ManningStrickler power form
u
U
*
H
k
s
,
1/6
(6.13)
Between Eqs. (6.2) and (6.12), a resistance relation can be found for bed shear stress:
b
C
f
U
2
(6.14)
where the friction coefficient C
f
is given by
C
f
ln
11
H
k
s
,
1
1
]
2
(6.15)
If Eq. (6.13) is used instead of Eq. (6.12), the friction coefficient takes the form
C
f
H
k
s
,
1/61
1
]
2
(6.16)
It is useful to show the relationship between the friction coefficient C
f
and the rough
ness parameters in openchannel flow relations commonly used in practice. Between Eqs.
(6.1) and (6.14), the following form of Chezy's law can be derived:
U C
c
H
1/2
S
1/2
(6.17)
where the Chezy coefficient C
c
is given by the relation
6.4 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
C
c
C
g
f
,
1/2
(6.18)
A specific evaluation of Chezy's coefficient can be obtained by substituting Eq. (6.15) into
Eq. (6.18). It is seen that the coefficient is not constant but varies as the logarithm of H/k
s
.
A logarithmic dependence is typically a weak one, partially justifying the common
assumption that Chezy's coefficient in Eq. (6.17) is a constant. Substituting Eq. (6.16) into
Eqs. (6.17) and (6.18), Manning's law is obtained:
U =
1
n
H
2/3
S
1/2
(6.19)
where Manning's n is given by
n =
8
k
g
s
1
1
/6
/2
(6.20)
The above relation is often called the ManningStrickler form of Manning's n.
6.2.3 FixedBed and MovableBed Roughness
It is clear that to use the above relations for channel flow resistance, a criterion for evalu
ating k
s
is necessary. Nikuradse (1933) proposed the following criterion: Suppose a rough
surface is subjected to a flow. The equivalent roughness k
s
of that surface is equal to the
diameter of sand grains that, when glued uniformly to a completely smooth wall and then
subjected to the same external conditions, yields the same velocity profile. Nikuradse used
sand glued to the inside of pipes to conduct this evaluation. Extending Nikuradse's con
cept of equivalent grain roughness to the case of rivers and streams, k
s
can be assumed to
be proportional to a representative sediment size D
x
,
k
s
=
s
D
x
(6.21)
Suggested values of
s
, which have appeared in the literature, are listed in Table 6.1 (Yen,
1992). Different sizes of sediment have been suggested for D
x
in Eq. (6.21). Statistically, D
50
(the grain size for which 50% of the bed material is finer) is most readily available and
meaningful. Physically, a representative size larger than D
50
is more meaningful to estimate
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.5
TABLE 6.1 Ratio of Nikuradse Equivalent Roughness Size and Sediment Size for Rivers.
Investigator Measure of Sediment Size, D
x
s
= k
s
/D
x
Ackers and White (1973) D
35
1.23
Strickler (1923) D
50
3.3
Keulegan (1938) D
50
1
MeyerPeter and Muller (1948) D
50
1
Thompson and Campbell (1979) D
50
2.0
Hammond et al. (1984) D
50
6.6
Einstein and Barbarossa (1952) D
65
1
Irmay (1949) D
65
1.5
Engelund and Hansen (1967) D
65
2.0
Lane and Carlson (1953) D
75
3.2
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
flow resistance because of the dominant effect by large sediment particles.
In flow over a geometrically smooth, fixed boundary, the apparent roughness of the
bed k
s
can be computed using Nikuradse's approach. However, once the transport of bed
material has been instigated, the characteristic grain diameter and the thickness of the vis
cous sublayer no longer provide the relevant length scales. The characteristic length scale
in this situation is the thickness of the layer where the sediment particles are being trans
ported by the flow, usually referred to as the bedload layer.
Once the bed shear stress
b
exceeds the critical shear stress for particle motion
c
, the
apparent bed roughness k
a
can be estimated as follows (Smith and McLean, 1997):
k
a
0
(
(
s
b
)
c
)
g
k
s
(6.22)
where
0
26.3, k
s
is Nikuradse's fixedbed roughness, and
s
is the bed sediment densi
ty. This approach is particularly suitable for sand bed rivers.
Under intense sediment transport conditions, bedforms, such as dunes, can develop. In
this situation, the apparent roughness also will be influenced by the form drag caused by
the presence of bedforms. Nikuradse's approach is valid only for graininduced roughness.
Methods for flow resistance in the presence of both bedforms and grain roughness are pre
sented later.
6.3 SEDIMENT PROPERTIES
6.3.1 Rock Types
The solid phase of the problem embodied in sediment transport can be any granular sub
stance. In engineering applications, however, the granular substance in question typically
consists of fragments ultimately derived from rockshence the name sediment transport.
The properties of these rockderived fragments, taken singly or in groups of many parti
cles, all play a role in determining the transportability of the grains under fluid action. The
6.6 Chapter Six
TABLE 6.1. (Continued)
Investigator Measure of Sediment Size, D
x
s = k
s
/D
x
Gladki (1979) D
80
2.5
Leopold et al. (1964) D
84
3.9
Limerinos (1970) D
84
2.8
Mahmood (1971) D
84
5.1
Hey (1979), Bray (1979) D
84
3.5
Ikeda (1983) D
84
1.5
Colosimo et al. (1986) D
84
3 6
Whiting and Dietrich (1990) D
84
2.95
Simons and Richardson (1966) D
85
1
Kamphuis (1974) D
90
2.0
van Rijn (1982) D
90
3.0
SOURCE: Adapted from Yen (1992)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.7
important properties of groups of particles include porosity and size distribution. The most
common rock type one is likely to encounter in the river or coastal environment is quartz.
Quartz is a highly resistant rock and can travel long distances or remain in place for long
periods without losing its integrity. Another highly resistant rock type that is often found
together with quartz is feldspar. Other common rock types include limestone, basalt, gran
ite, and more esoteric types, such as magnetite. Limestone is not a resistant rock; it tends
to abrade to silt rather easily. Siltsized limestone particles are susceptible to solution
unless the water is buffered sufficiently. As a result, limestone typically is not a major
component of sediments at locations distant from its source. On the other hand, it often
can be the dominant rock type in mountain environments.
Basaltic rocks tend to be heavier than most rocks composing the earths crust and typ
ically are brought to the surface by volcanic activity. Basaltic gravels are relatively com
mon in rivers that derive their sediment supply from areas subjected to vulcanism in recent
geologic history. Basaltic sands are much less common. Regions of weathered granite
often provide copious supplies of sediment. Although the particles produced by weather
ing are often in the granule size, they often break down quickly to sand size.
Sediments in the fluvial or coastal environment in the size range of silt, or coarser, are
generally produced by mechanical means, including fracture or abrasion. The clay miner
als, on the other hand, are produced by chemical action. As a result, they are fundamen
tally different from other sediments in many ways. Their ability to absorb water means
that the porosity of clay deposits can vary greatly over time. Clays also display cohesivi
ty, which renders them more resistant to erosion.
6.3.2 Specific Gravity
The specific gravity of sediment is defined as the ratio between the sediment density
s
and the density of water . Some typical specific gravities for various natural and artifi
cial sediments are listed in Table 6.2.
6.3.3 Size
Herein, the notation D is used to denote sediment size, the typical units of which are
millimeters (mm) for sand and coarser material or microns () for clay and silt.
Another standard way of classifying grain sizes is the sedimentological scale,
according to which
TABLE 6.2 Specific Gravity of Rock Types
and Artificial Material
Rock type or Specific gravity
material
s
/
quartz 2.60 2.70
limestone 2.60 2.80
basalt 2.70 2.90
magnetite 3.20 3.50
plastic 1.00 1.50
coal 1.30 1.50
walnut shells 1.30 1.40
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.8 Chapter Six
D 2
(6.23)
Taking the logarithm of both sides, it is seen that
log2(D)
1
1
n
n
(
(
D
2)
)
(6.24)
Note that the size 0 corresponds to D 1 mm. The usefulness of the scale will
become apparent upon a consideration of grain size distributions. The minus sign has been
inserted in Eq. (6.24) simply as a matter of convenience to sedimentologists, who are more
accustomed to working with material finer than 1 mm than they are with coarser materi
al. The reader should always recall that larger implies finer material. The scale pro
vides a simple way of classifying grain sizes into the following size ranges in descending
order: boulders, cobbles, gravel, sand, silt, and clay. (Table 6.3).
Note that the definition of clay according to size (D 2) does not always correspond
to the definition of clay according to mineral. That is, some claymineral particles can be
coarser than this limit, and some siltsized particles produced by grinding can be finer than
that. In general, however, the effect of viscosity makes it difficult to grind up particles in
water to sizes finer than 2.
In practical terms, there are several ways to determine grain size. The most popular
way for grains ranging from 4 to 4 (0.0625 to 16 mm) is with the use of
sieves. Each sieve has a square mesh, the gap size of which corresponds to the diameter
of the largest sphere that would fit through it. Thus, the grain size D so measured corre
sponds exactly to the diameter only in the case of a sphere. In general, the sieve size D
corresponds to the smallest sieve gap size through which a given grain can be fitted.
For coarser grain sizes, it is customary to approximate the grain as an ellipsoid. Three
lengths can be defined. The length along the major (longest) axis is denoted as a, the
length along the intermediate axis is denoted as b, and the length along the minor (small
est) axis is denoted as c. These lengths are typically measured with a caliper. The value b
is then equated to grain size D.
For grains in the silt and clay sizes, many methods (hydrometer, sedigraph, and so
forth) are based on the concept of equivalent fall diameter. That is, the terminal fall veloc
ity v
s
of a grain in water at a standard temperature is measured. The equivalent fall diam
eter D is the diameter of the sphere having exactly the same fall velocity under the same
conditions. Sediment fall velocity is discussed in more detail below.
A variety of other more recent methods for sizing fine particles rely on blockage of
light beams. The blocked area can be used to determine the diameter of the equivalent cir
cle: i.e., the projection of the equivalent sphere. It can be seen that all the above methods
can be expected to operate consistently as long as grains shape does not deviate too great
ly from a sphere. In general, this turns out to be the case. There are some important excep
tions, however. At the fine end of the spectrum, mica particles tend to be platelike; the
same is true of shale grains at the coarser end. Comparison with a sphere is not necessar
ily an especially useful way to characterize grain size for such materials.
6.3.4 Size Distribution
Any sample of sediment normally contains a range of sizes. An appropriate way to char
acterize these samples is by grain size distribution. Consider a large bulk sample of sedi
ment of given weight. Let p
f
(D)or p
f
()denote the fraction by weight of material in
the sample of material finer than size D(). The customary engineering representation of
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.9
T
A
B
L
E
6
.
3
S
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
G
r
a
d
e
S
c
a
l
e
A
p
p
r
o
x
i
m
a
t
e
S
i
e
v
e
M
e
s
h
C
l
a
s
s
N
a
m
e
S
i
z
e
R
a
n
g
e
O
p
e
n
i
n
g
s
p
e
r
I
n
c
h
M
i
l
l
i
m
e
t
e
r
s
M
i
c
r
o
n
s
I
n
c
h
e
s
T
y
l
e
r
U
.
S
.
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
V
e
r
y
l
a
r
g
e
b
o
u
l
d
e
r
s
4
,
0
9
6
2
,
0
4
8
1
6
0
8
0
L
a
r
g
e
b
o
u
l
d
e
r
s
2
,
0
4
8
1
,
0
2
4
8
0
4
0
M
e
d
i
u
m
b
o
u
l
d
e
r
s
1
,
0
2
4
5
1
2
4
0
2
0
S
m
a
l
l
b
o
u
l
d
e
r
s
5
1
2
2
5
6
8
2
0
1
0
L
a
r
g
e
c
o
b
b
l
e
s
2
5
6
1
2
8
7
1
0
5
S
m
a
l
l
c
o
b
b
l
e
s
1
2
8
6
4
6
5
2
.
5
V
e
r
y
c
o
a
r
s
e
g
r
a
v
e
l
6
4
3
2
5
2
.
5
1
.
3
C
o
a
r
s
e
g
r
a
v
e
l
3
2
1
6
4
1
.
3
0
.
6
M
e
d
i
u
m
g
r
a
v
e
l
1
6
3
0
.
6
0
.
3
2
1
/
2
F
i
n
e
g
r
a
v
e
l
8
2
0
.
3
0
.
1
6
5
5
V
e
r
y
f
i
n
e
g
r
a
v
e
l
4
1
0
.
1
6
0
.
0
8
9
1
0
V
e
r
y
c
o
a
r
s
e
s
a
n
d
2
.
0
0
0
1
.
0
0
0
0
2
,
0
0
0
1
,
0
0
0
1
6
1
8
C
o
a
r
s
e
s
a
n
d
1
.
0
0
0
0
.
5
0
0
0
1
1
,
0
0
0
5
0
0
3
2
3
5
M
e
d
i
u
m
s
a
n
d
0
.
5
0
0
0
.
2
5
0
1
2
5
0
0
2
5
0
6
0
6
0
F
i
n
e
s
a
n
d
0
.
2
5
0
0
.
1
2
5
2
3
2
5
0
1
2
5
1
1
5
1
2
0
V
e
r
y
f
i
n
e
s
a
n
d
0
.
1
2
5
0
.
0
6
2
3
4
1
2
5
6
2
2
5
0
2
3
0
C
o
a
r
s
e
s
i
l
t
0
.
0
6
2
0
.
0
3
1
4
5
6
2
3
1
M
e
d
i
u
m
s
i
l
t
0
.
0
3
1
0
.
0
1
6
5
6
3
1
1
6
F
i
n
e
s
i
l
t
0
.
0
1
6
0
.
0
0
8
6
7
1
6
8
V
e
r
y
f
i
n
e
s
i
l
t
0
.
0
0
8
0
.
0
0
4
7
8
8
4
C
o
a
r
s
e
c
l
a
y
0
.
0
0
4
0
.
0
0
2
0
8
9
4
2
M
e
d
i
u
m
c
l
a
y
0
.
0
0
2
0
0
.
0
0
1
0
2
1
F
i
n
e
c
l
a
y
0
.
0
0
1
0
0
.
0
0
0
5
1
0
.
5
V
e
r
y
f
i
n
e
c
l
a
y
0
.
0
0
0
5
0
.
0
0
0
2
4
0
.
5
0
.
2
4
S
O
U
R
C
E
:
A
d
a
p
t
e
d
f
r
o
m
V
a
n
o
n
i
,
1
9
7
5
.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.10 Chapter Six
the grain size distribution consists of a plot of p
f
100 (percentage finer) versus log
10
(D):
that is, a semilogarithmic plot is used. The same size distribution plotted in sedimento
logical form would involve plotting p
f
100 versus on a linear plot.
The size distribution p
f
() and size density p() by weight can be used to extract use
ful statistics concerning the sediment in question. Let x denote some percentage, say 50%;
the grain size
x
denotes the size such that x percent of the weight of the sample is com
posed of finer grains. That is,
x
is defined such that
p
f
(
x
)
10
x
0
(6.25)
It follows that the corresponding grain size of equivalent diameter is given by D
x
, where
D
x
2
x
(6.26)
The most commonly used grain sizes of this type are the median size D
50
and the size
D
90
: i.e., 90% of the sample by weight consists of finer grains. The latter size is especial
ly useful for characterizing bed roughness.
The density p() can be used to extract statistical moments. Of these, the most useful
are the mean size
m
and the standard deviation . These are given by the relations.
m
p()d;
2
(
m
)
2
p()D (6.27a, b)
The corresponding geometric mean diameter D
g
and geometric standard deviation
g
are given as
D
g
2
m
;
g
2
(6,28a,b)
Note that for a perfectly uniform material, 0 and g 1. As a practical matter, a sed
iment mixture with a value of
g
less than 1.3 is often termed well sorted and can be treat
ed as a uniform material. When the geometric standard deviation exceeds 1.6, the mater
ial can be said to be poorly sorted (Diplas and Sutherland, 1988).
In fact, one never has the continuous function p() with which to compute the
moments of Eqs. (6.27a, and b). Instead, one must rely on a discretization. To this end, the
size range covered by a given sample of sediment is discretized using n intervals bound
ed by n 1 grain sizes
1
,
2
,,
n 1
in ascending order of . The following defini
tions are made from i 1 to n:
i
1
2
(
i
i1
) (6.29a)
p
i
p
f
(
i
) p
f
(
i1
) (6.29b)
Eqs. (6.27a and b) now discretize to
n
i1
i
p
i
2
n
i1
(
i
m
)
2
p
i
(6.30)
In some cases, especially when the material in question is sand, the size distribution
can be approximated as gaussian on the scale (i.e., lognormal in D). For a perfectly
Gaussian distribution, the mean and median sizes coincide:
m
50
1
2
(
84
16
) (6.31)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.11
Furthermore, it can be demonstrated from a standard table of the Gauss distribution that
the size displaced one standard deviation larger that
m
is accurately given by
84
; by
symmetry, the corresponding size that is one standard deviation smaller than
m
is
16
.
The following relations thus hold:
1
2
(
84
16
) (6.32a)
m
1
2
(
84
16
) (6.32b)
Rearranging the above relations with the aid of Eqs. (6.28a and b) and Eqs. (6.31 and
6.32a),
D
D
8
1
4
6
1/2
(6.33a)
D
g
(D
84
D
16
)
1/2
(6.33b)
It must be emphasized that the above relations are exact only for a gaussian distribution
in . This is not often the case in nature. As a result, it is strongly recommended that D
g
and
g
be computed from the full size distribution via Eqs. (6.30a and b) and (6.28a and
b) rather than the approximate form embodied in the above relations.
6.3.5 Porosity
The porosity
p
quantifies the fraction of a given volume of sediment that is composed of
void space. That is,
If a given mass of sediment of known density is deposited, the volume of the deposit
must be computed, assuming that at least part of it will consist of voids. In the case of
wellsorted sand, the porosity often can take values between 0.3 and 0.4. Gravels tend to
be more poorly sorted. In this case, finer particles can occupy the spaces between coarser
particles, thus reducing the void ratio to as low as 0.2. Because socalled openwork grav
els are essentially devoid of sand and finer material in their interstices, they may have
porosities similar to sand. Freshly deposited clays are notorious for having high porosi
ties. As time passes, the clay deposit tends to consolidate under its own weight so that
porosity slowly decreases.
The issue of porosity becomes of practical importance with regard to salmon spawn
ing grounds in gravelbed rivers, for example (Diplas and Parker, 1985). The percentage
of sand and silt contained in the sediment is often referred to as the percentage of fines in
the gravel deposit. When this fraction rises above 20 or 26 percent by weight, the deposit
is often rendered unsuitable for spawning. Salmon bury their eggs within the gravel, and
a high fines content implies a low porosity and thus reduced permeability. The flow of
groundwater necessary to carry oxygen to the eggs and remove metabolic waste products
is impeded. In addition, newly hatched fry may encounter difficulty in finding enough
pore space through which to emerge to the surface. All the above factors dictate lowered
survival rates. Chief causes of elevated fines in gravel rivers include road building and
clearcutting of timber in the basin.
volume of voids
4
3
C
D
1
(R
p
)
1/2
(6.34)
where
R
f
R
v
s
gD
(6.35a)
R
p
v
s
v
D
(6.35b)
and the functional relation C
D
C
D
(R
p
) denotes the drag curve for spheres. This relation
is not particularly useful because it is not explicit in v
s
; one must compute fall velocity by
trial and error. One can use the equation for C
D
given below
C
D
2
R
4
p
(1 0.152R
p
1
/
2 0.0151R
p
) (6.36)
and the definition
Re
p
Rg
D D
(6.37)
to obtain an explicit relation for fall velocity in the form of R
f
versus Re
p
. In Fig. 6.2, the
ranges for silt, sand, and gravel are plotted for 0.01 cm
2
/s (clear water at 20C) and R
1.65 (quartz). A good summary of relations for terminal fall velocity for the case of
nonspherical (natural) particles can be found in Dietrich (1982), who also proposed the
following useful fit:
R
f
exp{b
1
b
2
ln(Re
p
) b
3
[ln(Re
p
)]
2
b
4
[ln(Re
p
)]
3
b
5
[ln(Re
p
)]
4
} (6.38)
where b
1
2.891394, b
2
0.95296, b
3
0.056835, b
4
0.002892, and b
5
0.000245
6.3.8 Relation Between Size Distribution and Stream Morphology
The study of sediment properties and, in particular, size distribution is most relevant to the
context of stream morphology. The following discussion points out some of the more
interesting issues.
6.12 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.13
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
2
S
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
f
a
l
l
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
d
i
a
g
r
a
m
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.14 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.3 Particle size distribution of bed materials in Kankakee River, Illinois.
(Bhowmik et al., 1980)
In Fig. 6.3, several size distributions from the sandbed Kankakee River in Illinois, are
shown (Bhowmik et al., 1980). The characteristic S shape suggests that these distributions
might be approximated by a gaussian curve. The median size D
50
falls near 0.3 to 0.4 mm.
The distributions are tight, with a near absence of either gravel or silt. For practical pur
poses, the material can be approximated as uniform.
In Fig. 6.4, several size distributions pertaining to the gravelbed Oak Creek in Oregon,
are shown (Milhous, 1973). In gravelbed streams, the surface layer (armor or pave
ment) tends to be coarser than the substrate (identified as subpavement in the figure).
Whether the surface or substrate is considered, it is apparent that the distribution ranges
over a much wider range of grain sizes than is the case in Fig. 6.3. More specifically, in
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.15
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
4
S
i
z
e
d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
o
f
b
e
d
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
s
a
m
p
l
e
s
i
n
O
a
k
C
r
e
e
k
.
O
r
e
g
o
n
.
S
o
u
r
c
e
:
(
M
i
l
h
o
u
s
,
1
9
7
3
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.16 Chapter Six
the distributions of the sandbed Kankakee River, varies from about 0 to about 3, where
as in Oak Creek, varies from about 8 to about 3. In addition, the distribution of Fig.
6.4 is upwardconcave almost everywhere and thus deviates strongly from the gaussian
distribution.
These two examples provide a window toward generalization. A river can be loosely
classified as sandbed or gravelbed according to whether the median size D
50
of the sur
face material or substrate is less than or greater than 2 mm. The size distributions of sand
bed streams tend to be relatively narrow and also tend to be S shaped. The size distribu
tions of gravelbed streams tend to be much broader and to display an upwardconcave
shape. Of course, there are many exceptions to this behavior, but it is sufficiently general
to warrant emphasis.
More evidence for this behavior is provided in Fig. 6.5. Here, the grain size distribu
tions for a variety of stream reaches have been normalized using the median size D
50
.
Four sandbed reaches are included with three gravelbed reaches. All the sandbed
distributions are S shaped, and all have a lower spread than the gravelbed distributions.
The standard deviation is seen to increase systematically with increasing D
50
(White et al.,
1973).
The three gravelbed size distributions differ systematically from the sandbed distrib
utions in a fashion that accurately reflects Oak Creek (Fig. 6.4). The standard deviation in
all cases is markedly larger than any of the sandbed distributions, and the distributions
FIGURE 6.5 Dimensionless grainsize distribution for different rivers (White et al., 1973)
are upwardconcave except perhaps near the coarsest sizes.
6.4 THRESHOLD CONDITION FOR SEDIMENT MOVEMENT
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.17
When a granular bed is subjected to a turbulent flow, virtually no motion of the grains is
observed at some flows, but the bed is mobilized noticeably at other flows. Factors that
affect the mobility of grains subjected to a flow are summarized below:
randomness
grain placement
turbulence
forces on grain
fluid
lift
mean & turbulent
drag
gravity
In the presence of turbulent flow, random fluctuations typically prevent the clear defini
tion of a critical, or threshold condition for motion: The probability for the movement of
a grain is never precisely zero (Lavelle and Mofjeld, 1987). Nevertheless, it is possible to
define a condition below which movement can be neglected for many practical purposes.
6.4.1 Granular Sediment on a Stream Bed
Figure 6.6 is a diagram showing the forces acting on a grain in a bed of other grains. When
critical conditions exist and the grain is on the verge of moving, the moment caused by
the critical shear stress
c
about the point of support is just equal to that of the weight of
the grain. Equating these moments gives (Vanoni, 1975):
FIGURE 6.6 Forces acting on a sediment particle on an inclined bed
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.18 Chapter Six
c
c
c
1
2
a
a
1
2
(
s
) Dcos (tan tan) (6.39)
in which
s
specific weight of sediment grains, specific weight of water, D diam
eter of grains, is the slope angle of the stream, the angle of repose of the sediment, c
1
and c
2
are dimensionless constants, and a
1
and a
2
are lengths shown in Fig. 6.6. Any consis
tent set of units can be used in Eq. (6.39). For a horizontal bed, Eq. (6.39) reduces to
c
c
1
2
a
a
1
2
(
s
)D tan (6.40)
For an adverse slope (i.e., 0),
c
c
1
2
a
a
1
2
(
s
)D cos (tan tan ) (6.41)
Equations (6.39), (6.40), and (6.41) cannot be used to give
c
because the factors c
1
, c
2
,
a
1
, and a
2
are not known. Therefore, the relation between the pertinent quantities is
expressed by dimensional analysis, and the actual relation is determined from experimen
tal data. Figure 6.7 is such a relation, first presented by Shields (1936) and carries his
name. The curve is expressed by dimensionless combinations of critical shear stress
c
,
sediment and water specific weights
s
and , sediment size D, critical shear velocity u
*c
c
/ and kinematic viscosity of water .
These quantities can be expressed in any consistent set of units. Dimensional analysis
yields,
c
*
(
s
c
)D
u
*
c
D
,
(6.42)
The Shields values of
c
*
are commonly used to denote conditions under which bed
sediments are stable but on the verge of being entrained. Not all workers agree with the
results given by the Shields curve. For example, some workers give
c
*
0.047 for the
dimensionless critical shear stress for values of R
*
u
*
D/ in excess of 500 instead of
0.06, as shown in Fig. 6.7. Taylor and Vanoni (1972) reported that small but finite amounts
of sediment were transported in flows with values of
c
*
given by the Shields curve.
The value of
c
to be used in design depends on the particular case at hand. If the sit
uation is such that grains that are moved can be replaced by others moving from upstream,
some motion can be tolerated, and the Shields values can be used. On the other hand, if
grains removed cannot be replaced, as on a stream bank, the Shields value of
c
are too
large and should be reduced.
The Shields diagram is not especially useful in the form of Fig. 6.7 because to find
c
,
one must know u
*
c
/ . The relation can be cast in explicit form by plotting
c
*
ver
sus Re
p
, noting the internal relation
u
*
R
u
*
gD
(*)
1/2
Re
p
(6.43)
where R
is the submerged specific gravity of the sediment. A useful fit is given
by Brownlie (1981a):
*
c
0.22Re
p
0.6
0.06 exp(17.77Re
p
0.06
) (6.44)
RgD D
w
c
c
= cos
1
t
t
a
a
n
n
,
2
(6.45)
where
1
is the slope of the bank and is the angle of repose for the sediment. Values of are
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.21
given in Fig. 6.8 after Lane (1955) and also can be found in Simons and Senturk (1976).
6.4.3 Granular Sediment on a Sloping Bed
Equation (6.39) shows that
c
diminishes as the slope angle increases. For extremely
small s,
c
is given by Eq. (6.40). Taking the ratio between Eqs. (6.39) and (6.40) yields
c
c
cos
t
t
a
a
n
n
,
(6.46)
c
is the critical shear stress for sediment on a bed with a slope angle , and
co
is the crit
ical shear stress for a bed with an extremely small slope. The value of
co
can be found
from the Shields diagram or with Eq. (6.44). Equation (6.46) is for positive , which is
positive for downward sloping beds. For beds with adverse slope, is negative and the
term tan /tan in Eq. (6.46) is positive.
6.4.4 Sediment Mixtures
Several authors have offered empirical or quasitheoretical extensions of the above rela
tions to the case of mixtures (e.g., Wilcock, 1988). Let D
i
denote the characteristic grain
size of the ith size range in a mixture. Furthermore, let D
sg
denote the geometric mean size
of the surface (exchange, active) layer. Most of the generalizations can be written in the
following form (Parker, 1990):
*
ci
*
cg
D
D
s
i
g
(6.47)
Here
*
ci
b
g
c
D
i
i
(6.48a)
and
*
cg
b
g
c
D
sg
sg
(6.48b)
where
bci
and
bcsg
denote the values of the dimensioned critical shear stress required to
move sediment of sizes D
i
and D
sg
in the mixture, respectively, and is an exponent tak
ing a value given below;
0.9 (6.49)
Figure 6.9 shows the similarity between four different published expressions having
the general form given by Eq. (6.47), which is of interest because it includes the effect of
hiding. For uniform material, the critical Shields stress is defined by Eq. (6.44). Consider
two flumes, one with uniform size D
a
and the other with uniform size D
b
. For sufficient
ly coarse material (u
*
D/ 1 or Re
p
1), the critical Shields stress must be the same for
both sizes (Fig. 6.7). It follows from Eq. (6.42) that where
bca
and
bcb
denote the dimen
sioned boundary shear stresses for cases a and b respectively,
bcb
bca
D
D
b
a
,
(6.50)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.22 Chapter Six
For the case of mixtures, on the other hand, it is seen from Eqs. (6.47) and (6.48) that
bci
bcsg
D
D
s
i
g
,
1
bcsg
D
D
s
i
g
,
0.1
(6.51)
Comparing Eqs. (6.50) and (6.51), it is seen that a finer particle (D
b
D
a
, or alternative
ly, D
i
D
sg
) is more mobile than a coarser particle. For example, suppose that one grain
size is four times coarser than another. If two uniform sediments are being compared, it
follows from Eq. (6.50) that the critical shear stress for the coarser material is four times
that of the finer material. In the case of a mixture, however, the critical shear stress for the
coarser material is only about 4
0.1
, or 1.15 times that for the finer material.
A finer particle in a mixture is thus seen to be only a little more mobile than its coars
ersized brethren, where uniform beds of fine material are much more mobile than are uni
form beds of coarser material. The reason is that finer particles in a mixture are relatively
less exposed to the flow; they tend to hide in the lee of coarser particles. By the same token,
a particle is relatively more exposed to the flow when most of its neighbors are finer.
A method to calculate the critical shear stress for motion of uniform and heterogeneous
sediments was proposed by Wiberg and Smith (1987) on the basis of the fluid mechanics
of initiation of motion, which takes into account both roughness and hiding effects.
6.5 SEDIMENT TRANSPORT
FIGURE 6.9 Critical shear stress for sediment mixture (Source: Misri et
al., 1983)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.23
6.5.1 Sediment Transport Modes
The most common modes of sediment transport in rivers are bedload and suspended load.
In the case of bedload, the particles roll, slide, or saltate over each other, never deviating
too far above the bed. In the case of suspended load, the fluid turbulence comes into play
carrying the particles well up into the water column. In both cases, the driving force for
sediment transport is the action of gravity on the fluid phase; this force is transmitted to
the particles via drag.
The same phenomena of bedload and suspended load transport occur in a variety of
other geophysical contexts. Sediment transport is accomplished in the nearshore lake and
oceanic environment by wave action. Turbidity currents carry sediment into lakes, reser
voirs, and the deep sea.
The phenomenon of sediment transport can sometimes be disguised in rather esoteric
phenomena. When water is supercooled, large quantities of particulate frazil ice can form.
As this water moves under a frozen ice cover, the phenomenon of sediment transport in
rivers is stood on its head. The frazil ice particles float rather than sink and thus tend to
accumulate on the bottom side of the ice cover rather than on the river bed. Turbulence
tends to suspend the particles downward rather than upward.
In the case of a powder snow avalanche, the fluid phase is air and the solid phase con
sists of snow particles. The dominant mode of transport is suspension. These flows are
close analogies of turbidity currents, insofar as the driving force for the flow is the action
of gravity on the solid phase rather than the fluid phase. That is, if all the particles drop
out of suspension, the flow ceases. In the case of sediment transport in rivers, it is accu
rate to say that the fluid phase drags the solid phase along. In the case of turbidity currents
and powder snow avalanches, the solid phase drags the fluid phase along.
Desert sand dunes provide an example for which the fluid phase is air, but the domi
nant mode of transport is saltation rather than suspension. Because air is so much lighter
than water, quartz sand particles saltate in long, high trajectories, relatively unaffected by
the direct action of turbulent fluctuations. The dunes themselves are created by the effect
of the fluid phase acting on the solid phase. They, in turn, affect the fluid phase by chang
ing the resistance.
Among the most interesting sedimenttransport phenomena are debris flows, slurries,
and hyperconcentrated flows. In all these cases, the solid and fluid phases are present in
similar quantities. A debris flow typically carries a heterogeneous mixture of grain sizes
ranging from boulders to clay. Slurries and hyperconcentrated flows are generally restrict
ed to finer grain sizes. In most cases, it is useful to think of such flows as consisting of a
single phase, the mechanics of which are highly nonNewtonian.
The study of the movement of grains under the influence of fluid drag and gravity
becomes even more interesting when one considers the link between sediment transport
and morphology. In the laboratory, the phenomenon can be studied in the context of a vari
ety of containers, such as channel and wave tanks, specified by the experimentalist. In the
field, however, the fluidsediment mixture constructs its own container. This new degree
of freedom opens up a variety of intriguing possibilities.
Consider the river. Depending on the existence or lack of a viscous sublayer and the
relative importance of bedload versus suspended load, a variety of rhythmic structures can
form on the river bed. These include ripples, dunes, antidunes, and alternate bars. The first
three of these can have a profound effect on the resistance to flow offered by the river bed.
Thus, they act to control river depth. River banks themselves also can be considered to be
a selfformed morphological feature, thus specifying the entire container.
The container itself can deform in plan. Alternate bars cause rivers to erode their banks
in a rhythmic pattern, thus allowing for the onset of meandering. Fully developed river
meandering implies an intricate balance between sediment erosion and deposition. If a
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
stream is sufficiently wide, it will braid rather than meander, dividing into several inter
twining channels.
Rivers create morphological structures at much larger scales as well. These include
canyons, alluvial fans, and deltas. Turbidity currents create similar structures in the ocean
ic environment. In the coastal environment, the beach profile itself is created by the inter
action of water and sediment. On a larger scale, offshore bars, spits, and capes constitute
rhythmic features created by wavecurrentsediment interaction. The boulder levees often
created by debris flows provide another example of a morphologic structure created by a
sedimentbearing flow.
The floodplains of most sandbed rivers often contain copious amounts of silt and clay
finer than approximately 50 . This material is often called wash load because it moves
through the river system without being present in the bed in significant quantities.
Increased wash load does not cause deposition on the bed, and reduced wash load does
not cause erosion because it is transported well below capacity. This is not meant to imply
that the wash load does not interact with the river system. Wash load in the water column
exchanges with the banks and the floodplain rather than the bed. Greatly increased wash
load, for example, can lead to thickened floodplain deposits, with a consequent increase
in bankfull channel depth.
The emphasis here is the understanding of bedload and suspended load transport in
rivers, with the goal of providing the knowledge needed to do sound sedimentation engi
neering, particularly with problems involving stream restoration and naturalization.
6.5.2 Shields Regime Diagram
In the context of rivers, it is useful to have a way to determine what kind of sediment
transport phenomena can be expected for different flow conditions and different charac
teristics of sediment particles. In Fig. 6.10, the ordinates correspond to bed shear stresses
written in the dimensionless form proposed by Shields
R
b
D
R
H
D
S
(6.52)
and the particle Re
p
, defined by Eq. (6.37) is used for the abscissa values. There are three
curves in the diagram which make it possible to know, for different values of (
*
, Re
p
), if
the given bed sediment will go into motion, and if this is the case whether or not the pre
vailing mode of transport will be in suspension or as bedload. The diagram also can be used
to predict what kind of bedforms can be expected. For example, ripples will develop in the
presence of a viscous sublayer and finegrained sediment. If the viscous sublayer is dis
rupted by coarse sediment particles, then dunes will be the most common type of bedform.
The Shields regime diagram also shows a clear distinction between the conditions
observed in sandbed rivers and gravelbed rivers at bankfull stage. If one wanted to mod
el in the laboratory sediment transport in rivers, the experimental conditions would be dif
ferent, depending on the river system in question. As could be expected, the diagram also
shows that in gravelbed rivers, sediment is transported as bedload. In sandbed rivers, on
the other hand, suspended load and bedload transport coexist most of the time.
The regime diagram is valid for steady, uniform, turbulent flow conditions, where the
bed shear stress
b
can be estimated with Eq. (6.1). The ranges for silt, sand, and gravel
also are included. In the diagram, the critical Shields stress for motion was plotted with
the help of Eq. (6.44). The critical condition for suspension is given by the following ratio:
u
v
*
s
1 (6.53)
6.24 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.25
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
1
0
S
h
i
e
l
d
s
r
e
g
i
m
e
d
i
a
g
r
a
m
.
(
S
o
u
r
c
e
:
G
a
r
y
P
a
r
k
e
r
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.26 Chapter Six
where u
*
is the shear velocity and v
s
is the sediment fall velocity. Equation (6.53) can be
transformed into
s
R
1
2
f
(6.54)
where
s
gR
u
2
*
D
(6.55)
and R
f
is given by Eq. (6.35a) and can be computed for different values of Re
p
with the
help of Eq. (6.38).
Finally, the critical condition for viscous effects (ripples) was obtained with the help
of Eq. (6.5) as follows:
11.6
u
*
1 (6.56)
which in dimensionless form can be written as
*
v
1
R
1
e
.
p
6
,
2
(6.57)
Relations (6.44), (6.54), and (6.57) are the ones plotted in Fig. 6.10. The Shields regime
diagram should be useful for studies concerning stream restoration and naturalization
because it provides the range of dimensionless shear stresses corresponding to bankfull
flow conditions for both gravel and sandbed streams.
6.6 BEDLOAD TRANSPORT
6.6.1 The Bed Load Transport Function
Bedload particles roll, slide, or saltate along the bed. The transport thus occurs tangential
to the bed. In a case where all the transport is directed in the streamwise, or s direction,
the volume bedloadtransport rate per unit width (n direction) is given by q; the units are
length
3
/length/per time, or length
2
/time. In general, q is a function of boundary shear stress
b
and other parameters; that is,
q q(
b
, other parameters) (6.58)
In general, bedload transport is vectorial, with components q
s
and q
n
in the s and n direc
tions, respectively.
6.6.2 Erosion Into and Deposition from Suspension
The volume rate of erosion of bed material into suspension per unit time per unit bed area
is denoted as E. The units of E are length
3
/length
2
/time, or velocity. A dimensionless sed
iment entrainment rate E
s
can thus be defined with the sediment fall velocity v
s
:
E v
s
E
s
(6.59)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
In general, E
s
can be expected to be a function of boundary shear stress
b
and other para
meters. Erosion into suspension can be taken to be directed upward normal: i.e., in the
positive z direction.
Let c
dz (6.60)
In a twodimensional case, two components, q
Ss
and q
Sn
, result, where
q
Ss
H
0
c
dz (6.61a)
q
Sn
H
0
c
dz (6.61b)
Deposition onto the bed is by means of settling. The rate at which material is fluxed
vertically downward onto the bed (volume/area/time) is given by v
s
c
b
, where c
b
is a near
bed value of c
q
s
s
q
n
n
v
s
(c
b
E
s
) (6.63)
To solve the Exner equation, it is necessary to have relations to compute bedload transport
(i.e., q
s
and q
n
), nearbed suspended sediment concentration c
b
, and sediment entrainment
into suspension E
s
. The basic form of Eq. (6.63) was first proposed by Exner (1925).
6.6.4 Bedload Transport Relations
A large number of bedload relations can be expressed in the general form
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.27
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.28 Chapter Six
q
*
q
*
(
*
, R
ep
, R) (6.64)
Here, q
*
is a dimensionless bedload transport rate known as the Einstein number, first
introduced by H. A. Einstein in 1950 and given by
q
*
Rg
q
D D
(6.65)
The following relations are of interest. In 1972, Ashida and Michiue introduced
q
*
17(
*
*
c
) [(
*
)
1/2
(
c
)
1/2
] (6.66)
and recommend a value of
c
*
of 0.05. It has been verified with uniform material ranging
in size from 0.3 mm to 7 mm. MeyerPeter and Muller (1948) introduced the following:
q
*
8(
*
*
c
)
3/2
(6.67)
where
*
c
0.047. This formula is empirical in nature and has been verified with data for
uniform gravel.
Engelund and Fredse (1976) proposed,
q
*
18.74(
*
*
c
) [(t
*
)1/2 0.7(
c
)
1/2
] (6.68)
where
*
c
0.05. This formula resembles that of Ashida and Michiue because the deriva
tion is almost identical.
Fernandez Luque and van Beek (1976) developed the following,
q
*
5.7(
*
*
c
)
3/2
(6.69)
where
c
varies from 0.05 for 0.9 mm material to 0.058 for 3.3. mm material. The relation
is empirical in nature.
Wilson (1966):
q
*
12(
*
c
)
3/2
(6.70)
where
c
was determined from the Shields diagram. This relation is empirical in nature;
most of the data used to fit it pertain to very high rates of bedload transport.
Einstein (1950):
q
*
q
*
(
*
) (6.71)
where the functionality is implicitly defined by the relation
1
(0.143/
*
)
2
(0.413/
*
)
2
e
t
2
dt
1
43
4
.5
3
q
.5
*
q
*
(6.72)
Note that this relation contains no critical stress. It has been used for uniform sand and
gravel.
Yalin (1963):
q
*
0.635s(
*
)
1/2
1n(1
a
2
s
a
2
s)
1
1
]
(6.73)
where
a
2
2.45(R 1)
0.4
(
c
)
1/2
; s
*
c
*
c
(6.74)
1
c
is evaluated from a standard Shields curve. Two constants in this formula have been
evaluated with the aid of data quoted by Einstein (1950), pertaining to 0.8 mm and 28.6
mm material.
Parker (1978):
q
*
11.2
(
*
0
*3
.03)
4.5
(6.75)
developed with data sets pertaining to rough mobilebed flow over gravel.
Several of these relations are plotted in Fig. 6.11. They tend to be rather similar in
nature. Scores of similar relations could be quoted.
To date, only few research groups have attempted complete derivations of the bedload
function in water. They are Wiberg and Smith (1989), Sekine and Kikkawa (1992), Garca
and Nio (1992), Nio and Garca, (1994, 1998), and Nio et al., (1994).
FIGURE 6.11 Bedload transport relations. (Parker, 1990)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.30 Chapter Six
6.6.5 Bedload Transport Relation for Mixtures.
Relatively few bedload relations have been developed specifically in the context of mix
tures (e.g., Bridge and Bennett, 1992). One of these is presented below as an example.
The relationship of Parker (1990) applies to gravelbed streams. The data used to fit
the relation are solely from two natural gravelbed streams: Oak Creek in Oregon and the
Elbow River in Alberta, Canada. The relation is surfacebased; load is specified per unit
of fractional content in the surface layer. The surface layer is divided into N size ranges,
each with a fractional content F
i
by volume, and a mean phi size
i
; D
i
2
i
.
The arith
metic mean of the surface size on the phi scale and the corresponding arithmetic stan
dard deviation
are given by
F
i
i
;
2
F
i
(
i
)
2
(6.76a, b)
The corresponding geometric mean size D
sg
and the geometric standard deviation
sg
of
the surface layer are given by
D
sg
2
sg
2
(6.77a, b)
In the Parker relation, the volume bedload transport per unit width of gravel in the ith
size range is given by the product q
i
F
i
(no summation), where q
i
denotes the transport per
unit fraction in the surface layer. The total volume bedload transport rate of gravel per unit
width is q
T
, where
q
T
q
i
F
i
(6.78)
The relation does not apply to sand. Thus, before using the relation for a given surface
distribution, the sand content of the grainsize distribution must be removed and F
i
must
be renormalized so that it sums to unity over all sizes in excess of 2 mm.
If p
i
denotes the fraction volume content of material in the ith size range in the bed
load, it follows that
p
i
q
q
i
F
i
F
i
i
(6.79)
The parameter q
i
is made dimensionless as follows:
W
*
si
(
b
R
/
g
)
q
3/
i
2
F
i
(6.80)
A dimensionless Shields stress based on the surface geometric mean size is defined as
follows:
*
sg
g
b
D
sg
(6.81)
Let
sgo
denote a normalized value of this Shields stress, given by
sgo
*
*
r
s
s
g
g
o
o
(6.82)
where
*
rsgo
0.0386 (6.83)
corresponds to a nearcritical value of Shields stress. The Parker relation can then be
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.31
expressed in the form
W
*
si
0.0218 G [
sgo
g
o
(
i
)] (6.84a)
In the above relationship, g
o
denotes a hiding function given by
g
o
(
i
)
0.0951
i
;
i
D
D
s
i
g
(6.84b)
The parameter is given by the relationship
1
(
o
1) (6.84c)
where
o
and
o
are specified as functions of
sgo
in Fig. 6.12. The function G is speci
fied as
5474(1 0.853/)
4.5
1.65
G[]
exp[14.2( 1) 9.28( 1)
2
] 1 1.65
M
o
1 (6.85)
and is shown in Fig. 6.13. Here, M
o
14.2 and is a dummy variable for the argument
in Eq. (6.84) and is not to be confused with the grainsize scale.
An application of Eq. (6.84) to uniform material with size D results in the relation
q
*
0.0218(
*
)
3/2
G
0.0
3
*
86
,
(6.86)
where
q
*
gR
q
D D
;
*
R
b
D
(6.87)
and q denotes the volumetric sediment transport per unit width. In Fig. 6.11, Eq. (6.86) is
compared to several other relations and selected laboratory data for uniform material. The
figure is adapted from Figs. 6b and 7 in Wiberg and Smith (1989), where reference to the
data and equations can be found. The data pertain to 0.5 mm sand and 28.6 mm gravel.
Equation (6.86) shows a reasonable correspondence with the data and with several other
relations for uniform material.
The Parker relationship (Eq. 6.84) can be used to predict mobile or static armor in
gravel streams. Note that there is no formal critical stress in the formulation; instead for
1, the transport rates become extremely small. For the computation of bedload trans
port in poorly sorted gravelbed rivers, the above formulation has been used to implement
a series of programs named ACRONYM (Parker, 1990). The program ACRONYM1
provides an implementation of the surfacebased bedload transport equation presented in
Parker (1990). It computes the magnitude and size distribution of bedload transport over
a bed surface of given size distribution, on which a given boundary shear stress is
imposed. The program ACRONYM2 inverts the same bedload transport equation,
allowing for calculation of the size distribution at a given boundary shear stress. The pro
gram was used to compute mobile and static armor size distributions in Parker (1990) and
Parker and Sutherland (1990).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.32 Chapter Six
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
1
2
P
l
o
t
s
o
f
0
a
n
d
0
v
e
r
s
u
s
s
g
0
,
t
h
e
a
s
y
m
p
t
o
t
e
s
a
r
e
n
o
t
e
d
o
n
t
h
e
p
l
o
t
.
(
P
a
r
k
e
r
,
1
9
9
0
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.33
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
1
3
P
l
o
t
o
f
G
a
n
d
G
T
v
e
r
s
u
s
5
0
.
(
P
a
r
k
e
r
,
1
9
9
0
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
The program ACRONYM3 allows for the computation of aggradation or degrada
tion to a specified active or static equilibrium final state. To this end, Parkers method
(1990) is combined with a resistance relation of the Keulegan type. In the program, both
constant width and water discharge are assumed.
The program ACRONYM4 is directed toward the wavelike aggravation of selfsim
ilar form discussed in Parker (1991a, 1991b). It uses Parkers method and a resistance
relation of the ManningStrickler type to compute downstream fining and slope concavi
ty caused by selective sorting and abrasion.
6.7 BEDFORMS
The formation and behavior of sediment waves produced by moving water are, in equal
measure, intellectually intriguing and of great engineering importance. Because of the
central role they play in river hydraulics, fluvial ripples, dunes, and bars have received
extensive attention from engineers for at least the past two centuries, and even more inten
sive descriptive study from geologists. Such studies can be divided into three categories
according to the approach followed: analytical, empirical, or statistical.
Analytical models for bedforms have been proposed since 1925 (Anderson, 1953;
Blondeaux et al., 1985; Colombini et al., 1987; Engelund, 1970; Exner, 1925; Fredsoe,
1974, 1982; Gill, 1971; Haque and Mahmood, 1985; Hayashi, 1970; Kennedy, 1963,
1969; Parker, 1975; Raudkivi and Witte, 1990; Richards, 1980; Smith, 1970; Tubino and
Seminara, 1990).
Empirical methods include the following works (Coleman and Melville, 1994;
Colombini et al., 1990; Garca and Nio, 1993; Garde and Albertson, 1959; Ikeda, 1984;
Jaeggi, 1984; Kinoshita and Miwa, 1974; Menduni and Paris, 1986: Ranga Raju and Soni,
1976; Raudkivi, 1963; van Rijn, 1984; Yalin, 1964; Yalin and Karahan, 1979).
Statistical models for bedforms have been advanced by the following authors
Annambhotla et al.,1972; Hino, 1968; Jain and Kennedy, 1974; Nakagawa and Tsujimoto,
1984; Nordin and Algert, (1966).
Despite all the research that has been done, there is presently no completely reliable
predictor for the conditions of occurrence and characteristics of the different bed config
urations (ripples, dunes, flat bed, antidunes).
6.7.1 Dunes, Antidunes, Ripples, and Bars
The ripples, dunes, and antidunes illustrated in Fig. 6.14 are the classic bedforms of
erodiblebed openchannel flow. On the one hand, they are a product of the flow and
sediment transport; on the other hand, they profoundly influence the flow and sediment
transport. In fact, all the bedload formulas quoted previously are strictly invalid in
the presence of bedforms. The adjustments necessary to render them valid are discussed
later.
Ripples, dunes, and antidunes are undular (wavelike) features that have wavelengths
and wave heights that scale no larger than on the order of the flow depth H, as defined
below.
6.7.1.1 Dunes. Welldeveloped dunes tend to have wave heights D scaling up to about
onesixth of the depth: i.e.,
6.34 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.35
1
6
(6.88)
Dune wavelengths can vary considerably. A fairly typical range can be quantified as
dimensionless wave number k, where
k
2
(6.89)
This range is
0.25 k 4.0 (6.90)
Dunes invariably migrate downstream. Typically, they are approximately triangular in
shape and usually (but not always) possess a slip face, beyond which the flow is separat
ed for a certain length. A dune progresses forward as bedload accretes on the slip face.
Generally, little bedload is able to pass beyond the face without depositing on it, whereas
most of the suspended load is not directly affected by it.
Let c denote the wave speed of the dune. The bedload transport rate can be estimated as
the volume of material transported forward per unit bed area per unit time by a migrating
dune. If the dune is approximated as triangular in shape, the following approximation holds:
q
1
2
c(1
p
) (6.91)
Dunes are characteristic of subcritical flow in the Froude sense. In a shallowwater (long
wave) model, the Froude criterion (Fr) dividing subcritical and supercritical flow is
FIGURE 6.14 Schematic of different bedforms. (Vanoni, 1975)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.36 Chapter Six
Fr 1 (6.92)
where
Fr (6.93)
Dunes, however, do not qualify as long waves because their wavelength is of the order of
the depth. A detailed potential flow analysis over a wavy bed yields the following (wave
number dependent) criterion for critical flow over a bedform (Kennedy, 1963).
Fr
2
1
k
tanh(k) (6.94)
Note that as k 0( ) tanh(k) k, and condition (6.92) is recovered in the long
wave limit. For dunes to occur, then, the following condition must be satisfied:
F
2
1
k
1
k
k tan
1
h (k)
(6.97)
Values lower than the value in Eq. 6.97 are associated with upstreammigrating antidunes.
6.7.1.3 Ripples. Ripples are dunelike features that occur only in the presence of a vis
cous sublayer. They look much like dunes because they migrate downstream and have a
pronounced slip face. They generally are much more threedimensional in structure than
are dunes, however, and have little effect on the water surface.
A criterion for the existence of ripples is the existence of a viscous sublayer. Recalling
that the thickness of the viscous sublayer is given by
v
11.6v/u*, it follows that ripples
form when
U
gH
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.37
u
*
11.6 (6.98)
6.7.1.4 Bars. Bars are bedforms in rivers that scale the channel width. They include
alternate bars in straight streams, point bars in meandering streams, and pool bars in braid
ed streams. In straight streams, the minimum channel slope S necessary for alternatebar
formation is given by
S (6.99)
(Jaeggi, 1984), where B is the channel width, D
g
is the geometric mean size of the bed sed
iment, as given by Eq. (6.82a), and M is a parameter that varies from 0.34 for uniform
sized bed material to 0.7 for poorly sorted material.
Scour depth (S
d
) caused by alternate bar formation can be estimated with
S
d
0.76
AB
, (6.100)
where
AB
is the total height of the alternate bar.
6.7.1.5 Progression of bedforms. Various bedforms are associated with various flow
regimes. In the case of a sandbed stream with a characteristic size less than about 0.5 mm,
a clear progression is evident as flow velocity increases. This is illustrated in Fig. 6.14.
The bed is assumed to be initially flat. At low imposed velocity U, the bed remains flat
because no sediment is moved. As the velocity exceeds the critical value, ripples are
formed first. At higher values, dunes form and coexist with ripples. For even higher veloc
ities, welldeveloped dunes form in the absences of ripples.
At some point, the velocity reaches a value near the critical value in the Froude sense:
B
D
B
g
,
0.15
exp
1.07
D
B
g
,
0.15
M
1
1
]
12.9
D
B
g
,
Ripples
Bars
Wavelength less than
approx 1 ft; height less
than approx 0.1 ft.
Lengths comparable to
the channel width.
Height comparable to
mean flow depth.
Roughly triangular in
profile, with gentle,
slightly convex
upstream slopes and
downstream slopes
nearly equal to the
angle of repose.
Generally shortcrested
and threedimensional.
Profile similar to
ripples. Plan form
variable.
Move downstream with
velocity much less than
that of the flow.
Generally do not occur
in sediments coarser
than about 0.6 mm.
Four types of bars are
distinguished: (1)
point, (2) alternating,
(3) transverse, and (4)
tributary. Ripples may
occur on upstream
slopes.
Table 6.4 Summary of Bedform Effects on Flow Configuration
Bed Form or Behavior and
Configuration Dimensions Shape Occurrence
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.38 Chapter Six
Dunes
Transition
Flat bed
Antidunes
Wavelength and height
greater than ripples but
less than bars.
Vary widely
Wave length 2V
2
/g
(approx)* Height
depends on depth and
velocity of flow.
Similar to ripples.
Vary widely.
Nearly sinusoidal in
profile. Crest length
comparable to
wavelength.
Upstream slopes of
dunes may be covered
with ripples. Dunes
migrate downstream in
manner similar to
ripples.
A configuration
consisting of a
heterogeneous array of
bed forms, primarily
low amplitude ripples
and dunes interspersed
with flat regions.
A bed surface devoid
of bed forms. May not
occur for some ranges
of depth and sand size.
In phase with and
strongly interact with
gravity watersurface
waves. May move
upstream, downstream,
or remain stationary,
depending on properties
of flow and sediment.
Table 6.4 (Continued)
Bed Form or Behavior and
Configuration Dimensions Shape Occurence
(1) (2) (3) (4)
*
Reported by Kennedy (1969).
Source: Vanoni (1975).
i.e., Eq. (6.94). Near this point, the dunes often are suddenly and dramatically washed out.
This results in a flat bed known as an upperregime (supercritical) flat bed. Further
increases in velocity lead to the formation of antidunes and, finally, to the chute and pool
pattern. The last of these is characterized by a series of hydraulic jumps.
In the case of a bed coarser than 0.5 mm, the ripple regime is replaced by a zone char
acterized by a lowerregime (subcritical) flat bed. Above this lies the ranges for dunes, the
upperregime flat bed, and antidunes.
The effect of bedforms on flow resistance is summarized in Table 6.4. As noted earli
er for equilibrium flows in wide straight channels, the relation for bed resistance can be
expressed in the form
b
C
f
U
2
(6.101)
where C
f
denotes a bedfriction coefficient. If the bed were rigid and the flow were
rough, C
f
would vary only weakly with the flow, according to the logarithmic law
embodied in Eq. (6.12). As a result, the relation between
b
and U is approximately par
abolic.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.39
The effect of bedforms is to increase the bed shear stress to values often well above
that associated with the skin friction of a rough bed alone. In Fig. 6.15, a plot of
b
versus U is given for the case of an erodible bed. At extremely low values of U, the
parabolic law is followed. As ripples, then dunes are formed, the bed shear stress rises
to a maximum value. At this maximum value, the value of C
f
is seen to be as much
as five times the value without dunes. It is clear that dunes play an important role
regarding bed resistance. The increased resistance results from form drag in the lee of
the dune.
As the flow velocity increases further, dune wavelength gradually increases and dune
height diminishes, leading to a gradual reduction in resistance. At some point, the dunes
are washed out, and the parabolic law is again satisfied. At even higher velocities, the
form drag associated with antidunes appears; it is usually not as pronounced as that of
dunes.
6.7.2 Dimensionless Characterization of Bedform Regime
Based on the above arguments, it is possible to identify at least three parameters govern
ing bedforms at equilibrium flow. These are Shields stress
*
, shear Reynolds number Re
u
*
D/, and Fr. A characteristic feature of sediment transport is the proliferation of
dimensionless parameters. This feature notwithstanding, Parker and Anderson (1977)
showed that equilibrium relations of sediment transport for uniform material in a straight
channel can be expressed with just two dimensionless hydraulic parameters, along with a
particle Re (e.g., Re
p
or Re) and a measure of the denstiy difference (e.g., R).
FIGURE 6.15 Variations of bed shear stress
b
and DarcyWeisbach friction fac
tor f with mean velocity U in flow over a fine sand bed. (Raudkivi, 1990)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.40 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.16 Bedform predictor proposed by Simons and
Richardson (1966).
In the case of bedforms, then, the following classification can be proposed:
bedform type function (
1
,
2
; Re
p
, R) (6.102)
Here, any independent pair of hydraulic variables
1
,
2
applicable to the problem can be
specified because any one pair can be transformed into any other independent pair. For
example, the pair
*
and Fr might be used or, alternatively, S and H/D.
One popular discriminator of bedform type is not expressed in dimensionless form at
all. It is the diagram proposed by Simons and Richardson (1966), (Fig. 6.16). In the dia
gram, regimes for ripples and dunes, transition to the upperregime plane bed, and upper
regime plane bed and antidunes are shown. The two hydraulic parameters are abbreviated
to a single one, stream power
b
U, and the particle Re is replaced by grain size D. The dia
gram is applicable only for sandbed streams of relatively small scale.
Lius discriminator (1957), shown in Fig. 6.17, uses one dimensionless hydraulic para
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.41
FIGURE 6.17 Criteria for bedforms proposed by Liu (1957)
FIGURE 6.18 Bedform classification. (after Chabert and Chauvin,
1963)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.42 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.19a Bedform chart for R
g
= 4.510 (D
50
= 0.12 mm0.200 mm)
FIGURE 6.19b Bedform chart for R
g
= 4.510 (D
50
= 0.12
mm0.200 mm)
meter u
*
/v
s
(a surrogate for
*
) and the particle Re
p
. The diagram is of interest because it
covers sizes much coarser than those of Simons and Richardson. It is seen that the vari
ous regimes become compressed as grain size increases. In the case of extremely coarse
material, the flow must be supercritical for any motion to occur. As a result, neither rip
ples or dunes are expected.
In fact, dunes can occur over a limited range in the case of coarse material. This is
illustrated in Fig. 6.18. The diagram shows that Re must be less than approximately 10(
v
D) for ripples to form. Recalling that
Re
u
*
(
*
)
1/2
R g
D D
(6.103)
and using a critical value of
*
of approximately 0.03, it is seen from Eq. (6.101) and the
conditions R 1.65, 0.01 cm
2
/s that the condition Re 10 corresponds to a value of
D of approximately 0.6 mm.
For coarser grain sizes, the dune regime is preceded by a fairly wide range consisting
of a lowerregime flat bed. Many gravelbed rivers never leave this lowerregime flat bed
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.43
FIGURE 6.19d Bedform chart for R
g
= 1626 (D
50
= 0.228 mm0.45 mm)
FIGURE 6.19e Bedform chart for R
g
= 2448 (D
50
= 0.4
mm0.57 mm)
FIGURE 6.19c Bedform chart for R
g
= 4.510 (D
50
= 0.15 mm0.32 mm)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.44 Chapter Six
region, even at bankfull flow. The diagram in Fig. 6.18 is not suited to the description of
upperregime flow.
A complete set of diagrams for the case of sand is shown in Fig. 6.19a to f, (Vanoni,
1974). The two hydraulic parameters are Fr and H/D; the particle Re used in the plot is
equal to Re
p
/R, and constant R is set at 1.65. Note how the transition to upper regime
FIGURE 6.20 Bedform classification (after van Rijin, 1984)
FIGURE 6.19f Bedform chart. A, B, C, D, E, F (after Vanoni, 1974)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.45
occurs at progressively lower values of Fr for relatively deeper flow (in the sense that H/D
becomes large).
A bedform classification scheme that includes both the lower and the upper regime
was proposed by Van Rijn (1984). The scheme is based on a dimensionless particle diam
eter D
*
and the transportstage parameter T defined, respectively, as
D
*
D
50
g
2
,
1/3
R
2/3
ep (6.104)
and
T
*
s
*
c
*
c
(6.105)
where
s
*
is the bed shear stress caused by skin or grain friction, and
c
*
is the critical shear
stress for motion from the Shields diagram.
Van Rijn (1984) suggested that ripples form when both D
*
10 and T 3, as shown
in Fig. 6.20. Dunes are present elsewhere when T 15, dunes wash out when 15 T
25, and upper flow regime starts when T 25.
In the lower regime, the geometry of bedforms refers to representative dune height
and wavelength as a function of the average flow depth H, median bed particle diame
ter D
50
, and other flow parameters such as the transportstage parameter T, and the grain
shear Reynolds number Re. The bedform height and steepness predictors proposed by van
Rijn (1984) are
FIGURE 6.21a,b Bedform height and steepness (after van Rijn,
1984)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.46 Chapter Six
0.11
D
H
50
,
0.3
(1 e
0.5T
)(25 T) (6.106)
and
0.015
D
H
50
,
0.3
(1 e
0.5T
) (25 T) (6.107)
The bedform length obtained from dividing these two equations, 7.3H, is close
to the theoretical value 2H, derived by Yalin (1964). The agreement with labora
tory data is good, as shown in Fig. 6.21a and b, but both curves tend to underestimate the
bedform height and steepness of field data (Julien, 1995; Julien and Klaasen, 1995). For
instance, lowerregime bedforms are observed in the Mississippi River at values of T well
beyond 25. Large dunes on alluvial rivers often display small dunes moving along their
stoss face (Amsler and Garca, 1997; Klaasen et al., 1986), resulting in additional form
drag that is not accounted for in relations derived from laboratory observations. What is
needed is a predictor for bedforms in large alluvial rivers based on field
observations,
6.7.3 Effect of Bedforms on River Stage
The presence or absence of bedforms on the bed of a river can lead to some curious effects
on a rivers stage. According to a standard Manningtype relation for an nonerodible bed,
the following should hold:
U
1
n
H
2/3
S
1/2
(6.108)
FIGURE 6.22 Flow velocity versus hydraulic radius for
the Rio Grande (after Nordin, 1964)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Here, the channel is assumed to be wide enough to allow the hydraulic radius to be
replaced with the depth H. According to Eq. (6.108), if the energy slope remains relative
ly constant, depth should increase monotonically with increasing velocity. This would
indeed be the case for a rigid bed. In a sandbed stream, however, resistance decreases as
U increases over a wide range of conditions.
At equilibrium,
b
C
f
U
2
gHS (6.109)
This decrease in resistance implies that depth does not increase as rapidly in U as it would
for a rigidbed open channel. In fact, as transition to upper regime is approached, the bed
forms can be wiped out suddenly, resulting in a dramatic decrease in resistance. The result
can be an actual decrease in depth as velocity increases (Fig. 6.22).
It is often found that the discharge at which the dunes are obliterated is a little below
bankfull in sandbed streams. As a result, flooding is not as severe as it would be other
wise. The precise point of transition is generally different, depending on whether the dis
charge is increasing or decreasing. This can lead to doublevalued stagedischarge rela
tions, (Fig. 6.22).
6.8 EFFECT OF BEDFORMS ON FLOW AND
SEDIMENT TRANSPORT
6.8.1 Form Drag and Skin Friction
As was seen in Sec. 6.7.3, bedforms can have a profound influence on the flow resistance
and thus on the sediment transport in an alluvial channel. To characterize the importance
of bedforms in this regard, it is of value to consider the forces that contribute to the drag
force on the bed.
Consider, for example, the case of normal flow in a wide rectangular channel. In the
presence of bedforms, Eq. (6.1) must be amended to
b
gHS (6.110)
where
b
is an effective boundary shear stress, where the overbear denotes averaging over
the bedforms and can be defined as the streamwise drag force per unit area, where H now
represents the depth averaged over the bedforms.
In most cases of interest, the two major sources of the effective boundary shear stress
b
are skin friction, which is associated with the shear stresses, and the form drag, which
is associated with the pressure. That is,
b
bs
bf
(6.111)
where
bs
is the shear stress caused by skin friction and
bf
is the shear stress caused by
form drag.
The important thing to realize is that form drag results from a net pressure distribution
over an entire bedform. At any given point along the surface of the bedform, the pressure
force acts normal to the body. For this reason, form drag is ineffective in either moving
bedload sediment or entraining sediment into suspension. In the case of dunes in rivers,
because the flow usually separates in the lee of the crest, the form drag is often substan
tial. The part of the effective shear stress that governs sediment transport is thus seen to
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.47
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.48 Chapter Six
be the skin friction.
To render any of the bedload formulas presented in Sec. 6.6.4 valid in the presence of
bedforms, it is necessary to replace the Shields stress
*
by the Shields stress
*
s
associat
ed with skin friction only:
*
s
b
g
s
D
(6.112)
The fact that the form drag needs to be excluded to compute sediment transport does
not by any means imply that it is unimportant. It is often the dominant source of bound
ary resistance and thus plays a crucial role in determining the depth of flow. This will be
considered in more detail below.
6.8.2 Shear Stress Partitions
6.8.2.1 Einstein partition. Einstein (1950) was among the first to recognize the neces
sity to distinguish between skin friction and form drag. He proposed the following simple
scheme to partition the two. Equation (6.101) is amended to represent an effective bound
ary shear stress averaged over bedforms:
b
C
f
U
2
(6.113)
where C
f
now represents a resistance coefficient that includes both skin friction and form
drag. For a given flow velocity U, Einstein computed the skin friction as follows:
bs
C
fs
U
2
(6.l14)
where C
fs
is the frictional resistance coefficient that would result if bedforms were absent.
For example, in the case of rough turbulent flow, Eq. (6.15) may be used:
C
fs
1
1n
11
H
k
s
s
,
1
1
]
2
(6.115)
(In fact, Einstein presented a slightly different formula, which allows for turbulent smooth
and transitional flow as well.) The parameter H
s
denotes the depth that would result in the
absence of bedforms (but with U held constant). This depth is per force less than H
because the resistance is less in the absence of bedforms.
The remaining problem is how to calculate H
s
. Einstein restricted his arguments to the
case of normal flow. In this case, Eq. (6.15) holds: that is,
b
C
f
U
2
gHS (6.116a)
and
bs
C
fs
U
2
gH
s
S (6.116b)
Now, between Eqs. (6.113) and (6.116b), the following relation is obtained for H
s
:
H
s
U
gS
2
1
1n(11
H
k
s
s
)
1
1
]
2
(6.117)
For given values of U, k
s
, and S (averaged over bedforms), Eq. (6.117) is easily solved
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
iteratively for H
s
. Once H
s
is known, it is not difficult to complete the partition. From Eq.
(6.109), it follows that
bf
b
bs
. (6.118)
In analogy to Eqs. (6.111), (6.112), and (6.114), the following definitions are made:
bf
C
ff
U
2
gH
f
S (6.119)
from which it follows that
C
f
C
fs
C
ff
(6.120a)
and
H H
s
H
f
(6.120b)
Here, C
ff
denotes the resistance coefficient associated with form drag and H
s
denotes the
extra depth (compared to the case of skin friction alone) that results from form drag.
Up to this point, it is assumed the U, S, and k
s
are given. If, for example, H also is
known,
b
can be calculated from Eq. (6.110). After H
s
, C
fs
, and
bs
are computed from
Eqs. (6.113) to (6.115), it is possible to compute
bf
, H
f
, and C
ff
from Eqs. (6.116) and
(6.118).
6.8.2.2 Example of the Einstein partition. Consider a sandbed stream at a given cross
section with a slope of 0.0004, a mean depth of 2.9 m, a value of median bed sediment
size of 0.35 mm, and a discharge per unit width of 4.4 m
2
/s. Assume that the flow is at
nearnormal conditions. Compute values of
bs
,
bf
, C
fs
, C
ff
, H
s
, and H
f
.
Solution: U 4.4/2.9 1.52 m/s. An appropriate estimate of k
s
for a sandbed stream is
k
s
2.5D
50
(6.121)
Solving Eq. (6.115) by successive approximation, it is found the H
s
1.047 m. The
following values then hold:
bs
4.11 newtons/m
2
(
*
s
0.725)
bf
7.27 newtons/m
2
(
*
f
1.283)
b
11.38 newtons/m
2
(
*
2.008)
C
fs
0.00178
C
ff
0.00315
C
f
0.00493 (C
f
1/2
14.5)
H
s
1.047 m
H
f
1.842 m
H 2.9 m
In the above relations,
*
f
g
bf
D
(6.122)
denotes a form Shield stress. In the above case, only some 30% of the total Shields stress
(skin form) contributes to moving sediment.
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.49
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
The Einstein method provides a way of partitioning the boundary shear stress if the
flow is known. It does not provide a direct means of computing form drag. A method pro
posed by Nelson and Smith (1989) overcomes this difficulty.
6.8.2.3 NelsonSmith partition. Nelson and Smith considered flow over a dune; the
flow is taken to separate in the lee of the dune. On the basis of experimental observations,
they use the following relation for form drag:
D
f
B
1
2
c
D
U
2
r
(6.123)
Here, D
f
denotes that portion of the streamwise drag force D
fs
that is caused by form drag,
B is the channel width, and U
r
denotes a reference velocity to be defined below. They eval
uate the drag coefficient c
D
as
c
D
0.21 (6.124)
It follows that
bf
1
2
c
D
U
2
r
B
D
(6.125)
The reference velocity U
r
is defined to be the mean velocity that would prevail between
z k
s
and z if the bedforms were not there. From the logarithmic profile represent
ed by Eq. (6.7), this is found to be given by
r
s
/
[ln(30
) 1] (6.126)
It is now assumed that a rough logarithmic law with roughness k
s
prevails from z k
s
to
z D, and a different rough logarithmic law with roughness k
c
prevails from z D to z
H. Here k
c
represents a composite roughness length, including the effects of both skin
friction and form drag. The two laws are thus
(
b
z
s
)
/
ln
30
k
z
s
, k
s
z (6.127a)
and
ln
30
k
z
c
, z H (6.127b)
Nelson and Smith (1989) matched the above two laws at the level z . After some
manipulation, it is found that
bs
bs
bf
l
l
n
n
(
(
3
3
0
0
/
/
k
k
c
s
)
2
(6.128)
The partition requires a prior knowledge of total boundary shear stress
b
bs
bf
as
well as roughness height k
s
, dune height , and dune wavelength . Between Eqs. (6.123)
and (6.124),
bs/f
b
bs
1
2
c
D
ln
30
k
bs
(6.129)
This equation can be solved for
bs
, and thus
bf
. The value of k
c
is then obtained from Eq.
(6.128).
6.8.2.4 Example of the NelsonSmith Partition. The example is chosen to be rather
u
(z)
(
bs
b
f
)/
6.50 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.51
similar to the previous one: H 2.9 m, S 0.0004, k
s
2.5 D
50
, D
50
0.35 mm,
0.4 m, and 15 m. The technique, which requires no iteration, yields the following
results:
bs
4.45 newtons/m
2
(
*
s
0.785)
bf
6.93 newtons/m
2
(
*
f
1.223)
b
11.38 newtons/m
2
(
*
2.008)
k
c
0.0311 m
C
fs
0.00130
C
ff
0.00203
C
f
0.00333 (C
1/2
f
17.3)
H
s
1.134 m
H
f
1.766 m
H 2.9 m
In computing friction coefficients, the following relationship was used for the depthaver
aged flow velocity:
(
bs
U
bf
) /
1
1n
11
H
k
c
,
(6.130)
The NelsonSmith method does not require the assumption of quasinormal flow.
6.8.3 Empirical Formulas for StageDischarge Relations
To use either the Einstein or NelsonSmith partitions, it is necessary to know in advance
the total effective boundary shear stress
b
. In general, this is not known. As a result, the
relations in themselves cannot be used to predict the boundary shear stress (as well as the
contributions from skin friction and form drag), and thus depth H, for a flow of, say, giv
en slope S and discharge per unit width q
w
.
A number of empirical techniques have been proposed to accomplish this. Only three
are presented here; they are known to perform well for sandbed streams with dune
resistance.
6.8.3.1 EinsteinBarbarossa Method. The method of Einstein and Barbarossa (1952) is
applicable for the case of dune resistance in a sandbed stream. It assumes an empirical
relation of the following form:
C
ff
fn
*
s35
_
,
(6.131)
Here,
*
s35
g
b
D
s
35
(6.132)
The EinsteinBarbarossa plot is shown in Fig. 6.23. Note that it implies that C
ff
declines
for increasing
*
s35
. That is, the relation applies in the range for which increased intensity
of flow causes a decrease in form drag.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
In the EinsteinBarbarossa method, C
fs
is computed from a relation similar to Eq.
(6.113). That relation is used here to illustrate the method, which uses the Einstein parti
tion for skin friction and form drag.
6.8.3.2 Application of the EinsteinBarbarossa Method. The EinsteinBarbarossa
method is now used to synthesize a depthdischarge relation: that is, a relation between H
and water discharge Q is obtained. It is assumed that the river slope S and the sizes D
50
and D
35
are known. The river is taken to be wide enough so that the hydraulic radius R
h
H; otherwise, R
h
should be used in place of H. In addition, the crosssectional shape is
known, allowing for specification of the following geometric relation:
B B(H) (6.133)
(It also is assumed that auxiliary relations for area A, wetted perimeter P and R
h
as func
tions of H are known.)
A range of values of H
s
is arbitrarily assumed, ranging from an extremely shallow
depth to nearly bankfull depth (recall that H
s
H). For each value of H
s
, the calculation
proceeds as follows:
H
s
C
fs
Eq. (6.115)
C
fs
, H
s
U Eq. (6.116b)
H
s
bs
*
s35
Eq. (6.116b), (6.132)
*
s35
C
ff
Eq. (6.131); use the diagram
C
ff
, U H
f
Eq. (6.119)
6.52 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.23 Flow resistance due to bedforms. [after Einstein et al. (1952).]
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.53
H H
s
H
f
Eq. (6.120b)
Q UH B(H) Eq. (6.133)
The result can be plotted in terms of H versus Q.
The analysis can be continued for bedload transport rates. That is, the parameter
bs
can
be computed from
*
s
g
b
D
s
50
(6.134)
and this parameter can be substituted into an appropriate bedload transport equation to
obtain q. The volume bedload transport rate Q
b
is then computed as
Q
b
qB (6.135)
6.8.3.3 EngelundHansen Method. The method of Engelund and Hansen (1967) also
applies specifically for sandbed streams. It is generally more accurate than the method of
Einstein and Barbarossa, to which it is closely allied. The method assumes quasiuniform
material; it is necessary to know only a single grain size D. Roughness height k
s
is com
puted from Eq. (6.121).
The method uses the Einstein partition. Skin friction is computed using Eq. (6.112).
Form drag is computed from the following empirical relation:
*
s
f(
*
) (6.136)
where
g
b
D
;
*
s
b
g
s
D
(6.137a, b)
Equation (6.134) is shown graphically in Fig. 6.24. It has two branches, each correspond
ing to lowerregime and upperregime flows. The two do not meet smoothly, implying the
possibility of a sudden transition. The point of transition is not specified, which suggests
the possibility of doublevalued rating curves. The lowerregime branch of Eq. (6.136) is
given by
*
s
0.06 0.4(
*
)
2
(6.138)
The upper branch satisfies the relation
s
*
(6.139)
over a range; this implies an upperregime plane bed. For higher values of Shields stress,
*
again exceeds
*
s
implying antidune resistance.
6.8.3.4 Application of the EngelundHansen Method. The procedure parallels that of
EinsteinBarbarossa relatively closely. It is assumed that the values of S and D as well as
the crosssectional geometry are known. Values of H
s
are selected, ranging from a low val
ue to near bankfull. The calculation then proceeds as follows:
H
s
C
fs
U Eq. (6.115) and (6.116b)
H
s
bs
*
s
Eq. (6,116b), (6.137b)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.54 Chapter Six
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
2
4
R
e
l
a
t
i
o
n
b
e
t
w
e
e
n
g
r
a
i
n
s
h
e
a
r
s
t
r
e
s
s
a
n
d
t
o
t
a
l
s
h
e
a
r
s
t
r
e
s
s
(
a
f
t
e
r
E
n
g
e
l
u
n
d
a
n
d
H
a
n
s
e
n
,
1
9
7
6
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
*
s
*
Eq. (6.134); use Equation (6.136) or plot
*
b
H Eq. (6.137b) and (6.116a)
Q = UH B(H) Eq. (6.133)
The value of
*
s
can then be used to calculate bedload transport rates in a fashion that is
completely analogous to the procedure outlined for the EinsteinBarbarossa method.
6.8.3.5 Brownlie method. There are almost as many empirical resistance predictors for
rivers as there are sediment transport relations. A fairly comprehensive summary of the
older methods can be found in ASCE Manual No. 54 (Vanoni, 1975). A recent empirical
method offered by Brownlie (1981a) has proved to be relatively accurate. It does not
involve a decomposition of bed shear stress; instead it gives a direct predictor of depth
discharge relations.
The complete method can be found in Brownlie (1981a), where the relation is
presented for the case of lowerregime dune resistance in a sandbed stream. It takes
the form
D
H
5
S
0
0.3724( qS)
0.6539
S
0.09188
0.1050
g
(6.140)
where
g
denotes the geometric standard deviation of the bed material, and q denotes a
dimensionless water discharge per unit width, given by
q
Rg
q
D
w
50
D
50
(6.141)
For known S, D
50
, and
g
, q
w
, and thus Q q
w
B is computed directly as a function of
depth H.
6.9 SUSPENDED LOAD
6.9.1 Mass Conservation of Suspended Sediment
Suspended sediment differs from bedload sediment in that it can be diffused throughout
the vertical column of fluid via turbulence. Here, the local mean volume concentration of
suspended sediment is denoted as c
n
c
(w
v
s
)
u
s
c
v
n
c
z
c
(6.143)
where u
, v
, and w
(6.144a)
vc D
d
n
c
(6.144b)
and
w c D
d
(6.144c)
where the kinematic eddy diffusivity D
d
is assumed to be a scalar quantity. To solve Eq.
(6.143), boundary conditions are needed.
6.9.2 Boundary Conditions
Equation (6.143), when closed with a Fickian assumption, such as Eq. (6.144a, b, and c),
represents an advectiondiffusion equation for suspended sediment. The condition of van
ishing flux of suspended sediment across (normal to) the water surface defines the upper
boundary condition.
If uniform steady flow over a flat (when averaged over bedforms) bed is considered,
the surface boundary condition for the net vertical flux of sediment reduces to
F
sz
z H
0 (6.145)
where
F
sz
v
s
c
w c (6.146)
is the net vertical flux of sediment.
The boundary condition at the bed differs from the one at the water surface because it
must account for entrainment of sediment into the flow from the bed and for deposition
from the flow onto the bed. The mean flux of suspended sediment onto the bed is given
by D, where
D v
s
c
b
(6.147)
denotes the volume rate of deposition of suspended sediment per unit time per unit bed
area. Here c
b
denotes a nearbed value of c
.
The component of the Reynolds flux of suspended sediment near the bed that is direct
ed upward normal to the bed may be termed the rate of erosion, or more accurately,
entrainment of bed sediment into suspension per unit bed area per unit time. The entrain
ment rate E is thus given by
E w c (6.148)
where w and c denote turbulent fluctuations around both the mean vertical fluid veloci
ty and the mean sediment concentration, respectively. The overbar denotes averaging
over turbulence. The term near bed used to avoid possible singular behavior at the bed
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.57
(located at z 0).
It is seen from the above equations that the net upward normal flux of suspended sed
iment at (or rather just above) the bed is given by
F
sz
near bed
v
s
(E
s
c
b
) (6.149a)
where
E
s
v
E
s
(6.149b)
denotes a dimensionless rate of entrainment of bed sediment into suspension. The required
bed boundary condition, then, is a specification of E
s
. Typically, a relation of the follow
ing form is assumed:
E
s
E
s
(
bs
, other parameters) (6.150a)
where
bs
denotes the boundary shear stress caused by skin friction.
Furthermore, it is assumed that an equilibrium steady, uniform suspension has been
achieved. It follows that there should be neither net deposition on (F
sz
0) nor erosion
from (F
sz
0) the bed. That is, F
sz
0, yielding
E
s
c
b
(6.150b)
This relation simply states that the entrainment rate equals the deposition rate; thus,
there is no net normal flux of suspended sediment at the bed.
6.9.3 Equilibrium Suspension in a Wide Rectangular Channel
Consider normal flow in a wide, rectangular open channel. The bed is assumed to be
FIGURE 6.25 Definition diagram for sediment entrainment and deposition
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.58 Chapter Six
erodible and has no curvature when averaged over bedforms. The zcoordinate is quasi
vertical, implying low channel slope S. Similarly, the suspension is assumed to be in equi
librium. That is, c
is a function of z alone (Fig. 6.25). The flow and suspension are uni
form in s and n and steady in time; thus, Eq. (6.143) reduces to
w c v
s
c
0 (6.151)
It is appropriate to close this equation with the assumption of an eddy diffusivity, as in Eq.
(6.144c); thus, Eq. (6.151) becomes
D
d
d
d
c
v
s
c
0 (6.152)
Equation (6.152) has a simple physical interpretation. The term v
s
c
represents the
rate of sedimentation of suspended sediment under the influence of gravity; it is always
directed downward. If all the sediment is not to settle out, there must be an upward flux
that balances this term. The upward flux is provided by the effect of turbulence, acting to
yield a Reynolds flux. According to Eq. (6.144c), this flux will be directed upward as long
as dc
u
(z
*
)
1
ln
30
k
z
c
,
(6.153)
Here k
c
is a composite roughness chosen to include the effect of bedforms, as outlined in
Sec. 6.8.2.3. Furthermore, according to Eq. (6.2), the bed shear stress is given by
u
2
*
b
(6.154)
where b is chosen to be close to the bed: i.e.,
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.59
H
b
1 (6.155)
Now the kinematic eddy viscosity D
d
is defined as
D
d
d
d
u
(6.156)
where the distribution of fluid shear stresses is given by
b
1
H
z
,
(6.157)
From the above equations, it is quickly found that
D
d
u
*
z
1
H
z
,
(6.158)
where 0.4 is Von Karmans constant.
The above relation is the Rousean relation for the vertical kinematic eddy viscosity.
The form predicted is parabolic in shape. Although strictly applying to the turbulent dif
fusion of fluid momentum, it is equated to the eddy diffusivity of suspended sediment
mass below. If D
d
is averaged in the vertical, the following result is obtained:
D
d
u
*
H 0.0667 u
*
H (6.159)
FIGURE 6.26 Vertical suspended sediment distribution (after Vanoni, 1961).
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.60 Chapter Six
This relation is useful to estimate the longitudinal dispersion of finegrained sediment
in rivers and streams.
6.9.5 Rousean Distribution of Suspended Sediment
The nominal near bed elevation in applying the bottom boundary condition is taken to
be z b, where b is a distance taken to be extremely close to the bed: i.e., satisfying con
dition Eq. (6.155). In the Rousean analysis, this value cannot be taken as z 0 because
Eq. (6.153) is singular there.
Equation (6.158) is now substituted into Eq. (6.152), which is then integrated from the
nominal bed level to distance z above the bed in z. The resulting form can be cast as
z
b
d
c
Z
z
b
z(H
Hd
z
z)
ln
H
z
z
,
Z1
1
]
z
b
(6.160)
where Z denotes the Rouse number, a dimensionless number given by
Z
v
u
s
*
(6.161)
Further reduction yields the following profile:
c
c
b
(
(
H
H
b
z)
)
/
/
z
b
1
1
]
Z
(6.162)
Some sample profiles of suspended sediment plotted in Rousean form are provided in
Fig. 6.26.
Note that from Eq. (6.150b), c
b
is equal to the dimensionless sediment entrainment rate
E
s
in the case of the present equilibrium suspension. This provides an empirical means to
evaluate E
s
as a function of
bs
and other parameters, as will be shown.
6.9.6 Vertically Averaged Concentrations: Suspended Load
Assuming that a value of nearbed elevation b is chosen approximately, Eq. (6.162) can be
used to evaluate a depthaveraged volume suspendedsediment concentration C, defined by
C
H
1
H
b
c
(z)dz (6.163)
Using Eq. (6.162), then
C c
b
I
1
(Z,
b
) (6.164a)
where
I
l
z
(
(
1
1
)
b
)
/
/
Z
d;
b
H
b
(6.164b, c)
In the above relation, z/H; the integral is evaluated easily by means of numerical tech
niques. Einstein (1950) represented I
1
in the form
I
l
(0.216)
1
b
I
l
(6.165)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.61
FIGURE 6.27a Function I
1
in terms of
b
= b/H for values of Z:
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.62 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.27b Function I
2
in terms of
b
= b/H for values of Z:
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.63
where I
1
is given in tabular form in the attached Fig. 6.27a.
The streamwise suspended load q
s
was seen in Eq. (6.61a) to be given by the relation
q
s
H
b
c
(z)u
(z)dz (6.166)
Reducing with the aid of Eqs. (6.153) and (6.162), we find that
q
s
1
c
b
u
*
H
I
l
ln
30
H
k
c
,
I
2
(6.167)
Here,
I
2
(Z,
b
)
1
(
(
1
1
b
)
)
/
/
Z
1n()d. (6.168)
The integral I
2
is again evaluated easily numerically: Einstein provides the relation
I
2
(0.216)
1
b
I
2
(6.169)
where I
2
is given in tabular form in Fig. 6.27b. Brooks (1963) also proposed an interest
ing way to calculate suspended load discharge from velocity and concentration parameters.
It is apparent that further progress is predicated on a method for evaluating the refer
ence concentration c
b
, or equivalently (for the case of equilibrium suspensions) the
sediment entrainment rate E
s
Such a relation is necessary to model transport of suspend
ed sediment (e.g., Celik and Rodi, 1988).
6.9.7 Relation for Sediment Entrainment
A number of relations are available in the literature for estimating the entrainment rate of
sediment into suspension E
s
(and thus the reference concentration c
b
for the case of equi
librium). Table 6.5 summarizes all the relations that are available. Garca and Parker
(1991) performed a detailed comparison of eight such relations against data. The relations
were checked against a carefully selected set of data pertaining to equilibrium suspensions
of uniform sand. In this case, it is possible to measure c
b
directly at some nearbed eleva
tion z b, and to equate the result to E
s
according to Eq. (6.150b)
The data consisted of some 64 sets from 10 different sources, all pertaining to labora
tory suspensions of uniform sand with a submerged specific gravity R near 1.65.
Information about the bedforms was typically not sufficient to allow for a partition of
boundary shear stress in accordance with Nelson and Smith (1989). As a result, the shear
stress caused by skin friction alone
bs
and the associated shear velocity caused by skin
friction u
*s
, given by
bs
u
2
*s
(6.170)
were computed using Eq. (6.114) and the following relation for k
s
,
k
s
2 D (6.171)
or a similar method.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.64 Chapter Six
E
i
n
s
t
e
i
n
(
1
9
5
0
)
E
n
g
e
l
u
n
d
a
n
d
F
r
e
d
s
o
e
(
1
9
7
6
;
1
9
8
2
)
S
m
i
t
h
a
n
d
M
c
L
e
a
n
(
1
9
7
7
)
I
t
a
k
u
r
a
a
n
d
K
i
s
h
i
(
1
9
8
0
)
V
a
n
R
i
j
n
(
1
9
8
4
)
C
e
l
i
k
a
n
d
R
o
d
i
(
1
9
8
4
)
A
k
i
y
a
m
a
a
n
d
F
u
k
u
s
h
i
m
a
(
1
9
8
6
)
G
a
r
c
a
a
n
d
P
a
r
k
e
r
(
1
9
9
1
)
Z
y
s
e
r
m
a
n
a
n
d
F
r
e
d
s
o
e
(
1
9
9
4
)
b
2
D
s
b
2
D
s
b
*s
D
s
k
s
o
=
2
6
.
3
b
0
.
0
5
H
b
2
b
i
f
b
k
n
o
w
n
e
l
s
e
b
k
s
*
b
m
i
n
0
.
0
1
H
b
0
.
0
5
H
b
0
.
0
5
H
b
0
.
0
5
H
b
2
D
s
c
b
2
3
.
2
q
*
s *
0
.
5
c
b
(
1
0
.
6
5
b
1
)
3
c
b
1 0
.
6
5
o0
TT
c
b
k
1
k
2
uv
*s
c
b
0
.
0
1
5
D
b
s
D T
1* 0
.. 53
c
b
k
0
CI
m
E
s
0
;
Z
Z
c
E
s
1
0
1
2
Z
1
0
Z
Z
c
;
Z
c
Z
m
E
s
0
.
3
;
Z
Z
m
E
s
c
b
0
.
3
3
1
(
'
0
.
0
4
5
)
1
.
7
5
0
0
.
3.
4
3
6
1
'
0
.
0
4
5
)
1
.
7
5
A
Z
5u
0
A
.
3
Z
5u
0
.
5
;
p
1
+
0
.
2
5
;
1
.
0
T
*s
*c
*c
2
.
4
1
0
k
*3
k
4
+
1
;
A
o
=
k
* 3
k
4
;
k
1
0
.
0
0
8
;
k
2
0
.
1
4
;
k
3
0
.
1
4
3
;
k
4
2
.
0
D
*
D
s
g
v
R
2
1
/
3
;
b
i
s
t
h
e
m
e
a
n
d
u
n
e
h
e
i
g
h
t
C
m
0
.
0
3
4
H k
s
0
.
0
6
g
R u
2*H
U
v
s m
;
I
=
10
.
0
5
b
b
v
s
/
0
.
4
u
*
d
z
/
H
;
0
.
0
5
;
k
o
1
.
1
3
Z
uv
*s
R
p 0
.
5
;
Z
c
5
;
Z
m
1
3
.
2
Z
u
u
v
*
s
s
R
np
;
u
*
s
g
C
0
.' 5
U
m
;
C
'
1
8
l
o
g
1
3
2
D
R
s
b
;
n
0
.
6
;
A
1
.
3
1
0

7
'
R (
u
g
*
D s
)
2
s
e
x
p
(
A
2
o
)
A
o
e
x
p
(
2
)
d
*s
0
.
0
6
*s
0
.
0
6
p6
0
.
0
2
7
(
R
1
)
*s
T
A
B
L
E
6
.
5
E
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
f
o
r
m
u
l
a
s
t
o
e
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
e
n
t
r
a
i
n
m
e
n
t
o
r
n
e
a
r

b
e
d
c
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
u
n
d
e
r
e
q
u
i
l
i
b
r
i
u
m
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
s
.
A
u
t
h
o
r
F
o
r
m
u
l
a
P
a
r
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
H
e
i
g
h
t
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.65
The data covered the following ranges:
E
s
: 0.0002 0.06
u
*s
/v
s
: 0.70 7.50
H/D: 240 2400
Re
p
3.50 37.00
The range of values of Re
p
corresponds to a grain size ranging from 0.09 mm to 0.44
mm. Except for the relatively small values of H/D, the values cover a range that includes
typical field sandbed streams.
Three of the relations for E
s
performed particularly well and are presented here. The
first is the relation of Garca and Parker (1991). The reference level is taken to be 5 per
cent of the depth: that is,
H
b
b
0.05. (6.172)
FIGURE 6.28 Sediment entrainment function (after
Garca and Parker, 1991).
E
s
Z
u
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.66 Chapter Six
The good performance of this relation is not overly surprising because the relation was fit
ted to the data. The relation takes the form
E
s
(6.173a)
where
A 1.3 10
7
(6.173b)
and
Z
u
u
v
*
s
s
Re
p
0.6
(6.173c)
Equation (6.173a) is compared against the data in Fig. 6.28. Predicted values of E
s
are
compared with observed values in Fig. 6.29.
A second relation that performed well is that of Van Rijn (1984), which takes the form
E
s
0.015
D
b
(
*
s
/
*
c
1)
1.5
Re
p
0.2
(6.174)
where
*
s
denotes the Shields stress caused by skin friction, given by Eq. (6.112). For the
purposes of the present comparison, b was again set equal to 5 percent of the depth: i.e.,
Eq. (6.172) was used. Van Rijn computed
bs
from relations that are similar to Eqs. (6.115)
and (6.116b). Van Rijn's relations are
C
fs
ln
12
H
k
s
2
(6.175a)
AZ
5
u
1
0
A
.3
Z
5
u
FIGURE 6.29 Comparison of predicted and observed nearbed concentration for
GarcaParker function
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.67
FIGURE 6.31 Comparison of predicted and observed
nearbed concentration for SmithMcLean function.
FIGURE 6.30 Comparison of predicted and observed
nearbed concentration for van Rijn function
where, for uniform material,
k
s
3 D (6.175b)
Note that in Eq. (6.175), the total depth His used, in contrast to Eq. (6.115) where H
s
is used.
In performing the comparison, Garca and Parker (1991) estimated
*
s
from a fit to the
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Shields curve due to Brownlie (1981a). This fit is given by Eq. (6.44). Predicted and
observed values of E
s
are presented in Fig. 6.30.
A third relation that performs well is that of Smith and McLean (1977) which can be
expressed as
E
s
0.65 (6.176a)
where
o
0.0024 (6.176b)
The value b at which E is to be evaluated is given by the following relation:
b 26.3(
*
s
/
*
c
1)D k
s
(6.176c)
where k
s
denotes the equivalent roughness height for a fixed bed.
For the purpose of comparison, Garca and Parker used Eq. (6.171) to evaluate k
s
and
used Eq. (6.115) to evaluate
bs
. Critical Shields stress was evaluated with Eq. (6.44).
Predicted and observed values of E
s
are shown in Fig. 6.31.
6.9.8 Entrainment Relation for Sediment Mixtures
Garca and Parker (1991) provided a generalized treatment for the entrainment rate in the
case of mixtures. Let the grainsize range of bed material be divided into N subranges,
each with mean size
j
on the phi scale and geometric mean diameter D
j
2
j
where j
1...N. Let F
j
denote the volume fraction of material in the surface layer of the bed in the
jth grain range. In analogy to Eq. (6.148), it is assumed that
E
j
v
sj
F
j
E(Z
uj
) (6.177a)
where E
j
denotes the volume entrainment rate for the jth subrange and the functional rela
tion between E
s
and Z
uj
is given by Eq. (6.173a). The parameter Z
uj
is specified as
Z
uj
m
u
v
*
sj
s
Re
pj
0.6
D
D
5
j
0
0.2
(6.177b)
In the above relations, v
sj
denotes the fall velocity of grain size D
j
in quiescent water, D
50
denotes the median size of the surface material in the bed
Re
pj
(6.177c)
and the parameter
m
is given by
m
1 0.288
(6.177d)
Here,
denotes the arithmetic standard deviation of the bed surface material on the phi
scale, given by Eq. (6.30).
The GarcaParker relation for mixtures reduces smoothly to the relation for uniform
material in the limit as
o
(
*
s
/
*
c
1)
1
o
(
*
s
/
*
c
1)
6.68 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.69
6.9.9 Example of Computation of Sediment Load and Rating Curve. Consider the
example of a stream in Sec. 6.8.2. For this stream, S 0.0004 and D 0.35 mm (uni
form material). At bankfull flow, the stream width is 75 m. For flows below bankfull, the
following relation holds:
B
B
bf
Q
Q
bf
0.1
where the subscript bf denotes bankfull. Assume that the stream is wide enough to equate
the hydraulic radius R
h
with the crosssectionally averaged depth H.
Compute the depthdischarge relations for flows up to bankfull (lower regime only)
using the EngelundHansen method. Plot H versus Q. Use the results of the Engelund
Hansen method to compute values of
s
*
as well.
Use the values of
s
*
to compute the bedload discharge Q
b
q
b
B using the Ashida
Michiue formulation. For each value of H and U, backcalculate the composite roughness
k
c
. Then compute the suspended load Q
s
q
s
B from the Einstein formulation and the
relation for E
s
by Garca and Parker. Plot Q
b
, Q
s
, and Q
T
Q
b
Q
s
as functions of water
discharge Q.
Solution: In this example, the flow depth, bedload discharge, and suspended load dis
charge are computed as a function of flow discharge for a stream with the following prop
erties:
S = 0.0004
D
s
= 0.35 mm = 3.5 10
4
m
R = 1.65
B = 75 m at bankfull
H = 2.9 m at bankfull
The calculations are performed for flows up to bankfull. For flows below bankfull, the
following relation is used to calculate the stream width:
B
B
bf
Q
Q
bf
0.1
U
Q
H
b
B
f
0.1
(i)
where the subscript bf indicates bankfull values. Solving for the stream width B,
B
B
bf
U
Q
H
bf
0.1
1/0.9
(ii)
The methods used to determine Q, Q
b
, Q
s
, and Q
bf
are described below. A computer
program can be written, or a spreadsheet can be used, to perform the necessary calcula
tions. All computations and results are summarized in Table 6.6.
6.9.9.1 Depthdischarge calculations. The depthdischarge relation is computed using
the EngelundHansen method. The calculations are performed by assuming a value for H
s
(the flow depth that would be expected in the absence of bedforms), then calculating the
actual flow depth (H) and the flow discharge (Q). H
s
is varied between 0.22 m and the
bankfull value of 2.9 m. The first step in calculating the depthdischarge relation is to
compute the resistance coefficient caused by skin drag (C
fs
) from H
s
:
C
fs
1n
11
H
k
s
s
2
(iii)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
H
s
C
f
s
U
*
s
*
F
l
o
w
W
i
d
t
h
D
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
q
*
b
q
b
Q
b
k
c
Z
u
E
s
u
*
R
o
u
s
e
I
1
2
I
2
q
s
Q
s
Q
t
(
m
/
s
)
D
e
p
t
h
H
(
m
)
B
(
m
)
(
m
3
/
s
)
Q
N
o
.
Z
0
.
1
0
0
.
0
0
3
1
4
0
.
3
5
3
0
.
0
6
9
0
.
1
5
2
0
.
2
2
4
5
.
2
8
3
.
5
2
0
.
0
1
2
9
6
3
.
4
1
E

0
7
0
.
0
0
0
0
1
5
5
0
.
0
1
9
6
0
2
2
.
5
1
9
9
7
1
.
3
2
E

0
5
0
.
0
2
9
3
6
4
.
7
6
4
5
4
8
6
5
2
0
.
0
4
8
0
.
1
3
7
.
3
6
#

0
9
3
.
3
3
E

0
7
0
.
0
0
0
0
1
5
8
0
.
2
0
0
.
0
0
2
6
1
0
.
5
4
8
0
.
1
3
9
0
.
4
4
3
0
.
6
4
5
3
.
5
4
1
8
.
7
8
0
.
2
2
3
6
2
5
.
8
9
E

0
6
0
.
0
0
0
3
1
5
4
0
.
0
8
8
3
1
4
3
.
5
6
3
7
8
7
.
4
7
E

0
5
0
.
0
5
0
1
2
.
7
9
2
3
2
4
5
1
1
0
.
1
0
5
0
.
2
6
4
.
2
3
E

0
7
2
.
2
6
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
0
3
3
8
0
0
.
3
0
0
.
0
0
2
3
6
0
.
7
0
6
0
.
2
0
8
0
.
6
0
8
0
.
8
8
5
7
.
0
4
3
5
.
3
6
0
.
6
2
2
9
6
1
.
6
4
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
0
9
3
6
0
0
.
0
7
8
2
6
7
4
.
3
6
4
7
2
0
.
0
0
0
2
0
6
0
.
0
5
8
6
8
2
.
3
8
4
0
1
6
9
0
2
0
.
1
3
0
.
3
2
2
.
6
8
E

0
6
0
.
0
0
0
1
5
3
0
.
0
0
1
0
8
8
7
0
.
4
0
0
.
0
0
2
2
0
0
.
8
4
4
0
.
2
7
7
0
.
7
3
7
1
.
0
6
5
9
.
4
3
5
3
.
3
6
1
.
1
6
8
6
2
3
.
0
8
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
1
8
2
9
7
0
.
0
6
2
8
2
5
5
.
0
3
9
9
5
0
.
0
0
0
4
2
2
0
.
0
6
4
6
2
.
1
6
5
6
0
4
4
0
9
0
.
1
4
0
.
3
8
8
.
2
6
E

0
6
0
.
0
0
0
4
9
1
0
.
0
0
2
3
2
0
7
0
.
5
0
0
.
0
0
2
0
9
0
.
9
6
9
0
.
3
4
6
0
.
8
4
6
1
.
2
2
6
1
.
2
8
7
2
.
5
0
1
.
8
3
8
0
8
4
.
8
4
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
2
9
6
7
4
0
.
0
4
9
9
0
1
5
.
6
3
4
8
3
0
.
0
0
0
7
3
7
0
.
0
6
9
2
3
2
.
0
2
0
7
3
4
0
6
0
.
1
5
0
.
3
9
2
.
1
6
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
1
3
2
5
0
.
0
0
4
2
9
2
7
0
.
6
0
0
.
0
0
2
0
1
1
.
0
8
3
0
.
4
1
6
0
.
9
4
3
1
.
3
6
6
2
.
8
0
9
2
.
5
8
2
.
6
1
6
8
1
6
.
8
9
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
4
3
2
9
2
0
.
0
3
9
9
0
2
6
.
1
7
2
6
5
0
.
0
0
1
1
6
0
.
0
7
3
0
9
1
.
9
1
4
1
9
6
5
7
4
0
.
1
4
5
0
.
5
4
.
0
4
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
2
5
3
8
0
.
0
0
6
8
6
7
4
0
.
7
0
0
.
0
0
1
9
4
1
.
1
9
0
0
.
4
8
5
1
.
0
3
1
1
.
4
9
6
4
.
0
9
1
1
3
.
4
8
3
.
4
9
4
4
3
9
.
2
1
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
5
8
9
9
9
0
.
0
3
2
2
4
5
6
.
6
6
7
2
2
0
.
0
0
1
7
0
3
0
.
0
7
6
4
1
1
.
8
3
0
8
9
6
0
8
5
0
.
1
7
5
0
.
4
0
5
9
.
6
4
E

0
5
0
.
0
0
6
1
8
1
0
.
0
1
2
0
8
1
0
0
.
8
0
0
.
0
0
1
8
8
1
.
2
9
1
0
.
5
5
4
1
.
1
1
1
1
.
6
0
6
5
.
2
2
1
3
5
.
0
9
4
.
4
6
3
0
4
0
.
0
0
0
1
1
8
0
.
0
0
7
6
6
7
8
0
.
0
2
6
3
4
4
7
.
1
2
7
5
6
0
.
0
0
2
3
7
2
0
.
0
7
9
3
5
1
.
7
6
3
0
5
4
5
1
9
0
.
1
8
8
0
.
4
1
0
.
0
0
0
1
7
5
0
.
0
1
1
4
2
4
0
.
0
1
9
0
9
1
6
0
.
9
0
0
.
0
0
1
8
4
1
.
3
8
7
0
.
6
2
3
1
.
1
8
7
1
.
7
1
6
6
.
2
2
1
5
7
.
3
4
5
.
5
1
6
4
0
0
.
0
0
0
1
4
5
0
.
0
0
9
6
2
3
1
0
.
0
2
1
7
4
6
7
.
5
5
9
9
2
0
.
0
0
3
1
7
6
0
.
0
8
2
1
.
7
0
6
1
7
0
8
1
5
0
.
1
9
5
0
.
4
2
0
.
0
0
0
2
8
3
0
.
0
1
8
7
2
1
0
.
0
2
8
3
4
3
8
1
.
0
0
0
.
0
0
1
8
0
1
.
4
7
8
0
.
6
9
3
1
.
2
5
8
1
.
8
2
6
7
.
1
2
1
8
0
.
1
5
6
.
6
4
9
3
7
0
.
0
0
0
1
7
5
0
.
0
1
1
7
5
7
7
0
.
0
1
8
1
2
7
.
9
6
8
8
5
0
.
0
0
4
1
2
0
.
0
8
4
4
1
1
.
6
5
7
4
2
1
3
6
8
0
.
2
0
5
0
.
4
5
0
.
0
0
0
4
3
5
0
.
0
2
9
2
3
1
0
.
0
4
0
9
8
8
2
1
.
1
0
0
.
0
0
1
7
6
1
.
5
6
6
0
.
7
6
2
1
.
3
2
5
1
.
9
1
6
7
.
9
4
2
0
3
.
5
0
7
.
8
5
7
6
5
0
.
0
0
0
2
0
7
0
.
0
1
4
0
6
4
5
0
.
0
1
5
2
2
8
8
.
3
5
7
8
0
.
0
0
5
2
1
0
.
0
8
6
6
3
1
.
6
1
4
9
2
6
1
5
1
0
.
2
0
8
0
.
4
7
0
.
0
0
0
6
2
1
0
.
0
4
2
1
7
4
0
.
0
5
6
2
3
8
6
1
.
2
0
0
.
0
0
1
7
3
1
.
6
5
1
0
.
8
3
1
1
.
3
8
8
2
.
0
0
6
8
.
7
0
2
2
7
.
3
2
9
.
1
3
7
5
8
0
.
0
0
0
2
4
1
0
.
0
1
6
5
3
7
6
0
.
0
1
2
8
9
7
8
.
7
2
9
4
4
0
.
0
0
6
4
4
8
0
.
0
8
8
6
9
1
.
5
7
7
3
7
4
6
1
5
0
.
2
1
5
0
.
4
8
0
.
0
0
0
8
8
7
0
.
6
0
9
0
5
0
.
0
7
7
4
4
2
2
1
.
3
0
0
.
0
0
1
7
0
1
.
7
3
2
0
.
9
0
0
1
.
4
5
0
2
.
0
9
6
9
.
4
0
2
5
1
.
5
9
1
0
.
4
8
5
9
9
0
.
0
0
0
2
7
6
0
.
0
1
9
1
7
1
5
0
.
0
1
0
9
9
8
9
.
0
8
5
8
9
0
.
0
0
7
8
3
9
0
.
0
9
0
6
2
1
.
5
4
3
8
1
9
5
4
0
.
2
2
5
0
.
4
9
0
.
0
0
1
2
5
3
0
.
8
6
9
4
7
0
.
1
0
6
1
1
8
8
1
.
4
0
0
.
0
0
1
6
7
1
.
8
1
1
0
.
9
7
0
1
.
5
0
8
2
.
1
8
7
0
.
0
5
2
7
6
.
2
9
1
1
.
9
0
0
0
8
0
.
0
0
0
3
1
3
0
.
0
2
1
9
6
1
6
0
.
0
0
9
4
3
9
9
.
4
2
8
8
7
0
.
0
0
9
3
8
5
0
.
9
2
4
3
1
.
5
1
3
5
5
4
3
7
4
0
.
2
3
0
.
5
1
0
.
0
0
1
6
6
5
0
.
1
1
6
6
7
1
0
.
1
3
8
6
3
2
1
1
.
5
0
0
.
0
0
1
6
5
1
.
8
8
8
1
.
0
3
9
1
.
5
6
4
2
.
2
6
7
0
.
6
7
3
0
1
.
3
7
1
3
.
3
7
7
3
7
0
.
0
0
0
3
5
2
0
.
0
2
4
9
0
3
4
0
.
0
0
8
1
4
7
9
.
7
5
9
8
1
0
.
0
1
1
0
8
7
0
.
0
9
4
1
4
1
.
4
8
6
0
4
1
2
4
1
0
.
2
3
5
0
.
5
2
5
0
.
0
0
2
1
7
7
0
.
1
5
3
8
7
2
0
.
1
7
8
7
7
5
8
1
.
6
0
0
.
0
0
1
6
3
1
.
9
6
3
1
.
1
0
8
1
.
6
1
9
2
.
3
4
7
1
.
2
4
3
2
6
.
8
3
1
4
.
9
1
5
6
5
0
.
0
0
0
3
9
3
0
.
0
2
7
9
9
3
2
0
.
0
0
7
0
6
9
1
0
.
0
7
9
9
0
.
0
1
2
9
4
4
0
.
9
5
7
7
1
.
4
6
0
8
5
9
9
2
3
0
.
2
4
5
0
.
5
3
0
.
0
0
2
8
9
1
0
.
2
0
5
9
8
0
.
2
3
3
9
7
2
9
1
.
7
0
0
.
0
0
1
6
1
2
.
0
3
6
1
.
1
7
7
1
.
6
7
1
2
.
4
1
7
1
.
7
8
3
5
2
.
6
4
1
6
.
5
1
2
9
3
0
.
0
0
0
4
3
5
0
.
0
3
1
2
2
7
3
0
.
0
0
6
1
6
3
1
0
.
3
9
0
1
0
.
0
1
4
9
5
7
0
.
0
9
7
3
1
1
.
4
3
7
6
7
7
1
9
2
0
.
2
4
0
.
5
3
5
0
.
0
0
3
4
8
4
0
.
2
5
0
0
9
2
0
.
2
8
1
3
1
9
3
1
.
8
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
9
2
.
1
0
7
1
.
2
4
7
1
.
7
2
2
2
.
4
9
7
2
.
3
0
3
7
8
.
7
8
1
8
.
1
6
7
3
9
0
.
0
0
0
4
7
9
0
.
0
3
4
6
0
2
6
0
.
0
0
5
3
9
8
1
0
.
6
9
1
3
0
.
0
1
7
1
2
3
0
.
0
9
8
7
8
1
.
4
1
6
2
2
4
5
1
3
0
.
2
5
0
.
5
4
5
0
.
0
0
4
4
7
5
0
.
3
2
3
5
6
9
0
.
3
5
8
1
7
1
1
1
.
9
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
7
2
.
1
7
6
1
.
3
1
6
1
.
7
7
2
2
.
5
6
7
2
.
7
9
4
0
5
.
2
4
1
9
.
8
7
7
3
7
0
.
0
0
0
5
2
4
0
.
0
3
8
1
1
6
1
0
.
0
0
4
7
4
6
1
0
.
9
8
4
3
0
.
0
1
9
4
4
1
0
.
1
0
0
1
9
1
.
3
9
6
2
8
2
5
4
1
0
.
2
6
0
.
5
6
0
.
0
0
5
6
5
1
0
.
4
1
1
3
5
7
0
.
4
4
9
4
7
3
1
2
.
0
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
6
2
.
2
4
4
1
.
3
8
5
1
.
8
2
0
2
.
6
3
7
3
.
2
6
4
3
2
.
0
1
2
1
.
6
4
1
3
6
0
.
0
0
0
5
7
0
.
0
4
1
7
6
4
9
0
.
0
0
4
1
9
1
1
.
2
6
9
7
0
.
0
2
1
9
0
6
0
.
1
0
1
5
5
1
.
3
7
7
6
6
9
9
6
4
0
.
2
6
5
0
.
5
7
0
.
0
0
6
8
9
6
0
.
5
0
5
1
5
5
0
.
5
4
6
9
2
0
0
2
.
1
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
4
2
.
3
1
1
1
.
4
5
5
1
.
8
6
7
2
.
7
0
7
3
.
7
0
4
5
9
.
0
7
2
3
.
4
5
7
9
5
0
.
0
0
0
6
1
8
0
.
0
4
5
5
4
6
5
0
.
0
0
3
7
1
1
1
1
.
5
4
8
0
.
0
2
4
5
1
6
0
.
1
0
2
8
5
1
.
3
6
0
2
3
5
3
1
4
0
.
2
6
0
.
5
7
0
.
0
0
7
9
7
4
0
.
5
8
7
7
2
1
0
.
6
3
3
2
6
7
3
2
.
2
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
3
2
.
3
7
6
1
.
5
2
4
1
.
9
1
3
2
.
7
6
7
4
.
1
3
4
8
6
.
4
0
2
5
.
3
2
5
8
5
0
.
0
0
0
6
6
7
0
.
0
4
9
4
5
8
5
0
.
0
0
3
2
9
8
1
1
.
8
1
9
7
0
.
0
2
7
2
6
5
0
.
1
0
4
1
1
.
3
4
3
8
5
0
8
5
6
0
.
2
7
0
.
5
8
0
.
0
0
9
7
7
9
0
.
7
2
4
8
9
2
0
.
7
7
4
3
5
1
0
2
.
3
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
2
2
.
4
4
0
1
.
5
9
3
1
.
9
5
8
2
.
8
3
7
4
.
5
4
5
1
4
.
0
0
2
7
.
2
4
3
8
6
0
.
0
0
0
7
1
8
0
.
0
5
3
4
9
8
7
0
.
0
0
2
9
4
1
2
.
0
8
5
4
0
.
0
3
0
1
4
7
0
.
1
0
5
3
1
1
.
3
2
8
4
0
7
9
4
3
0
.
2
7
0
.
5
9
0
.
0
1
1
3
3
5
0
.
8
4
4
9
5
9
0
.
8
9
8
4
5
7
9
2
.
4
0
0
.
0
0
1
5
0
2
.
5
0
2
1
.
6
6
2
2
.
0
0
1
2
.
8
9
7
4
.
9
4
5
4
1
.
8
7
2
9
.
2
1
0
8
3
0
.
0
0
0
7
7
0
.
0
5
7
6
6
4
8
0
.
0
0
2
6
2
9
1
2
.
3
4
5
3
0
.
0
3
3
1
5
8
0
.
1
0
6
4
8
1
.
3
1
3
8
1
3
4
5
2
0
.
2
8
0
.
5
9
0
.
0
1
3
7
1
6
1
.
0
2
7
7
8
2
1
.
0
8
5
4
4
7
2
2
.
4
1
6
0
.
0
0
1
5
0
2
.
5
1
2
1
.
6
7
3
2
.
0
0
8
2
.
9
0
7
5
.
0
0
5
4
6
.
3
5
2
9
.
5
3
0
0
2
0
.
0
0
0
7
7
8
0
.
0
5
8
3
4
2
9
0
.
0
0
2
5
8
3
1
2
.
3
8
6
4
0
.
0
3
3
6
5
1
0
.
1
0
6
6
7
1
.
3
1
1
5
5
1
5
3
8
0
.
2
8
0
.
5
9
0
.
0
1
4
0
2
7
1
.
0
5
2
0
0
7
1
.
1
1
0
3
4
9
6
T
A
B
L
E
6
.
6
C
o
m
p
u
t
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
T
o
t
a
l
S
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
L
o
a
d
.
6.70
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.71
where is the von Karman constant (0.4) and k
s
is given by
k
s
2.5 D
s
2.5(3.5 10
4
) 8.75 10
4
m (iv)
The depthaveraged flow velocity (U) can be found from C
fs
and H
s
:
U
C
H
f
s
s
S
(v)
The Shields stress caused by skin friction (
s
*
) is given by
*
s
R
bs
D
s
R
H
D
s
S
s
(vi)
According to EngelundHansen, the total Shields stress for the lower regime can be found
from the following relation:
.4
0
.0
(vii)
The flow depth can be calculated from the Shields stress as follows:
H
*
R
S
D
s
(viii)
Finally, the discharge can be calculated from the results of Eqs. (v) and (viii):
Q UHB (ix)
where B must be adjusted according to Eq. (ii) for flows less than bankfull. A plot of the
depthdischarge relation is shown in Fig. 6.32.
6.9.9.2 Bedload discharge calculations. The dimensionless bedload transport rate (q
*
)
is found from the AshidaMichiue formulation:
q
*
17(
*
s
*
c
)[(
s
)
0.5
(
*
c
)
0.5
] (x)
where
s
*
is calculated in Eq. (vi) and
c
*
is taken to be 0.05. The bedload transport rate
per unit width (q
b
) is given by
q
b
q
*
gRD
s
D
s
(xi)
Therefore, the bedload transport rate (in m
3
/s) is given by
Q
b
q
b
B (xii)
Again, B must be adjusted according to Eq. (ii) for flows less than bankfull.
6.9.9.3 Sediment load discharge calculations. The Einstein formulation is used to
compute the suspended load transport rate per unit width (q
s
):
q
s
c
b
u
*
H
I
1
ln
30
H
k
c
I
2
(xiii)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.72 Chapter Six
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
3
2
E
x
a
m
p
l
e
o
f
f
l
o
w
d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
c
u
r
v
e
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.73
where
u
*
g HS (xiv)
If the suspension is assumed to be at equilibrium, c
b
E
s
. The dimensionless rate of
entrainment (E
s
) is calculated with the relation of Garca and Parker (1991):
E
s
(xv)
where A is equal to 1.3 10
7
and
Z
u
u
v
*
s
s
Re
p
0.6
(xvi)
u
*s
g H
s
S (xvii)
and
Re
p
Rg
D
s
D
s
(xviii)
Notice that for the entrainment formulation, the shear velocity associated with skin
friction u
*s
must be used. The temperature is assumed to be about 20C; therefore, the
kinematic viscosity is about 10
6
m
2
/s. An iterative method, or Eq. (6.38), is used to
calculate the terminal fall velocity of the sediment particles v
s
, which is found to be 5.596
10
2
m/s. The composite roughness (k
c
) is calculated according to the following
relation:
k
c
11 H exp
u
U
*
(xix)
The parameters I
1
and I
2
are found by numerical integration of the following equations:
I
1
1
b
1
b
Z
d (xx)
and
I
2
1
b
Z
ln()d (xxi)
where
b
is taken to be 0.05 and
Z
v
u
s
*
(xxii)
The numerical integrations can be performed with Numerical Recipes subroutines
(Press et al., 1986) or can be obtained from Figs. 6.27a and b. The suspended load trans
port rate per unit width calculated according to Eq. (xiii) is used to compute the suspend
ed load transport rate (in m
3
/s):
Q
s
q
s
B (xxiii)
AZ
5
u
1
0
A
.3
Z
5
u
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
For flows less than bankfull, B must be adjusted according to Eq. (ii).
6.9.9.4 Determination of bankfull flow discharge (Q
bf
). The flow discharge at bankfull
(Q
bf
) is determined by assuming that up to bankfull flow, lower regime conditions exist.
The bankfull flow depth for this stream is assumed to be 2.9 m. Then, for bankfull flow,
the total shear stress
*
is
R
H
D
S
s
1.6
2
5
.9
3
.5
.0
00
1
4
0
4
2.01 (xxiv)
From EngelundHansen,
*
s
0.06 0.4(
*
)
2
0.06 0.4 (2.01)
2
1.67 (xxv)
Hs
*
s
R
S
D
s
2.42 m (xxvi)
C
fs
ln
11
H
k
s
s
0
1
.4
ln
11
8.75
2
.42
10
4
2
1.5 10
3
(xxvii)
U
C
H
f
s
s
S
.8
1
1
5
2
0
0
.
3
0
0.0004
6.74 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.75
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
3
3
E
x
a
m
p
l
e
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
c
u
r
v
e
s
f
o
r
b
e
d
l
o
a
d
,
s
u
s
p
e
n
d
e
d
l
o
a
d
,
a
n
d
t
o
t
a
l
l
o
a
d
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.76 Chapter Six
of bed material load. The total bed material load is then computed as the sum of the two.
That is, where q denotes the volume bedload transport rate per unit width and q
S
denotes
the volume suspended load transport rate per unit width (bed material only), the total vol
ume transport rate of bed material per unit width is given by
q
t
q q
s
(6.178)
Another simpler approach is to ignore the details of the physics of the problem and
instead use empirical techniques, such as regression analysis, to correlate dimensionless
parameters involving q
t
to dimensionless flow parameters inferred to be important for sed
iment transport. This can be implemented in the strict sense only for equilibrium or qua
siequilibrium flows: i.e., for nearnormal conditions. The resulting relations are no better
than the choice of dimensionless parameters to be correlated. They also are less versatile
than physically based relations because their application to nonsteady, nonuniform flow
fields is not obvious. On the other hand, they have the advantage of being relatively sim
ple to use and of having been calibrated to sets of both laboratory and field data often
deemed to be trustworthy.
Here, four such relations are presented, those of Engelund and Hansen (1967),
Brownlie (1981a), Yang (1973), and Ackers and White (1973). They apply only to sand
bed streams with relatively uniform bed sediment. The first two relations are the most
complete because each is presented as a pair of relations for total load and hydraulic resis
tance. The latter two are presented as relations for total load only. In most cases, it will be
necessary for the user to specify a relation for hydraulic resistance as well to perform actu
al calculations; the latter relations for load give no guidelines for this.
The importance of using transport and hydraulic resistance relations as pairs cannot be
overemphasized. Consider, for example, the simplest generalization beyond the assump
tion of normal flow: i.e., the case of quasisteady, gradually varied, onedimensional flow.
The governing equations for a wide rectangular channel can be written as
d
d
s
2
V
g
2
H
_
,
S S
f
(6.179a)
UH q
w
(6.179b)
where the friction slope S
f
is given as
S
f
g
b
H
C
f
g
U
H
2
(6.180)
A slightly more general form for nonrectangular channels is
d
d
s
1
2
g
Q
A
2
2
b
S S
f
(6.181a)
UA Q (6.181b)
where A is the channel crosssectional area and the friction slope S
f
is given as
S
f
R
b
h
C
f
g
U
R
2
h
(6.182)
In the above equations, R
h
denotes the hydraulic radius and
b
denotes the water surface
elevation above the deepest point in the channel.
Note that in the case of normal flow, the momentum equations reduce to S
f
S, or
b
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
gHS for the wide rectangular case and
b
gR
h
S for the nonrectangular case.
However, in the case of gradually varied flow, S
f
S; in this case, the bed slope S cannot
be used as a basis for calculating sediment transport. The appropriate choice is S
f
, so that
from Eq. (6.182), for example,
b
gR
h
S
f
(6.183)
For the case of gradually varying flow, then, it should be apparent that the friction slope
necessary to perform sediment transport calculations must be obtained from a predictor of
hydraulic resistance.
A few parameters are introduced here. Let Q denote the total water discharge and Q
st
denote the total volume bed material sediment discharge. Furthermore, let B
a
denote the
active width of the river over which bed material is free to move. In general, B
a
is usu
ally less than watersurface width B as a result of the common tendency for the banks to
be cohesive, vegetated, or both. Thus, it follows that
Q Bq
w
(6.184a)
and
Q
st
B
a
q
t
(6.184b)
One dimensionless form for dimensionless total bed material transport is q
t
*:
q
*
t
(6.185)
where D is a grain size usually equated to D
50
. Another commonly used measure is con
centration by weight in parts per million, here called C
s
, which can be given as
C
s
10
6
s
Q
st
s
Q
st
(6.186)
6.10.2 EngelundHansen Relations
6.10.2.1 Sediment transport. This relation is among the simplest to use for sediment
transport and also among the most accurate. It was determined for a relatively small set of
laboratory data, but it also performs well as a field predictor. It takes the form
C
f
q
t
*
0.05 (
*
)
5/2
(6.187)
where C
f
is the total resistance coefficient (skin friction plus form drag) and
*
denotes the
total (skin friction plus form drag) Shields stress based on the size D
50
.
6.10.2.2 Hydraulic resistance. The hydraulic resistance relation of Engelund and
Hansen (1967) has already been introduced; it must be written in several parts. The key
relation for skin friction is
C
1/2
fs
g
U
R
hs
S
2.5 1n
11
R
k
h
s
s
(6.188a)
where k
s
(2 2.5) D
50
. Here, R
hs
denotes the hydraulic radius caused by skin friction,
which often can be approximated by H
s
. The relation for form drag can be written in the fol
lowing form:
q
t
RgD D
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.77
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
*
s
f(
*
) (6.188b)
where for lower regime,
*
s
0.06 0.4 (
*
)
2
(6.188c)
and for upper regime,
*
1
*
s
[0.298 0.702 (
*
)
1.8
]
(1/1.8)
*
1
(6.188d)
An approximate condition for the transition between lower and upper regime is
*
s
0.55 (6.188e)
Computational procedure for normal flow. The water discharge Q, slope S, and grain
size D
50
must be known. In addition, channel geometry must be known so that B, B
a
, A,
H, P, and R
h
are all known functions of stage (watersurface elevation) . The procedure
is best outlined assuming that R
hs
is known and that Q is to be calculated, rather than vice
verse. For any given value of R
hs
(or H
s
), U can be computed from Eq. (6.188a). Noting
that
s
*
R
hs
S/(RD
50
) and
*
R
h
S/(RD
50
),
*
, and thus R
h
can be computed from Eq.
(6.188be). The plot of R
h
versus is used to determine , which is then used to determine
B, B
a
, H, A, P, and so on. Discharge Q is then given by Q UBH. In actual implementa
tion, this process is reversed (Q is given and R
hs
and so forth are computed). This requires
an iterative technique; NewtonRaphson is not difficult to implement.
Once the calculation of hydraulic resistance is complete, it is possible to proceed to the
computation of total bed material load Q
st
. The friction coefficient C
f
is given by
(gR
h
S)/U
2
. Putting the known values of C
f
and
*
into (6.187), q
t
*
, and thus q
t
can be com
puted. It follows that Q
st
q
t
B
a
.
Computational procedure for gradually varied flow. To implement the method for
gradually varied flow, it is necessary to recast the above formulation into an algorithm for
friction slope S
f
, which replaces S everywhere in the formulation of Eqs. (6.188ae). The
formulation is then solved in conjunction with Eqs. (6.179a and b) or Eqs. (6.181a and b)
to determine the appropriate backwater curve. Once C
f
and
b
are known everywhere, the
sediment transport rate can be calculated from Eq. (6.187).
6.10.3 Brownlie Relations
6.10.3.1 Sediment transport. The Brownlie relations are based on regressions of more
than 1000 data points pertaining to experimental and field data. For normal or quasinor
mal flow, the transport relation takes the form
C
s
7115c
f
(F
g
F
go
)
1.978
S
0.6601
D
R
5
h
0
0.3301
(6.189a)
where
F
g
R
U
gD
50
(6.189b)
6.78 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.79
F
go
4.596(
*
c
)
0.5293
S
0.1045
g
0.1606
(6.189c)
c
0.22Y 0.06 10
7.7Y
(6.189d)
and
Y Re
p
0.6
(6.189e)
In Eq. (6.189a), c
f
1 for laboratory flumes and 1.268 for field channels. The para
meters
c
and Re
p
are the ones previously introduced in this chapter.
6.10.3.2 Hydraulic resistance. The Brownlie relations for hydraulic resistance were
determined by regression from the same set of data used to determine the relation for sed
iment transport. The relation for lower regime flow is
D
R
5
h
0
S 0.3724( qS)
0.6539
S
0.09188
g
0.1050
(6.190a)
The corresponding relation for upper regime flow is
D
R
5
h
0
S 0.2836( qS)
0.6248
S
0.08750
g
0.08013
(6.190b)
In the above relations,
q (6.190c)
The distinction between lower and upper regime is made as follows. For S 0.006, the
flow is always assumed to be in upper regime. For S 0.006, the largest value of F
g
at
which lower regime can be maintained is taken to be
F
g
0.8F
g
(6.190d)
and the smallest value of F
g
for which upper regime can be maintained is taken to be
F
g
1.25F
g
(6.190e)
In the above relations,
F
g
1.74S
1/3
(6.190f)
6.10.3.3 Computational procedure for normal flow. It is necessary to know Q, S, D
50
,
g
, and crosssectional geometry as a function of stage. The computation is explicit,
although trial and error may be required to determine the flow regime. Hydraulic radius
is computed from Eq. (6.190a) or Eq. (6.190b), and the result can be substituted into Eq.
(6.189a) to determine the concentration C
s
in parts per million by weight. The transport
rate Q
st
is then computed from Eq. (6.186).
6.10.3.4 Computational procedure for gradually varied flow The Brownlie relation is
not presented in a form which obviously allows for extension to gradually varied flow. The
most unambiguous procedure, however, is to replace S with S
f
in the resistance relation,
and couple it with a backwater calculation on order to determine S
f
. The friction slope is
then substituted into Eq. (6.189a) in place of the bed slope in order to determine the sed
iment transport rate.
q
w
gD
50
D
50
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.80 Chapter Six
6.10.4 The AckersWhite Relation Like the Brownlie relation for sediment transport,
this relation is based on a massive regression. Several years after is was presented, a cor
responding relation for hydraulic resistance was also presented. The relation for hydraulic
resistance, however, does not appear to be among the best predictors. As a result, only the
load equation is presented here. I
t
takes the form
C
s
10
6
s
D
R
5
h
0
u
U
*
A
F
a
g
w
r
m
(6.191a)
where
F
gr
; U
*
(6.191b,c)
The parameters n, and A
aw
are determined as a functions of D
gr
, where
D
gr
R
ep
2/3
(6.191d)
in the following fashion. If D
gr
60, then
n 0; m 1.5 (6.191e and f)
and
A
aw
0.17; c 0.025 (6.191g and h)
If 1 D
gr
60, then
n 1 0.56log(D
gr
); m
9
D
.6
g
6
r
0.
D
23
gr
0.14 (6.191k)
log(c) 2.86log(D
gr
) [log(D
gr
)]
2
3.53 (6.191)
Note that all logarithms here are base 10, and u
*
retains its previously introduced mean
ing as shear velocity.
6.10.5 Yang Relation
This relation also was determined by regression. Its form is
log(C
s
) a
1
a
2
log
U
v
s
S
U
v
c
s
S
(6.192a)
where
a
1
5.435 0.286 log
v
s
D
50
0.457 log
u
v
*
s
(6.192b)
U
32 log
10
D
R
5
h
0
U
*
n
U
*
1n
RgD
50
v
s
D
50
0.314l og
u
v
*
s
(6.192c)
and U
c
denotes a critical flow velocity given by
2.05 if
u
*
D
50
70
U
v
s
c
if 1.2
u
*
D
50
70. (6.192d)
Not that the logarithms are all base 10 and that v
S
retains its previous meaning as fall
velocity.
6.10.6 Comparison of the Relations Against Data
In the following eight diagrams (Fig. 6.34ah) taken from Brownlie (1981b) all four rela
tions are compared against first laboratory, then field data. The plots are in terms of the
ratio of calculated versus observed concentration as a function of observed concentration
C
s
in parts per million by weight. In the case of a perfect fit, all the data would fall on the
line corresponding to a ratio of unity. The middle dotted line on each diagram shows the
median value of this ratio; the upper and lower dotted lines correspond to the 84th per
centile and the 16th percentile. The closer the median value is to unity and the smaller the
spread is between the two dotted lines, the better is the predictor.
The EngelundHansen relation is seen to be a good predictor of both laboratory and
field data despite its simplicity. The Brownlie relation gives the best fit of both the labo
ratory and field data shown. This is partly to be expected because the relation was deter
mined by regressing against the data shown in the figures. The AckersWhite relation pre
dicts the laboratory data essentially as well as the Brownlie relation does, but its predic
tions of field data are relatively low. The Yang equation does a good job with the labora
tory data but a rather poor job with the field data.
6.11 HYDRAULICS OF RESERVOIR SEDIMENTATION
6.11.1 Introduction
The construction of reservoirs allows for the controlled storage of water.To develop a suc
cessful reservoir, the characteristics of the sites sediment transport must be considered. As
a matter of course, water backed up behind a dam will experience a marked decrease in
sedimentcarrying capacity. As a result, if site characteristics are correct, large quantities
of sediment will be deposited within the reservoir basin. Over time, the reservoir will, in
effect, fill with sediment, greatly decreasing its storage capacity. In 1988, Morris and Fan
published an excellent handbook on reservoir sedimentation.
When designing a reservoir, it is important to predict the progress of sedimentation. In
practice, these predictions are often carried out using empirical and semiempirical meth
ods that have been developed through observation and measurements of operating reser
voirs. Although these methods do provide helpful design information, the drawback is that
2.5
log
u
*
D
50
0.06
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
they are not firmly rooted in the physics of sediment transport. Instead, they provide a pre
diction based on a synthesis of past observations. As a result, an engineer conducting these
calculations easily loses touch with the basic mechanisms governing reservoir sedimenta
tion. Sedimentation is treated as a bulk process, and the relative role of bedload versus
suspendedload transport is not always fully understood.
The following exercise presents a view of reservoir sedimentation based on theoretical
relations. A gorgelike reservoir is considered to allow for a 1D model (Hotchkiss and
Parker, 1991). The following conditions are given: the flow per unit width q
w
1.427 m
2
/s
is taken as constant. The stream has an initial slope S 0.0003. The sediments mean
diameter and fall velocity are D
s
0.3 mm and v
s
4.25 cm/s respectively. Suppose a
reservoir is placed at some point on the river so that the water surface is raised and held
at an elevation equal to 10 m above the elevation of the initial bed at the dam site.
Obviously, the dam will generate a backwater effect, which in turn will reduce the flows
ability to transport sediment through the reservoir. The quasisteady state approximation
will be used to develop a model of reservoir sedimentation based on the governing equa
tions of conservation of momentum, bedload and suspendedload relations, and the Exner
equation. The model will be used to predict the level of reservoir sedimentation and delta
progression for time intervals of 2, 5, 10, 20, and 30 years. First, the model will be run
considering bedload transport only; second, suspended load also will be included to help
identify the relative roles these two forms of transport play.
The flow discharge per unit width q
w
used herein is equivalent to the dominant water
discharge which, if continued constant for an entire year, would yield the mean annual
sediment discharge.
Of course, it is impractical to assume that a model as simple as the one presented here
could replace the empirical methods of predicting reservoir sedimentation. After all, a
steady flow, 1D, constant reservoirelevation model seriously limits the models applica
tion, and transport relations are not easily transposed from site to site. Still, the following
provides an understanding of the physical mechanisms causing reservoir sedimentation.
An ideal reservoirsedimentation model would be based in sediment transport physics
while respecting (and matching) the vast quantity of empirical observations available.
6.11.2 Theoretical Considerations
As in any sediment transport study, it is first necessary to identify the appropriate resis
tance and bedload transport relations that hold for the site under consideration. For this
model, the following relations have been chosen:
q
*
b
11.2
*1,5
*
*
c
4.5
(6.193)
and
C
f
1/2
8.1
k
h
s
1/6
u
U
*
(6.194)
where
*
is the Shields Stress;
c
*
is the critical Shields stress, which is taken to have a val
ue of 0.03; h stands for the flow depth; and k
s
is the roughness height. C
f
is the resistance
coefficient, and q
b
*
is the Einstein dimensionless bedload transport defined below:
q
*
b
gR
q
b
D D
(6.195)
where q
b
is the volumetric bedload transport per unit width having the dimensions of m
2
/s,
6.90 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.91
where q
b
is the volumetric bedload transport per unit width having the dimensions of m
2
/s,
R is the submerged specific gravity (taken as 1.65 for quartz), and D is the mean diame
ter of the sediment particles.
The following conservation relation can be used for suspendedload sediment routing:
dU
d
h
x
C
q
w
d
d
C
x
v
s
(E
s
r
o
C) (6.196)
where x is the coordinate in the streamwise direction, q
w
Uh, C is the average volu
metric suspended sediment concentration, and r
o
C c
b
nearbed sediment concentra
tion. The shape factor r
o
is given by the approximate relationship (Parker et al., 1987):
r
o
1 31.5
u
v
*
s
1.46
(6.197)
Therefore, the suspended load transport (volume per unit width per unit time) through a
section can be evaluated as the product of the average sediment concentration and the flow
discharge per unit width:
q
s
q
w
C (6.198)
All that remains is to evaluate E
s
, the sedimententrainment coefficient. This is accom
plished with the GarcaParker relation:
E
s
(6.199a)
where
A 1.3 10
7
(6.199b)
and
Z
u
u
v
*
s
Re
p
0.6
(6.199c)
With the above equations and the assumption of a rectangular cross section (q
w
Uh),
one can calculate the normal flow and equilibrium transport conditions for the river. These
calculations, shown next, will serve as the initial conditions for the sedimentation study.
6.11.3 Computation of Normal Flow Conditions
From the ManningStrickler relation (Eq. 6.194),
q
h
w
U 8.1
k
h
s
1/6
(ghS)
1/2
where k
s
2.5 D
s
and
h
0.6
0.987m
Now, q
b
can be computed:
R
h
D
S
s
0.
1
9
.
8
6
7
5
m
0
.
0
0
.
0
0
0
0
3
03
0.5982
1.427m
2
/s (2.5 0.0003)
1/6
8.19.8 0 .0 003
q
w
(2.5D
s
)
1/6
8.1gS
AZ
5
u
1
0
A
.3
Z
5
u
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.92 Chapter Six
Then
q
b
*
11.2
*1.5
*
*
c
4.5
q
b
11.2(0.5982)
1.5
0
0
.5
.0
9
3
82
4.5
4.108
q
b
*
q
b
*
RgD
s
D
s
4.1081 .6 5 9 .8 m/s
2
0.0 003 0.0003
q
b
8.58 10
5
m
2
/s
Estimation of C, E
s
and r
o
:
u
*s
*
s
R gD 0 .5 98 1 .6 5 9 .8 m/s
2
0.0 003m 0.0538 m/s
Re
p
R gD D/
.8
/s
.6
.0
1
0.0
1
0
0
0
3
6
m
m
2
/s
Re
p
20.98
Z
u
u
v
*
s
s
Re
p
0.6
0.
4
0
.
5
2
3
5
8m
/s
1
(
0
2
0
2
.
m
89
/s
)
0.6
7.841
r
o
1 31.6
u
v
*
s
1.46
1 31.5
4.2
0
5
.0
53
1
8
0
m
/
2
s
m/s
1.46
r
o
23.33.
Then
E
s
3.8 10
3
For equilibrium conditions, entrainment and deposition rates are the same thus, with the
help of Eq. (6.196),
C
E
r
o
s
3.8
2
3.3
1
3
0
3
1.63 10
5
and, finally, q
s
can be computed as
q
s
UCH q
w
C 1.427m
2
/s 1.63 10
5
q
s
2.33 10
4
m
2
/s
6.11.4 Governing Equations
1.3 10
7
(7.841)
5
1.3
0.3
10
7
(7.841)
5
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.93
Next, it is necessary to identify the governing equations. Raising the water surface through
a control structure results in the development of backwater effects. The backwater profile
can be calculated using the standard 1D St. Venant equation expressed in terms above
parameters, with U being the flow velocity in x, the streamwise direction. The symbol
stands for the elevation of the bed above the datum:
U
t
U
x
x
h)
C
f
U
h
2
. (6.200)
The backwater change in the water depth will cause a change in the transport of sedi
ment. This phenomenon can be captured using the Exner equation with
p
being the poros
ity of the bed sediment (taken at 0.3):
(1
1
p
)
(q
b
q
s
) (6.201)
Notice that a time differential appears in both of the above equations; this reflects the
fact that both hydraulic and transport conditions change continuously in time. The two
equations are coupled through , the bed elevation. Of course, a simultaneous solution of
both equations, including the time derivative, is difficult.
To simplify the model and expedite a solution, the quasisteadystate approximation
can be used. Not surprisingly, analysis has shown, that the time scale for sedimentologi
cal changes is much larger than that for changes in flow condition. Simply put, if the time
changes of hydraulic conditions are driven by changes in sediment transport, they will
occur slowly. Within an appropriate time step, the flow conditions can be considered to be
steady. In this way, it is possible to drop the time differential in the St. Venant equation:
U
d
d
U
x
d(
d
x
h)
C
f
U
h
2
(6.202)
Equations (6.201) and (6.202), in conjunction with continuity (q
w
Uh), provide the
theoretical basis for the following analysis. In the quasisteadystate analysis, the back
water curve resulting from a forced raise in water elevation is calculated first, (Eq. 6.202).
The new water depths for the time step are used to calculate a new bed position (Eq.
6.201), and these values are used in the next time step to determine a new backwater pro
file. The procedure repeats for each time step.
6.11.5 Discussion of Method
As discussed in a previous section, initial normal flow conditions can be calculated
through consideration of the resistance and transport relations. Far away from the dam,
where backwater effects are negligible, normal flow and equilibrium transport conditions
will exist.
A numeric scheme and computational grid must be chosen to evaluate the quasi
steadystate governing equations as they relate to reservoir sedimentation. First, it is nec
essary to develop a spatial computational grid. The grid used in this numerical experiment
begins 40 km upstream of the front near the dam face. The length is divided into reaches
of 200 m, resulting in 201 nodes to be evaluated. This length allows for initial backwater
computation to very nearly reach the normal depth at the upstream end.
Using this grid, it is possible to develop a numerical scheme for solving the governing
equations. To begin the simulation, a backwater calculation starting at the downstream end
of the grid must be conducted. Combining the momentum equation (Eq. 6.202) and water
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.94 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.35 Water surface elevation before and after reservoir construction
continuity (q
w
Uh) yields:
d
d
H
x
S
f
(6.203)
where
H
2
q
g
2
h
w
2
h (6.204)
and the friction slope S
f
is given by
S
f
C
g
f
h
q
3
w
2
(6.205)
If the value of h (and thus H) is known at node i 1, its value at node i (upstream) can
be calculated using the following finite difference scheme:
H
i
H
i1
1
2
(S
f,i 1
S
f,i
)x (6.206)
The above expression can be expanded and written as a function of h
i
:
D(h
i
)
2
q
g
w
h
2
i
2
h
i
i
H
i 1
1
2
S
f,i 1
x
1
2
xC
f
g
q
h
w
2
i
3
0 (6.207)
Now, a NewtonRaphson method can be used to evaluate h
i
. In this method, an arbi
trary guess at h
i
can be refined by h
i
using the expression
h
i
D
D
(
(
h
h
i
i
)
)
(6.208)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.95
FIGURE 6.36 Development of delta for bedload only.
FIGURE 6.37 Development of delta for both bedload and suspended load
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.96 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.38a Delta location and height after 30 years; (A) bedload only.
where
D(h
i
)
d
d
D
h
i
1 F
r,i
2
3
2
x
S
h
f
i
,i
(6.209)
The computation begins at the downstream end of the problem, where the initial bed
elevation must be specified according to the normal flow conditions that existed before
raising the water surface by 10 m. The first jump is x 200 m, and each subsequent
jump is from node, to node with x 200 m. Once the computation has progressed to the
final node, the hydraulic conditions for the initial bed condition are known. Variables such
as U, q
b
, and q
s
can be calculated easily for each node once the water depth is known.
Knowing the hydraulic conditions, the next necessary step is to evaluate the corre
sponding change in bed elevation. This is accomplished with the Exner equation written
in the backward finite difference form
i,j1
i,j
x(1
p
)
[(q
b,i1
q
s,i1
) (q
b,i
q
s,i
)] (6.210)
where j is the current time step, j 1 is the next time step, and i 1 is the node imme
diately upstream of the node being calculated. The calculation proceeds in the down
stream direction. For the first node, the same technique is used, and the initial normal
bedload and suspendedload transport feed rate are used for the upstream values. It is
crucial to choose a time step that upholds the assumptions inherent to the quasisteady
state approximation. Here, for bedload transport only, a time step of 0.01 year (3.65
days) is used, and for runs with both suspended and bedload transport, a time step of
0.001 year (365 days) is used. These time steps are small enough to maintain theoreti
cal integrity and numeric stability. The calculated elevations are fed into the next time
step for the adjustment of hydraulic conditions. The above procedure is continued for
each time step.
To complete the numerous computations necessary for this procedure, a computer pro
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.97
FIGURE 6.39 Turbidity current flowing into a laboratory reservoir. (Bell, 1942)
FIGURE 6.38b Delta location and height after 30 years.
gram must be written to facilitate the numerical computations.
6.11.6 Results
The initial conditions for the water surface profile and bed elevation are shown in Fig.
6.35. Changes in river profile with time under the consideration of bedload transport only
are shown in Fig. 6.36. The initial condition and the conditions after 2, 5, 10, 20, and 30
years are plotted. Figure 6.37 presents the same data, taking into account both bed and
suspended sediment transport. Not surprisingly, the delta formation is accelerated consid
erably when total load (bed and suspended) is considered.
Both the heights and lengths of deltas are greater for total load calculations for all time
steps. Of course, varying delta formations result in a variation in backwater effects. When
both bedload and suspendedload are considered, the backwater effects are more dramatic.
The delta formed after 30 years are shown in Fig. 6.38A and B. After 30 years, the total
load condition produces a delta reaching a length of approximately 36 km. Considering only
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.98 Chapter Six
bedload results in a prediction of a delta only 28.2 km long. Holding the downstream eleva
tion constant results in a considerable backwater effect driven by sedimentation. Although
this elevation assumption is not wholly realistic, the results serve to illustrate the threat of
flooding associated with reservoir sedimentation. As the reservoir silts in, it will be unable
to hold the same amount of water without producing a commensurate increase in water stage.
If one is interested in estimating the amount of time necessary to fill a reservoir, it is
possible to simply divide the reservoirs filling volume per unit width by the normal sed
iment inflow at the upstream end. To determine the filling volume, it is necessary to con
sider the initial bed condition and the full bed conditions. The filling volume per unit width
is estimated at 360,000 m
3
/m. Assuming bedload only and dividing the filling volume by
the normal bedload inflow results in an approximate filling time of approximately 130
years. If total load is considered, an approximate filling time of 35 years is determined. This
agrees well with the results of the model; Fig. 6.38b shows that the totalload model pre
dicts that the reservoir will be approximately full around 40 years. Neither the above cal
culation nor the developed computer model considers the effect of sediment compaction,
which may play an important role in increasing the time required to fill a reservoir.
In general, the above results clearly indicate that suspended load plays a major role in
reservoir sedimentation. Not considering suspendedload results in a considerable under
estimation of the progress and effects of reservoir sedimentation. If the suspended load of
the incoming flows is high, plunging may occur and turbidity currents will develop.
Turbidity flows can transport finegrained sediment for long distances, hence having a
profound effect on reservoir sedimentation and water quality.
6.12 HYDRAULICS OF TURBIDITY CURRENTS
6.12.1 Introduction
Turbidity currents are currents of water laden with sediment that move downslope in oth
erwise still bodies of water. Consider the situation illustration in Fig. 6.39. After plunging,
a turbidity current moves along the bed of a laboratory reservoir (Bell, 1942). It is seen
that when the flow goes from the sloping portion onto the flat portion, there is a twofold
increase in current thickness, indicating a change in flow regime through a hydraulic
jump. There are a number of field situations where a similar slopeinduced hydraulic jump
can take place (Garca, 1993, Garca, and Parker, 1989).
An important engineering aspect of turbidity currents concerns the impact these flows
have on the water quality and sedimentation in lakes and reservoirs. Turbidity flows were
observed in lakes and manmade reservoirs long before their occurrence in the ocean
became apparent. This situation usually occurs during flood periods, when rivers carry a
large amount of sediment in suspension. In China, where the suspended load in most
rivers is extremely large, the venting of turbidity currents through bottom outlets to reduce
the siltation of reservoirs has become common practice. Even though the bed slopes of
lakes and reservoirs are orders of magnitude smaller than those in the ocean, turbidity cur
rents are still capable of traveling long distances without losing their identities: e.g., more
than 100 km in Lake Mead. An excellent account of numerical methods to model turbid
ity currents in reservoirs can be found in Sloff (1997).
The ability of turbidity currents to transport sediment also has been put to use for the
disposal of mining tailings (Normark and Dickson, 1976) and ash from power station boil
ers. Environmental concern has reduced waste disposal into lakes, but in the ocean, the
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.99
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
4
0
T
u
r
b
i
d
i
t
y
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
f
l
o
w
i
n
g
d
o
w
n
s
l
o
p
e
t
h
r
o
u
g
h
a
q
u
i
e
s
c
e
n
t
b
o
d
y
o
f
w
a
t
e
r
.
(
a
f
t
e
r
G
a
r
c
a
,
1
9
9
4
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.100 Chapter Six
dumping of mining tailing continues (Hay, 1987a, 1987b).
6.12.2 Governing Equations
A detailed derivation of the governing equations for twodimensional turbidity currents
can be found in Parker et al. (1986). Here, the equations of motion are presented in layer
averaged form. The situation described in Fig. 6.40 is considered. A steady, continuous
turbidity current is flowing downslope through a quiescent body of water, which is
assumed to be infinitely deep and unstratified except for the turbidity current itself. The
cross section is taken to be rectangular, with a width many times longer than the under
flow thickness; therefore, variation in the lateral direction can be neglected. The bed has
a constant small slope S and is covered with uniform sediment of geometric mean diam
eter D
sg
and fall velocity v
s
; the x coordinate is directed downslope tangential to the bed,
and the z coordinate is directed upward normal to the bed. The submerged specific grav
ity of the sediment is denoted by R (
s
/ 1), where
s
is the density of the sediment
and is the density of the clear water. Local mean downstreamflow velocity and volu
metric sediment concentration are denoted as u and c, respectively. The suspension is
dilute, hence c 1 and Rc 1 are assumed to hold everywhere. The parameters u and c
are assumed to maintain similar profiles as the current develops in the downslope direc
tion. The layeraveraged current velocity U and volumetric concentration C and the layer
thickness h are defined via a set of moments (Parker et al., 1986):
Uh
0
udz (6.211a)
U
2
h
0
u
2
dz (6.211b)
UCh
0
ucdz (6.211c)
The equation of fluid mass balance integrates in the upward normal direction to yield
d
d
U
x
h
e
w
U (6.212)
where e
w
is the coefficient of entrainment of water from the quiescent water above the cur
rent. The equation of sediment conservation takes the layeraveraged form
dU
d
C
x
H
v
s
(E
s
c
b
) (6.213)
where c
b
is the nearbed concentration of suspended sediment evaluated at z 0.05h and
E
s
is a dimensionless coefficient of bed sediment entrainment into suspension. The inte
gral momentum balance equation takes the form
dU
dx
2
h
gRChS
1
2
gR
d
d
x
(Ch
2
) u
2
*
(6.214)
where u
*
denotes the bedshear velocity. The equations of sediment mass, fluid mass, and
flow momentum balance must be closed appropriately with algebraic laws for e
w
, u
*
, E
s
,
and c
b
. The water entrainment coefficient e
w
is known to be a function of the bulk
Richardson number (Ri), which can be defined as
Ri
gR
U
C
2
h
(6.215)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.101
FIGURE 6.41 Water entrainment coefficient as a function of Richardson number
(After Parker et al., 1987)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.102 Chapter Six
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
4
2
P
l
o
t
o
f
b
e
d
f
r
i
c
t
i
o
n
c
o
e
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t
c
D
v
e
r
s
u
s
R
e
y
n
o
l
d
s
n
u
m
b
e
r
.
(
a
f
t
e
r
P
a
r
k
e
r
e
t
a
l
.
,
1
9
8
7
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.103
FIGURE 6.43 Plot of shape factor ro versus u*/V
s
. (after
Parker et al., 1987)
FIGURE 6.44 Plot of the sediment entrainment coefficient Es
for both openchannel suspensions and density currents. (after
Garca and Parker, 1993)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.104 Chapter Six
FIGURE 6.45 Plot of plunging flow depth versus (q
2
/g)
1/3
, includ
ing field and laboratory data Garca (1996)
and is equal to one over the square of the densimetric Fr U/(gRCh)
1/2
, often used in
stratified flow studies. A useful equation for the water entrainment coefficient plotted in
Fig. 6.41 is the following (Parker et al., 1987):
e
w
(1
0
7
.
1
0
8
7
R
5
i
2.4
)
0.5
(6.216)
It is customary to take the bed shear stress to be proportional to the square of the flow
velocity so that u
*
2
C
D
U
2
, where C
D
is a bed friction coefficient. Values of C
D
for tur
bidity currents have been found to vary between 0.002 and 0.05, as shown in Fig. 6.42
(Parker et al., 1987). The nearbed concentration c
b
can be related to the layeraveraged
concentration C by a shape factor r
o
c
b
/C, which is approximately equal to 2 for sedi
mentladen underflows, as shown in Fig. 6.43 (Parker et al., 1987). The sediment entrain
ment coefficient E
s
is known to be a function of bed shear stress and sediment character
istics (Garca and Parker, 1991). The formulation of Garca and Parker (Eq. 6.173a) is
plotted in Fig. 6.44, where data on sediment entrainment by sedimentladen density cur
rents also are included (Garca and Parker, 1993).
6.12.3 Plunging Flow
The necessary conditions for plunging to occur in a reservoir may vary as a function of
the physical parameters that produce flow stratification. These parameters are sometimes
known in advance from measurements in the field. Akiyama and Stefan (1984) general
ized several expressions that were derived from laboratory experiments, field measure
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.105
ments, or theoretical analysis as a function of the parameters involved in plunging:
h
p
F
1
r
2
p
g
q
R
2
w
C
1/3
(6.217)
where h
p
flow depth at plunging, q
w
flow discharge per unit width, and Fr
p
densi
metric Fr at plunging defined by
Fr
p
(gRC
U
h
p
)
1/2
(6.218)
The value of Fr
p
has been found to range from 0.2 to 0.8 (Morris and Fan, 1998). If there
is not enough suspended sediment, plunging will not occur and a turbidity current will not
develop. Figure 6.45 shows field and laboratory data for the flow depth at plunging as a
function of the inflow parameters (Garca, 1996).
6.12.4 Internal Hydraulic Jump
The bulk Ri, given by Eq. (6.215), is an important parameter governing the behavior of
stratified slender flows, such as turbidity currents (Turner, 1973). This parameter has a crit
ical value Ri
c
near unity so that the range Ri Ri
c
corresponds to a highvelocity super
critical turbid flow regime, and the range Ri Ri
c
corresponds to a lowvelocity subcriti
cal turbid flow regime. The change from supercritical flow to subcritical flow is accom
plished via an internal hydraulic jump, as illustrated in Fig. 6.39. Therein, a turbidity cur
rent undergoes a hydraulic jump induced by a change in bed slope in the proximity of a lab
oratory reservoir. Conservation of momentum gives the following relation (Garca, 1993):
h
h
2
1
1
2
1 8 Ri
1
1
1
1
1
]
(6.219)
which is analogous to Belangers equation for openchannel flow hydraulic jumps. For a
known prejump Ri
1
, Eq. (6.219) gives the ratio of the sequent current thickness h
2
to the
initial current thickness h
1
. The subcritical flow, forced by some type of control acting far
ther downstream, will influence the location of the jump and thus the length of the water
entraining supercritical flow upstream of the jump. In laboratory experiments, the down
stream boundary conditions are usually imposed by the experimenter (e.g., weir, sluice
gate, outfall) because of the finite length of experimental facilities. In the ocean or lakes,
where a current may travel several hundred kilometers without losing its identity, the con
trol of the flow will operate through deposition of sediment and bed friction.
6.12.5 Application: Turbidity Current in Lake Superior
As an example, the case of turbidity currents produced by the discharge of taconite tail
ings by the Reserve Mining Company into Lake Superior at Silver Bay, Minnesota, is con
sidered. Over a period of 20 years, the manmade turbidity currents formed a delta with a
steep front followed by a depositional fan. Normark and Dickson (1976) used field obser
vations to infer that the transition from the delta slope to the fan slope took place through
a hydraulic jump, whereas Akiyama and Stefan (1985) used numerical modeling to show
a clear tendency by the flow to become supercritical shortly after reaching the fan region.
However, the lack of knowledge about the role played by the hydraulic jump has made
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.106 Chapter Six
F
I
G
U
R
E
6
.
4
6
S
i
m
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
t
u
r
b
i
d
i
t
y
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
u
n
d
e
r
g
o
i
n
g
a
h
y
d
r
a
u
l
i
c
j
u
m
p
i
n
L
a
k
e
S
u
p
e
r
i
o
r
,
M
i
n
n
e
s
o
t
a
.
(
a
f
t
e
r
G
a
r
c
a
,
1
9
9
3
)
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.107
flow computations along the subcritical region practically impossible. Such computations
can now be simplified through the knowledge gained in laboratory experiments (Garca,
1994). This is illustrated by the following numerical experiment.
The lake bed topography at Silver Bay in Lake Superior is modeled in a onedimen
sional configuration, as illustrated in Fig. 6.46. The delta slop angle is 17, and the fan
slope is 1.5. The deltafan slope transition takes place between 600 m to 900 m from the
shore. The equations of motion (6.212), (6.213), and (6.214) are solved using a simple
standard step method (Garca and Parker, 1986). The water entrainment e
w
and sediment
entrainment E
s
coefficients are estimated with relationships proposed by Parker et al.
(1987) and Garca and Parker (1991; 1993), respectively. A constant bed friction coeffi
cient C
D
0.02 and a shape factor r
o
2 are used. Initial flow conditions at the tailings
discharge point similar to those used by Akiyama and Fukushima (1986) are used: i.e., U
o
0.6 m/s, h
o
1 m,
o
0.1 m
2
/s, and Ri
o
0.5. The tailings have a mean particle size
D
sg
40 mm and a submerged specific gravity R 2.1. Particle fall velocity is estimat
ed to be v
s
0.14 cm/s. Lateral spreading of the flows is ignored. The computations
march downslope starting at the head of the delta, and at approximately 0.6 km from the
tailings discharge point, the flow starts to slow down because of the slope transition. If
the current depth at the end of the fan region could be known, the jump location could be
determined with a simple backwater computation. Because this information is not avail
able, the hydraulic jump is assumed to take place at 0.9 km from the inlet. According to
the laboratory observations, water entrainment from above, as well as bed sediment
entrainment into suspension, can be neglected after the jump. Under these assumptions,
Eq. (6.213) can be integrated with the help of Eq. (6.212), and an expression for the spa
tial variation of the volumetric layeraveraged sediment concentration C is obtained,
C C
j
e
v
s
q
r
o
w
x
(6.220)
where C is the value of C
j
at the hydraulic jump and x is distance measured from the
jumps location. Since the flow discharge per unit width q
w
is constant in the subcritical
flow region (e
w
0), Eq. (6.220) can be used to compute the volumetric sediment trans
port rate per unit width CUh, at any location after the jump. The variation in current thick
ness between the jumps location and a point located 2.2 km from the inlet is shown in
Fig. 6.46. The profile is obtained by first computing the value of C at 2.2 km with the help
of Eq. (6.220), then by doing a backwater computation in an iterative manner until the
computed current thickness at 0.9 km coincides with the current thickness obtained with
the supercritical flow computation and the hydraulic jump Eq. (6.219). The flow discharge
per unit width computed at the jumps location is q
w
48 m
2
/s. For such flow discharge,
Eq. (6.220) predicts that the turbidity current, after experiencing a hydraulic jump, will
travel approximately 80 km before dying out as a result of deposition of sediment.
REFERENCES
Akiyama and Fukushima, 1986, Entrainment of noncohesive sediment into suspension. 3
rd
Int.Symp. on River Sedimentation, S. Y. Wang, H. W. Shen, and L. Z. Ding, eds., Univ. of
Mississipi, 804813.
Akiyama and Stefan, 1984, Plunging Flow into a Reservior: Theory, (American Society of Civil
Engineer. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering) 110(4), 484499
Akiyama and Stefan, 1985, Turbidity Current with Erosion and Deposition, (American Society of
Civil Engineering), Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 111(12), 14731496.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Ackers, P., and W. R. White, Sediment Transport: New Approach and Analysis, Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 99:20412060, 1973.
Allen, J. R. L., Physical Processes of Sedimentation, Elsevier, New York, 1970.
Amsler, M. L., and M. H. Garca, Discussion of SandDune Geometry of Large Rivers During
Floods, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 123:582584,
1997.
Anderson, A. G., The Characteristics of Sediment Waves Formed by Flow in Open Channels,
Proceedings of the 3rd Midwestern Conference on Fluid Mechanics, University. of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, March 1953.
Annambhotla, V. S., W. W. Sayre, and R. H. Livesey, Statistical Properties of Missouri River Bed
Forms, Journal Waterways, Harbors, & Coastal Engineering Division,American Society of Civil
Engineer 98(WW4):489510, 1972.
Ashida, K., and M. Michiue, Study on Hydraulic Resistance and Bedload Transport Rate in
Alluvial Streams. Transactions of the Japan Society of Civil Engineering 206:5969, 1972.
Ashworth, P .J., S. J. Bennett, J. L. Best, and S. J. Mclelland, eds., Coherent Flow Structures in
Open Channels, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, England, 1996.
Bell, H. S., Stratified Flow in Reservoirs and Its Use in Prevention of Silting, Miscellaneous
Publication No. 491, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1942.
Bhowmik, N. G., A. P. Bonini, W. C. Bogner, and R. P. Byrne, Hydraulics of Flow and Sediment
Transport in the Kankakee River in Illinois, Report of Investigation 98, Illinois State Water
Survey, Champaign, IL, 1980.
Blondeaux, P., G. Seminara, and M. Tubino, A Unified BarBend Theory of River Meanders,
Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 157:449470, 1985.
Bogardi, J., Sediment Transport in Alluvial Streams, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest, Hungary, 1974.
Bouvard, M., Mobile Barrages and Intakes on Sediment Transporting Rivers, International
Association for Hydraulic Research Monograph Series, A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam, 1992.
Bridge, J. S., and S. J. Bennett, A Model for the Entrainment and Transport of Sediment Grains of
Mixed Sizes, Shapes, and Densities, Water Resources Research, 28:337363, 1992.
Brooks, N. H., Calculation of Suspended Load Discharge from Velocity and Concentration
Parameters, Proceedings of the Federal Interagency Sedimentation Conference, Miscellaneous
Publication No. 970, Agricultural Research Service, 1963, pp. 229237.
Brownlie, W. R., Prediction of Flow Depth and Sediment Discharge in Open Channels, Report
No. KHR43A, Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water Resources, California Institute of
Technology, Pasadena, CA.1981a.
Brownlie, W. R., Reexamination of Nikuradse Roughness Data, Journal of the Hydraulics
Division, American Society of Civil Engineer 107(HY1):115119, 1981b.
Brownlie, W. R., Errata, Reexamination of Kikuradse Roughness Data, Journal of the
Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineer 108(HY8):971, 1982.
Carling, P. A., and M. R. Dawson, Advances in Fluvial Dynamics and Stratigraphy, John Wiley &
Sons, Chichester, England, 1996.
Celik, I., and W. Rodi, Modeling Suspended Sediment Transport in Nonequilibrium Situations,
Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 114:11571191, 1988.
Chabert, J., and J. L. Chauvin, Formation de Dunes et de Rides dans les Modles Fluviaux, Bull.
Cen. Rech. ess. Chatou, No. 4, 1963.
Chang, H. H., Fluvial Processes in River Engineering, John & Sons Wiley, New York, 1988.
Coleman, S. E., and B. W. Melville, BedForm Development, Journal of Hydraulics Engineering,
American Society of Civil Engineer 120:554560, 1994.
Colombini, M., G. Seminara, and M. Tubino, FiniteAmplitude Bars, Journal of Fluid
Mechanics, 181:213232, 1987.
Colombini, M., M. Tubino, and P. Whiting, Topographic Expression of Bars in Meandering
Channels, Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on GravelBed Rivers, Florence, Italy,
1990.
Coussot, P., Mudflow Rheology and Dynamics, International Association for Hydraulic Research
6.108 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.109
Monograph Series, A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, Netherlands, 1997.
Dietrich, W. E., Settling Velocities of Natural Particles, Water Resources Research,
18:16151626, 1982.
Diplas, P., and G. Parker, Pollution of Gravel Spawning Grounds Due to Fine Sediment, Report No.
240, EPA/R808683011, St. Anthony Falls Hydraulics Laboratory, Univ. of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minnesota. 1985.
Diplas, P., and A. Sutherland, Sampling Techniques for Gravel Sized Sediments, American
Society of Civil Engineer Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 114:481501, 1988.
Einstein, H. A., The Bedload Function for Bedload Transportation in Open Channel Flows,
Technical Bulletin No. 1026, U.S.D.A., Soil Conservation Service, 1950.
Einstein, H. A., and N. L. Barbarossa, River Channel Roughness, Transactions of the American
Society of Civil Engineers, 117:11211146, 1952.
Engelund, F., Instability of Erodible Beds, Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 42:225244, 1970.
Engelund, F., and J. Fredsoe, A Sediment Transport Model for Straight Alluvial Channels, Nordic
Hydrology, 7:293306, 1976.
Engelund, F., and E. Hansen. A Monograph on Sediment Transport in Alluvial Streams, Teknisk
Vorlag, Copenhagen, Denmark, 1967.
Exner, F. M., ber die Wechselwirkung Zwischen Wasser und Geschiebe in Flssen,
Sitzenberichte der Academie der Wissenschaften, Wien, Austria, Sec. IIA, 134:199, 1925.
Fernandez Luque, R., and R. van Beek, Erosion and Transport of Bed Sediment. Journal of.
Hydraulics Research, 14:127144, 1976.
Fredsoe, J., On the Development of Dunes in Erodible Channels, Journal of Fluid Mechanics,
64(1):116, 1974.
Fredsoe, J., Shape and Dimensions of Stationary Dunes in Rivers, Journal of the Hydraulics
Division, American Society of Civil Engineer 108(HY8):932947, 1982.
Fredsoe, J., and R. Deigaard, Mechanics of Coastal Sediment Transport, Advances Series on Ocean
Engineering, Vol. 3, World Scientific Publishing, Singapore, 1992.
Garca, M. H., Hydraulic Jumps in SedimentLaden Bottom Currents, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 199:10941117, 1993.
Garca, M. H., Depositional Turbidity Currents Laden with PoorlySorted Sediment, Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 120:12401263, 1994.
Garca, M. H., Environmental Hydrodynamics, Universidad Nacional del Litoral Publication Center,
Santa Fe, Argentina (in Spanish), 1996.
Garca, M. H., and Y. Nio Lagrangian Description of Bedload Transport by Saltating Particles,
Proceedings of the 6th International Symposium Stochastic Hydraulics, Taipei, Taiwan, 259266,
1992.
Garca, M. H., and Y. Nio, Dynamics of Sediment Bars in Straight and Meandering Channels:
Experiments on the Resonance Phenomenon, IAHR Journal of Hydraulic Research, 31:739761,
1993.
Garca, M. H., and G. Parker, On the Numerical Prediction of Turbidity Currents, Proc. 3rd Intl
Symp. River Sedimentation, The University of Mississippi, University, Mississippi, 15561565,
1986.
Garca, M. H. and G. Parker, Experiments on Hydraulic Jumps in Turbidity Currents Near a
CanyonFan Transition, Science, 117:393396, 1989.
Garca, M., and G. Parker, Entrainment of Bed Sediment into Suspension, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 117:414435, 1991.
Garca, M., and G. Parker, Experiments on the Entrainment of Sediment into Suspension by a
Dense Bottom Current, Journal of Geophysical Research, 98(C3):47934807, 1993.
Garde, R. J., and Albertson, 1959. Sand Waves and Regimes of Flow in Alluvial Channels
Proceedings of the 8
th
International Association for Hydraulic Research Congress, Montreal,
Canada, Vol. IV, pa.per 28
Garde, R. J., and K. G. Ranga Raju, Mechanics of Sediment Transportation and Alluvial Stream
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
6.110 Chapter Six
Problems, 2nd ed., Wiley Easter Limited, New Delhi, India, 1985.
Gill, M. A., Height of Sand Dunes in Open Channel Flows, Journal of the Hydraulics Division,
American Society of Civil Engineer 97(HY12):20672074, 1971.
Graf, W. H., Hydraulics of Sediment Transport, McGrawHill, New York, 1971.
Haque, M. I., and K. Mahmoud, Geometry of Ripples and Dunes, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 111(1):4863, 1985.
Hay, A. E., Turbidity Currents and Submarine Channel Formation in Rupert Inlet, British
Columbia, 1: Surge Observations, Journal of Geophysical Research, 92(C3):28752881, 1987a.
Hay, A. E., Turbidity Currents and Submarine Channel Formation in Rupert Inlet, British
Columbia, 2: The Roles of Continuous and SureType Flow, Journal of Geophysical Research,
92(C3):28832900, 1987b.
Hayashi, T., Formation of Dunes and Antidunes in Open Channels, Journal of the Hydraulics
Division, American Society of Civil Engineer 96(HY2):357367, 1970.
Hino, M., EquilibriumRange Spectra of Sand Waves Formed by Flowing Water, Journal of Fluid
Mechanics, 34(3):565573, 1968.
Hotchkiss, R. H., and G. Parker, Shockfitting of Aggradational Profiles Due to Backwater,Journal
of Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 117(9):11291144, 1991.
Ikeda, S., Incipient Motion of Sand Particles on Side Slopes,Journal of the Hydraulics Division,
American Society of Civil Engineer 108(HY1):95114, 1982.
Ikeda, S., Prediction of Alternate Bar Wavelength and Height, Journal of the Hydraulics Division,
American Society of Civil Engineer 110(4):371386, 1984.
Ikeda, S., and G. Parker, eds., River Meandering, Water Resources Monograph No. 12, American
Geophysical Union, Washington D.C 1989.
Jaeggi, M. N. R., Formation and Effects of Alternate Bars, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering,
American Society of Civil Engineer 10:142156, 1984.
Jain, S. C., and J. F. Kennedy, The Spectral Evolution of Sedimentary Bed Forms, Journal of
Fluid Mechanics, 63:301314, 1974.
Jansen, P. P., L. van Bendegom, J. van den Berg, M. de Vries, and A. Zanen, Principles of River
Engineering: The NonTidal Alluvial River, Pitman, London, UK, 1979.
Julien, P.Y., Erosion and Sedimentation, Cambridge University Press, 1995.
Julien, P. Y., and G. J. Klaassen, SandDune Geometry of Large Rivers during Floods, Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 121:657663, 1995.
Kennedy, J. F., The Mechanics of Dunes and Antidunes in ErodibleBed Channels, Journal of
Fluid Mechanics, 16:521544, 1963.
Kennedy, J. F., 1969. The Formation of Sediment Ripples, Dunes, Antidunes, Annual R
2
views of
Fluid Mechanics Vol. 1, pp. 147167, 1969.
Kinoshita, R., and H. Miwa, River Channel Formation Which Prevents Downstream Translation of
Transverse Bars (in Japanese), Shinsabo, 94:1217 1974.
Klaassen, G. J., H. J. M. Ogink, and L. C. van Rijn, DHLResearch on Bed Forms, Resistance to
Flow and Sediment Transport, Procedings of the 3rd International Symposium River
Sedimentation, Jackson, MI, MarchApril 1986, PP. 58820
Lane, E.W., Design of Stable Channels, Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineer,
81(745):117, 1955.
Lavelle, J. W., and H. O. Mofjeld, Do Critical Stresses for Incipient Motion and Erosion Really
Exit? ASCE Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 113:370385, 1987.
Liu, H. K., Mechanics of SedimentRipple Formation, American Society of Civil Engineer
Journal of the Hydraulics Division, 83(HY2):123, 1957.
Menduni, G., and E. Paris, AOn the Prediction of Geometric Characteristics of Dunes,
Proceedings of the International Symposium on River Sedimentation, Jackson, MI, MarchApril
1986, pp. 665674.
Mehta, A. J., E. J. Hayter, W. R. Parker, R. B. Krone, and A. M. Teeter, Cohesive Sediment
Transport I: Process Description, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil
Engineer 115:10761093, 1989a.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.111
Mehta, A. J., E. J. Hayter, W. R. Parker, R. B. Krone, and A. M. Teeter, Cohesive Sediment
Transport II: Application, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, American Society of Civil
Engineer 115:10941113, 1989b.
MeyerPeter, E., and R. Muller, Formulas for Bedload Transport. Proceedings of the 2nd
Congress of the International Association for Hydraulic Research, Stockholm, 1948, pp. 3964,
Milhous, R. T., Sediment Transport in a Gravel Bottomed Stream, doctoral dissertation, Oregon
State University, Corvallis, 1973.
Misri, R. I., Garde, R. J., and Ranga Raju, K. G., 1983, Experiments on Bedload Transport of
Nonuniform sands and Gravels, in Proceedings of 2nd International Symposium on River
Sedimentation, Water Resources and Electric power Press, China, 450450.
Morris, G. L., and J. Fan, Reservoir Sedimentation Handbook, Mc GrawHill Book Co, N.Y., 1988
Nakagawa, H., and T. Tsujimoto, Special Analysis of San Bed Instability, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 110:457483, 1984.
Nakato, T., and R. Ettema, eds., Issues and Directions in Hydraulics, Proceedings of the Iowa
Hydraulics College, Iowa City, May 1995, A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam, 1996.
National Research Council, Alluvial Fan Flooding, Water Science and Technology Board,
National Academy Press, Washington, DC, 1996.
Nelson, J. M., and J. D. Smith, Flow in Meandering Channels with Natural Topography, in S.
Ikeda and G. Parker, eds., River Meandering, Water Resources Monograph No. 12, American
Geophysical Union, 1989, pp. 69102.
Nielsen, P., Coastal Bottom Boundary Layers and Sediment Transport, Advances Series on Ocean
Engineering, Vol. 4, World Scientific Publishing Singapore, 1992.
Nikuradse, J., Laws of Flow in Rough Pipes (in German), National Advisory Committee for
Aeronautics Tech Memo No. 1292, Washington, DC, 1950.
Nio, Y., and M. H. Garca, Gravel Saltation II: Modeling, Water Resources Research,
30(6):19151924, 1994.
Nio, Y., and M. H. Garca, Using Langrangian Particle Saltation Observations for Bedload
Sediment Transport Modelling, Hydrological Processes, 12:11971218, 1998.
Nio, Y., M. H. Garca, and L. Ayala, Gravel Saltation I: Experiments, Water Resources Research,
AGU 30:19071914, 1994.
Nordin, C. F. Aspects of flow resistance and sediment transport: Rio Grande ner Bernalillo,
Water supply paper No. 1498H, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D C 1963.
Nordin, C. F. Jr., and J. H. Algert, Spectral Analysis of Sand Waves, Journal of the Hydraulics
Division, American Society of Civil Engineer 92(HY5):95114, 1966.
Normark and Dickson, 1976, Manmode Turbidity Currents in Lake Superior, Sedimentology,
Vol. 23, pp 815831.
Parker, G., Sediment Inertia as a Cause of River Antidunes, Journal of the Hydraulics Division,
American Society of Civil Engineer 101(HY2):211221, 1975.
Parker, G., SelfFormed Straight Rivers with Equilibrium Banks and Mobile Bed, Part 2. The
Gravel River, Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 89(1):127146, 1978.
Parker, G., SurfaceBased Bedload Transport Relation for Gravel Rivers, Journal of Hydraulic
Research, 28(4):417436, 1990.
Parker, G., Selective Sorting and Abrasion of River Gravel: Theory, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 117(HY2):131149, 1991a.
Parker, G., Selective Sorting and Abrasion of River Gravel: Applications, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 117:(HY2):150171, 1991b.
Parker, G., and A. G. Anderson, Basic Principles of River Hydraulics, Engineer Journal of the
Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineer 103(HY9):10771087, 1977.
Parker, G., and E. D. Andrews, Sorting of Bedload Sediment by Flow in Meander Bends, Water
Resources Research, 24:13611373, 1985.
Parker and Ikeda, 1989, River Meandering, Water Resources Mouograph N
o
12, American
Geophysical Union, Washington D.C. 485p.
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Parker, G., and A. J. Sutherland, Fluvial Armor, IAHR Journal of Hydraulic Research,
28:529544, 1990.
Parker, G., M. Garca, Y. Fukushima, and W. Yu, Experiments on Turbidity Currents over an
Erodible Bed, Journal of Hydraulic Research, 25(1):123147, 1987.
Press, W. H., B. P. Flannery, S. A. Teulovsky, and W. T. Vetterling, Numerical Recipes, Cambridge
University Press, New York, 1986.
Ranga Raju, K. G., and Soni, J. P., Geometry of Ripples and Dunes in Alluvial Channels, IAHR
Journal of Hydraulic Reserach, 14:241249, 1976.
Raudkivi, A. J., Loose Boundary Hydraulics, 3rd ed., Pergamon Press, New York, 1990.
Raudkivi, A. J., Sedimentation: Exclusion and Removal of Sediment fro Diverted Water,
Hydraulic Structures Design Manual, International Association for Hydraulic Research, A. A.
Balkema, Rotterdam, 1993.
Raudkivi, A. J., and H. H. Witte, Development of Bed Features, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 116:10631079, 1990.
Renard, K. G., G. R. Foster, G. S. Weesies, D. K. McCool, and D. C. Yoders, coordinators,
Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to Conservation Planning with the Revised Universal
Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE), Agriculture Handbook No. 703, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, DC, 1997.
Reynolds, A. J., Waves on the Bed of an Erodible Channel, Journal of Fluid Mechanics,
22(1):113133, 1965.
Richards, K. J., The Formation of Ripples and Dunes on Erodible Bed, Journal of Fluid
Mechanics, 99:597618, 1980.
Rouse, H., Modern Conceptions of the Mechanics of Turbulence, Transactions of the American
Society of Civil Engineers,102, 1957.
Schlichting, H., Boundary Layer Theory, 7th ed., McGrawHill, New York, 1979.
Sekine, M., and H. Kikkawa, Mechanics of Saltating Grains II, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 118:536558, 1992.
Sekine, M., and G. Parker, Bedload Transport on a Transverse Slope I Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer 118:513535, 1992.
Shields, A., Anwendung der Aenlichkeitsmechanik und der Turbulenzforschung auf die
Geschiebebewegung, Mitteilungen der Preussischen Versuchsanstalt fur Wasserbau und
Schiffbau, Berlin, Germany by W. P. Ott and J. C. van Uchelen, trans., California Institute of
Technology, Pasadena, CA, 1936.
Sieben, J., Modelling of Hydraulics and Morphology in Mountain Rivers, doctoral dissertation,
Delft University of Technology, Netherlands, 1997.
Simons, D. B., and E. V. Richardson, Resistance to Flow in Alluvial Channels, Professional Paper
No. 422J, U.S. Geological Survey, 1966.
Simons, D. B., and F. Senturk, Sediment Transport Technology, rev. ed., Waters Resources
Publications, Littleton, Co, 1992.
Sloff, C. J., Sedimentation in Reservoirs, doctoral dissertation, Delft University of Technology,
Netherlands, 1997.
Smith, J. D., Stability of a Sand Bed Subjected to a Shear Flow of Low Froude Number, J.
Geophysical Research, 75(30):59285940, 1970.
Smith, J. D., and S. R. McLean, Spatially Averaged Flow over a Wavy Surface, Journal of
Geophysical Research, 83:17351746, 1977.
Takahashi, T., Debris Flow, International Association for Hydraulic Research Monograph Series,
A.A. Balkemabuoyancy Rotterdam, 1991.
Taylor, B. D., and V. A. Vanoni, Temperature Effects in LowTransport, FlatBed Flows,
American Society of Civil Engineer Journal of the Hydraulic Division, 98(HY12):21912206,
1972.
Tubino, M., and G. Seminara, FreeForced Interactions in Developing Meanders and Suppression
of Free Bars, Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 214:131159, 1990.
Turner, 1973, Bouyancy Effects in Fluids, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 368p.
van Rijn, L. C., Sediment Transport, Part II. Suspended Load Transport, Journal of Hydraulic
6.112 Chapter Six
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
Engineering, 110:16131641, 1984a.
van Rijn, L. C., Sediment Transport, Part III. Bed Forms and Alluvial Roughness, American
Society of Civil Engineer Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 110(12):17331754, 1984b
van Rijn, L. C., Mathematical Modelling of Morphological Processes in the Case of Suspended
Sediment Transport, Delft Hydraulics Communication No. 382, Delft University of Technology,
Netherlands, 1987.
Vanoni, V. A. Factors Determining Bed Forms of Alluvial Streams, American Society of Civil
Engineer Journal of the Hydraulic Division, 100(HY3):363377, 1974.
Vanoni, V. A., ed., Sedimentation Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineer Manuals and
Reports on Engineering Practice No. 54, American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1975.
Wan, Z., and Z. Wang, Hyperconcentrated Flow, International Association for Hydraulic Research
Monograph Series, A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, 1994.
White, W. R., H. Milli, and A. D. Crabbe, Sediment Transport I and II: An Appraisal of Available
Methods, HRS INT 119, Hydraulics Research Station, Wallingford, UK, 1973.
Wiberg, P. L., and J. D. Smith, Model for Calculating Bedload Transport of Sediment, American
Society of Civil Engineer Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 115(1):101123, 1989.
Wiberg, P., and J. D. Smith, Calculations of the Critical Shear Stress for Motion of Uniform and
Heterogeneous Sediments, Water Resources Research, 23:14711480, 1987.
Wiberg, P. L., and J. D. Smith, A Theoretical Model for Saltating Grains, Journal of Geophysical
Research, 90(C4):73417354, 1985.
Wilcock, P. R., Methods for Estimating the Critical Shear Stress of Individual Fractions in Mixed
Size Sediment, Water Resources Research, 24:11271135, 1988.
Wilson, K. C., Bedload Transport at High Shear Stresses, American Society of Civil Engineer
Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 92(HY6):4959, 1966.
Yalin, M. S., An Expression for Bedload Transportation. American Society of Civil Engineer
Journal of the Hydraulics Division, 89(HY3):221250, 1963.
Yalin, M.S., Geometrical Properties of Sand Waves, American Society of Civil Engineer Journal
of the Hydraulics Division, 90(HY5):105119, 1964.
Yalin, M. S., Mechanics of Sediment Transport, Pergamon, Braunschweig, Germany. 1972.
Yalin, M. S., River Mechanics, Pergamon Press, New York, 1992
Yalin, M. S., and E. Karahan, Steepness of Sedimentary Dunes, American Society of Civil
Engineer Journal of the Hydraulics Division, 105(HY4):381392, 1979.
Yang, C. T. Incipient Motion and Sediment Transport, American Society of Civil Engineer
Journal of the Hydraulic Division, 99:16791704, 1973.
Yang, C. T., Sediment Transport: Theory and Practice, McGrawHill New York, 1996.
Yen, B. C., ed., Channel Flow Resistance: Centennial of Mannings Formula, Water Resources
Publications, Littleton, CO, 1992
Sedimentation and Erosion Hydraulics 6.113
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION HYDRAULICS
7.1 INTRODUCTION
7.1.1 Uncertainties in Hydraulic Engineering Design
In designing hydraulic engineering systems, uncertainties arise in various aspects includ
ing, but not limited to, hydraulic, hydrologic, structural, environmental, and socioeco
nomical aspects. Uncertainty is attributed to the lack of perfect knowledge concerning the
phenomena and processes involved in problem definition and resolution. In general,
uncertainty arising because of the inherent randomness of physical processes cannot be
eliminated and one has to live with it. On the other hand, uncertainties, such as those asso
ciated with the lack of complete knowledge about processes, models, parameters, data,
and so on, can be reduced through research, data collection, and careful manufacturing.
Uncertainties in hydraulic engineering system design can be divided into four basic
categories: hydrologic, hydraulic, structural, and economic (Mays and Tung, 1992).
Hydrologic uncertainty for any hydraulic engineering problem can further be classified
into inherent, parameter, or model uncertainties. Hydraulic uncertainty refers to the uncer
tainty in the design of hydraulic structures and in the analysis of the performance of
hydraulic structures. Structural uncertainty refers to failure from structural weaknesses.
Economic uncertainty can arise from uncertainties in various cost items, inflation, project
life, and other intangible factors. More specifically, uncertainties in hydraulic design
could arise from various sources (Yen et al., 1986) including natural uncertainties, model
uncertainties, parameter uncertainties, data uncertainties, and operational uncertainties.
The most complete and ideal way to describe the degree of uncertainty of a parameter,
a function, a model, or a system in hydraulic engineering design is the probability densi
ty function (PDF) of the quantity subject to uncertainty. However, such a probability func
tion cannot be derived or found in most practical problems. Alternative ways of express
ing the uncertainty of a quantity include confidence intervals or statistical moments. In
particular, the second order moment, that is, the variance or standard deviation, is a mea
sure of the dispersion of a random variable. Sometimes, the coefficient of variation,
defined as the ratio of standard deviation to the mean, is also used.
CHAPTER 7
RISK/RELIABILITYBASED
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING
DESIGN
7.1
YeouKoung Tung
Department of Civil Engineering
Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
Clear Water Bay Kowloon,
Hong Kong
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
Source: HYDRAULIC DESIGN HANDBOOK
The existence of various uncertainties (including inherent randomness of natural
processes) is the main contributor to the potential failure of hydraulic engineering sys
tems. Knowledge of uncertainty features of hydraulic engineering systems is essential for
assessing their reliability.
In hydraulic engineering design and analysis, the decisions on the layout, capacity, and
operation of the system largely depend on the system response under some anticipated
design conditions. When some of the components in a hydraulic engineering system are
subject to uncertainty, the systems responses under the design conditions cannot be
assessed with certainty. An engineer should consider various criteria including, but not
limited to, the cost of the system, failure probability, and consequences of failure, such
that a proper design can be made for the system.
In hydraulic engineering design and analysis, the design quantity and system output
are functions of several system parameters not all of which can be quantified with absolute
certainty. The task of uncertainty analysis is to determine the uncertainty features of the
system outputs as a function of uncertainties in the system model and in the stochastic
parameters involved. Uncertainty analysis provides a formal and systematic framework to
quantify the uncertainty associated with the system output. Furthermore, it offers the
designer useful insights with regard to the contribution of each stochastic parameter to the
overall uncertainty of the system outputs. Such knowledge is essential in identifying the
important parameters to which more attention should be given to better assess their val
ues and, accordingly, to reduce the overall uncertainty of the system outputs.
7.1.2 Reliability of Hydraulic Engineering Systems
All hydraulic engineering systems placed in a natural environment are subject to various
external stresses. The resistance or strength of a hydraulic engineering system is its abil
ity to accomplish the intended mission satisfactorily without failure when subject to load
ing of demands or external stresses. Failure occurs when the resistance of the system is
exceeded by the load. From the previous discussions on the existence of uncertainties, the
capacity of a hydraulic engineering system and the imposed loads, more often than not,
are random and subject to some degree of uncertainty. Hence, the design and operation of
hydraulic engineering systems are always subject to uncertainties and potential failures.
The reliability, p
s
, of a hydraulic engineering system is defined as the probability of
nonfailure in which the resistance of the system exceeds the load; that is,
p
s
P(L R) (7.1)
where P() denotes the probability. The failure probability, p
f
, is the compliment of the
reliability which can be expressed as
p
f
P[(L R)] 1 p
s
(7.2)
In hydraulic engineering system design and analysis, loads generally arise from natur
al events, such as floods and storms, which occur randomly in time and in space. A com
mon practice for determining the reliability of a hydraulic engineering system is to assess
the return period or recurrence interval of the design event. In fact, the return period is
equal to the reciprocal of the probability of the occurrence of the event in any one time
interval. For most engineering applications, the time interval chosen is 1 year so that the
probability associated with the return period is the average annual probability of the
occurrence of the event. Flood frequency analysis, using the annual maximum flow series,
is a typical example of this kind of application. Hence, the determination of return period
7.2 Chapter Seven
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
RISK/RELIABILITYBASED HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING DESIGN
depends on the time period chosen (Borgman, 1963). The main disadvantage of using the
return period method is that reliability is measured only in terms of time of occurrence of
loads without considering the interactions with the system resistance (Melchers, 1987).
Two other types of reliability measures that consider the relative magnitudes of resis
tance and anticipated load (called design load) are frequently used in engineering prac
tice. One is the safety margin (SM), defined as the difference between the resistance (R)
and the anticipated load (L), that is,
SM R L (7.3)
The other is called the safety factor (SF), a ratio of resistance to load, which is
defined as
SF R/L (7.4)
Yen (1979) summarized several types of safety factors and discussed their applications to
hydraulic engineering system design.
There are two basic probabilistic approaches to evaluate the reliability of a hydraulic
engineering system. The most direct approach is a statistical analysis of data of past failure
records for similar systems. The other approach is through reliability analysis, which con
siders and combines the contribution of each factor potentially influencing the failure. The
former is a lumped system approach requiring no knowledge about the behavior of the facil
ity or structure nor its load and resistance. For example, dam failure data show that the over
all average failure probability for dams of all types over 15 m height is around 10
3
per dam
year (Cheng, 1993). In many cases, this direct approach is impractical because (1) the sam
ple size is too small to be statistically reliable, especially for low probability/high conse
quence events; (2) the sample may not be representative of the structure or of the popula
tion; and (3) the physical conditions of the dam may be nonstationary, that is, varying with
respect to time. The average risk of dam failure mentioned above does not differentiate con
crete dams from earthfill dams, arch dams from gravity dams, large dams from small dams,
or old dams from new dams. If one wants to know the likelihood of failure of a particular
10 yearold doublecurvature arch concrete high dam, one will most likely find failure data
for only a few similar dams, this is insufficient for any meaningful statistical analysis. Since
no dams are identical and dam conditions change with time, in many circumstances, it may
be more desirable to use the second approach by conducting a reliability analysis.
There are two major steps in reliability analysis: (1) to identify and analyze the uncer
tainties of each contributing factor; and (2) to combine the uncertainties of the stochastic
factors to determine the overall reliability of the structure. The second step, in turn, may
proceed in two different ways: (1) directly combining the uncertainties of all factors, or
(2) separately combining the uncertainties of the factors belonging to different compo
nents or subsystems to evaluate first the respective subsystem reliability and then com
bining the reliabilities of the different components or subsystems to yield the overall reli
ability of the structure. The first way applies to very simple structures, whereas the sec
ond way is more suitable for complicated systems. For example, to evaluate the reliabili
ty of a dam, the hydrologic, hydraulic, geotechnical, structural, and other disciplinary reli
abilities could be evaluated separately first and then combined to yield the overall dam
reliability. Or, the component reliabilities could be evaluated first, according to the differ
ent failure modes, and then combined. Vrijling (1993) provides an actual example of the
determination and combination of component reliabilities in the design of the Eastern
Scheldt Storm Surge Barrier in The Netherlands.
The main purpose of this chapter is to demonstrate the usage of various practical
uncertainty and reliability analysis techniques through worked examples. Only the essen
tial theories of the techniques are described. For more detailed descriptions of the meth
ods and applications, see Tung (1996).
Risk/ReliabilityBased Hydraulic Engineering Design 7.3
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
RISK/RELIABILITYBASED HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING DESIGN
7.2 TECHNIQUES FOR UNCERTAINTY ANALYSIS
In this section, several analytical methods are discussed that would allow an analytical
derivation of the exact PDF and/or statistical moments of a random variable as a function
of several random variables. In theory, the concepts described in this section are straight
forward. However, the success of implementing these procedures largely depends on the
functional relation, forms of the PDFs involved, and analysts mathematical skill.
Analytical methods are powerful tools for problems that are not too complex. Although
their usefulness is restricted in dealing with real life complex problems, situations do exist
in which analytical techniques could be applied to obtain exact uncertainty features of
model outputs without approximation or extensive simulation. However, situations often
arise in which analytical derivations are virtually impossible. It is, then, practical to find
an approximate solution.
7.2.1 Analytical Technique: Fourier and Exponential Transforms
The Fourier and exponential transforms of a PDF, f
x
(x), of a random variable X are
defined, respectively, as
x
(s) E[e
isx
]
e
isx
f
x
(x) dx (7.5a)
and
x
(s) E[e
sx
]
e
sx
f
x
(x) dx (7.5b)
where i 1 and E() is the expectation operator; E[e
isX
] and E[e
sX
] are called, respec
tively, the characteristic function and moment generating function, of the random variable
X. The characteristic function of a random variable always exists for all values of the argu
ments whereas for the moment generating function this is not necessarily true.
Furthermore, the characteristic function for a random variable under consideration is
unique. In other words, two distribution functions are identical if and only if the corre
sponding characteristic functions are identical (Patel et al., 1976). Therefore, given a char
acteristic function of a random variable, its probability density function can be uniquely
determined through the inverse transform as
f
x
(x)
2
1
e
isx
x
(s) ds (7.6)
The characteristic functions of some commonly used PDFs are shown in Table 7.1.
Furthermore, some useful operational properties of Fourier transforms on a PDF are given
in Table 7.2
Using the characteristic function, the r
th
order moment about the origin of the random
variable X can be obtained as
E(X
r
)
i
1
r
d
r
d
s
x
r
(s)
s = 0
(7.7)
Fourier and exponential transforms are particularly useful when random variables are
independent and linearly related. In such cases, the convolution property of the Fourier
transform can be applied to derive the characteristic function of the resulting random vari
able. More specifically, consider that W X
1
X
2
. . . X
N
and all Xs are independent
7.4 Chapter Seven
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
RISK/RELIABILITYBASED HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING DESIGN
random variables with known PDF, f
j
(x), j 1, 2, . . . , N. The characteristic function of
W then can be obtained as
w
(s)
1
(s)
2
(s)
. . .
N
(s) (7.8a)
and
w
(s)
1
(s)
2
(s)
. . .
N
(s) (7.8b)
which is the product of the characteristic and moment generating functions of each
individual random variable. The resulting characteristic function or moment generating
function for W can be used in Eq. (7.7) to obtain the statistical moments of any order for
Risk/ReliabilityBased Hydraulic Engineering Design 7.5
TABLE 7.1 Characteristic Functions of Some Commonly Used Distributions
Distribution PDF, f
X
(x) Characteristic Function
Binomial
n
C
x
p
x
q
nx
(q p
is
)
n
Poisson
x
v
!
v
x
exp{v(e
is
1)}
Uniform
b
1
a
i
e
(
i
b
bs
a
e
i
)
a
s
s
Normal
2
1
e
1
2
(
)
2
exp {is 0.5 s
2
2
}
Gamma
(x)
1
e
x
is
Exponential e
x
is
Extreme
exp
exp
e
is
(1 is)
TABLE 7.2 Operation Properties of Fourier Transform on a PDF
Property PDF Random Fourier
Variable Transform
Standard f
X
(x) X
x
(s)
Scaling f
X
(ax) X a
1
x
(s/a)
Linear af
X
(x) X a
x
(s)
Translation 1 e
ax
f
X
(x) X
x
(s ia)
Translation 2 f
X
(x a) X e
ias
x
(s)
Source: From Springer (1979).
Value I
Downloaded from Digital Engineering Library @ McGrawHill (www.digitalengineeringlibrary.com)
Copyright 2004 The McGrawHill Companies. All rights reserved.
Any use is subject to the Terms of Use as given at the website.
RISK/RELIABILITYBASED HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING DESIGN
the random variable W. Furthermore, the inverse transform of
W
(s), according to Eq.
Lebih dari sekadar dokumen.
Temukan segala yang ditawarkan Scribd, termasuk buku dan buku audio dari penerbitpenerbit terkemuka.
Batalkan kapan saja.